PROJECT MANUAL

MELROSE PLACE 835-849 Oak Street Cincinnati, Ohio 45206

New Republic Architecture 433 E. 13th Street, Suite C1 Cincinnati, Ohio 45202

Prepared For | Melrose Place Limited

Issue for Bidding | October 21, 2020

Melrose Place Limited Melrose Place New Republic Architecture - Project No. 19-078 Cincinnati, Ohio

SECTION 000101 - PROJECT TITLE PAGE

Melrose Place

835-849 Oak Street Cincinnati, OH 45206

Prepared for:

Melrose Place Limited 1826 Race St. Cincinnati, Ohio 45202

by:

New Republic Architecture 433 E. 13th Street, Suite C1 Cincinnati, OH 45202

Issue for Review: October 21, 2020

END OF SECTION 000101

PROJECT TITLE PAGE 000101 - 1 Melrose Place Limited Melrose Place New Republic Architecture - Project No. 19-078 Cincinnati, Ohio

SECTION 000110 - TABLE OF CONTENTS

PROCUREMENT AND CONTRACTING DOCUMENTS GROUP

DIVISION 00 - PROCUREMENT AND CONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS 000101 PROJECT TITLE PAGE 000110 TABLE OF CONTENTS

SPECIFICATIONS GROUP

General Requirements Subgroup

DIVISION 01 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 010000 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

Facility Construction Subgroup

DIVISION 03 - CONCRETE 033000 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 033300 CONCRETE FINISHING 035413 GYPSUM CEMENT UNDERLAYMENT

DIVISION 04 - MASONRY 042000 UNIT MASONRY

DIVISION 05 - METALS 055000 METAL FABRICATIONS

DIVISION 06 - WOOD, PLASTICS, AND COMPOSITES 061000 ROUGH CARPENTRY 061600 SHEATHING 061753 SHOP-FABRICATED WOOD TRUSSES 062023 INTERIOR FINISH CARPENTRY

DIVISION 07 - THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION 070680 SCHEDULES FOR FIRE AND SMOKE PROTECTION 071000 WATERPROOFING 072100 THERMAL INSULATION 074646 FIBER - CEMENT SIDING 075423 THERMOPLASTIC POLYOLEFIN (TPO) ROOFING 076200 SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM 077200 ROOF ACCESSORIES 078413 PENETRATION FIRESTOPPING 079200 JOINT SEALANTS

DIVISION 08 - OPENINGS 081113 HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES 081213.63 SLIM PROFILE METAL FRAMES 081723 INTEGRATED WOOD DOOR OPENING ASSEMBLIES

TABLE OF CONTENTS 000110 - 1 Melrose Place Limited Melrose Place New Republic Architecture - Project No. 19-078 Cincinnati, Ohio

084113 ALUMINUM-FRAMED ENTRANCES AND STOREFRONTS 085313 VINYL WINDOWS 087100 DOOR HARDWARE 088000 GLAZING

DIVISION 09 - FINISHES 092900 GYPSUM BOARD 099100 PAINTING

DIVISION 10 - SPECIALTIES 101423 CODE REQUIRED SIGNAGE

DIVISION 12 - FURNISHINGS 123530 RESIDENTIAL CASEWORK 123623.13 PLASTIC-LAMINATE-CLAD COUNTERTOPS

DIVISION 14 - CONVEYING EQUIPMENT 142400 HYDRAULIC ELEVATORS

END OF SECTION 000110

TABLE OF CONTENTS 000110 - 2 Melrose Place Limited Melrose Place New Republic Architecture - Project No. 19-078 Cincinnati, Ohio

SECTION 010000 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY

A. Section includes:

1. Administrative requirements, procedural requirements, temporary facilities and controls, performance requirements. 2. See Part 3 of this Section for the following:

a. Construction Phase Substitution Request Form

B. Refer to Section 018113 "Sustainable Design Requirements" for applicable LEED requirements.

C. Project Identification: Melrose Place

D. Project Location: 835-849 Oak Street Street Cincinnati, OH 45206

E. Owner: Melrose Place Limited 1826 Race St. Cincinnati, Ohio 45202

F. Architect: New Republic Architecture 433 E. 13th Street Cincinnati, OH 45202

G. Civil Engineer: The Kleingers Group 6305 Centre Park Drive West Chester, Ohio 45069

H. Structural Engineer: Schaefer, Inc. 537 Pete Rose Way, Suite 400 Cincinnati, Ohio 45202

I. MEP Engineer: Engineered Building Systems, Inc. 515 Monmouth St. Newport, KY 41071

J. Other Owner/Contractor Consultants: The Owner/Contractor has retained the services of the following design professionals under separate agreement from the Owner/Architect Agreement who have prepared designated portions of the Contract Documents. The following other Owner/Contractor consultants’ project documents are included in the Project Manual and Project Drawings as a requirement of the Client/Owner for permit and bidding purposes and are provided only for reference purposes for construction of the project and for convenience of the bidders and contractors. New Republic Architecture takes no responsibility whatsoever for the services performed by the following other Owner/Contractor Consultants, for any breach of contract of the other Owner/Contractor consultants, nor for the content, accuracy, negligence, errors or omissions of the other Owner/Contractor consultants’ project documents. Furthermore, New Republic

GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 010000 - 1 Melrose Place Limited Melrose Place New Republic Architecture - Project No. 19-078 Cincinnati, Ohio

Architecture is not in charge of the following other Owner/Contractor consultants and has no responsibility for coordinating the services or project documents of the other Owners/Contractor consultants.

1. Subsurface Investigation: Consulting Services Incorporated 858 Contract Street Lexington, Kentucky 40505

2. Sustainability Consultant Sol Design and Consulting 501 E. 13th Street Cincinnati, OH 45202

K. Access to Site: Contractor shall have full use of Project site for construction operations during construction period.

L. On-Site Work Hours: Limit work to normal business working hours except as otherwise required by authorities having jurisdiction.

1.2 PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION

A. Requests for Information (RFIs): Immediately on discovery of the need for additional information or interpretation of the Contract Documents, Contractor shall prepare and submit an RFI in the form specified.

1. Architect will return RFIs submitted to Architect by other entities controlled by Contractor with no response. Coordinate and submit RFIs in a prompt manner so as to avoid delays in Contractor's work or work of subcontractors. 2. Architect's Action: Architect will review each RFI, determine action required, and respond. Allow seven working days for Architect's response for each RFI. RFIs received by Architect after 1:00 p.m. will be considered as received the following working day.

a. The following RFIs will be returned without action:

1) Requests for approval of submittals. 2) Requests for approval of substitutions. 3) Requests for coordination information already indicated in the Contract Documents. 4) Requests for adjustments in the Contract Time or the Contract Sum. 5) Requests for interpretation of Architect's actions on submittals. 6) Incomplete RFIs or inaccurately prepared RFIs.

3. Architect's action on RFIs that may result in a change to the Contract Time or the Contract Sum may be eligible for Contractor to submit Change Proposal according to Article "Contract Modification Procedures." 4. If Contractor believes the RFI response warrants change in the Contract Time or the Contract Sum, notify Architect in writing within seven days of receipt of the RFI response. 5. RFI Log: Prepare, maintain, and submit a tabular log of RFIs organized by the RFI number.

1.3 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES

A. Submittal Administrative Requirements

GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 010000 - 2 Melrose Place Limited Melrose Place New Republic Architecture - Project No. 19-078 Cincinnati, Ohio

1. Coordination: Coordinate preparation and processing of submittals with performance of construction activities.

a. Submit all submittal items required for each Specification Section concurrently unless partial submittals for portions of the Work are indicated on approved submittal schedule. b. Architect reserves the right to withhold action on a submittal requiring coordination with other submittals until related submittals are received.

2. Processing Time: Allow time for submittal review, including time for resubmittals, as follows. Time for review shall commence on Architect's receipt of submittal. No extension of the Contract Time will be authorized because of failure to transmit submittals enough in advance of the Work to permit processing, including resubmittals.

a. Initial Review: Allow 15 days for initial review of each submittal. Allow additional time if coordination with subsequent submittals is required. Architect/Construction Manager will advise Contractor when a submittal being processed must be delayed for coordination. b. Resubmittal Review: Allow 15 days for review of each resubmittal.

3. Electronic Submittals: Provide all submittals in electronic format if possible. Identify and incorporate information in each electronic submittal file as follows:

a. Assemble complete submittal package into a single indexed file with links enabling navigation to each item.

b. Provide means for insertion to permanently record Contractor's review and approval markings and action taken by Architect.

4. Options: Identify options requiring selection by the Architect. 5. Deviations: Identify deviations from the Contract Documents on submittals. 6. Transmittal: Assemble each submittal individually and appropriately for transmittal and handling. Transmit each submittal using a transmittal form. Architect will return submittals, without review, received from sources other than Contractor. 7. Resubmittals: Make resubmittals in same form and number of copies as initial submittal. Resubmit submittals until they are marked "No Exceptions Taken", “Note Markings/Remarks", or "Not Subject to Review." 8. Distribution: Furnish copies of final submittals to manufacturers, subcontractors, suppliers, fabricators, installers, authorities having jurisdiction, and others as necessary for performance of construction activities. Show distribution on transmittal forms. 9. Use for Construction: Use only final submittals with mark indicating "No Exceptions Taken" or "Note Markings/Remarks" taken by Architect.

B. General Submittal Procedure Requirements: Prepare and submit submittals required by individual Specification Sections. Types of submittals are indicated in individual Specification Sections.

1. Submit electronic submittals via email as PDF electronic files. Architect will return annotated file. Annotate and retain one copy of file as an electronic Project record document file. 2. Paper Submittals (If approved by Architect/Construction Manager): Submit three paper copies of each submittal, unless otherwise indicated. Architect will return two copies.

C. Delegated-Design Services: Where professional design services or certifications by a design professional are specifically required of Contractor by the Contract Documents, provide products and systems complying with specific performance and design criteria indicated. If criteria indicated are not sufficient to perform services or certification required, submit a written request for additional information to Architect.

GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 010000 - 3 Melrose Place Limited Melrose Place New Republic Architecture - Project No. 19-078 Cincinnati, Ohio

D. Contractor's Review

1. Submittals: Review each submittal and check for coordination with other Work of the Contract and for compliance with the Contract Documents. Note corrections and field dimensions. Mark with approval stamp before submitting to Architect. 2. Approval Stamp: Stamp each submittal with a uniform, approval stamp. Include Project name and location, submittal number, Specification Section title and number, name of reviewer, date of Contractor's approval, and statement certifying that submittal has been reviewed, checked, and approved for compliance with the Contract Documents.

E. Architect's Action

1. General: Architect will not review submittals that do not bear Contractor's approval stamp and will return them without action. 2. Submittals: Architect will review each submittal, make marks to indicate corrections or modifications required, and return it. Architect will stamp each submittal with an action stamp and will mark stamp appropriately to indicate action, as follows:

a. Final Unrestricted Release: Where the submittal is marked "No Exceptions Taken," the Work covered by the submittal may proceed provided it complies with the Contract Documents. b. Final-but-Restricted Release: Where the submittal is marked "Note Markings/Remarks," the Work covered by the submittal may proceed provided it complies with both Architect’s notations and corrections on the submittal and the Contract Documents. c. Rejected: Where the submittal is marked "Rejected," do not proceed with the Work covered by the submittal. Prepare a new submittal for a product that complies with the Contract Documents. d. Returned for Resubmittal: Where the submittal is marked "Revise and Resubmit," do not proceed with the Work covered by the submittal, including purchasing, fabrication, delivery, or other activity for the product submitted. Revise or prepare a new submittal according to Architect’s notations and corrections. e. Other Action: If the submittal is primarily for information purposes, record purposes, special processing, or other contractor activity, the submittal will be returned marked "Not Subject to Review." f. Other Action: Where the submittal review comments are returned on a separate document than the Submittal, the Submittal is marked “Comments Attached.”

3. Partial or incomplete submittals are not acceptable, will be considered nonresponsive, and will be returned without review. 4. Submittals not required by the Contract Documents may not be reviewed and may be discarded. 5. Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDSs): MSDSs that are included with submittals will not be reviewed. The Architect’s action with respect to submittals that include MSDSs will be limited to compliance of the material submittal with the Contract Documents and shall not extend to the MSDSs.

1.4 QUALITY REQUIREMENTS

A. Conflicting Requirements

1. Referenced Standards: If compliance with two or more standards is specified and the standards establish different or conflicting requirements for minimum quantities or quality levels, comply with the most stringent requirement. Refer conflicting requirements that are different, but apparently equal, to Architect for a decision before proceeding.

GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 010000 - 4 Melrose Place Limited Melrose Place New Republic Architecture - Project No. 19-078 Cincinnati, Ohio

2. Minimum Quantity or Quality Levels: The quantity or quality level shown or specified shall be the minimum provided or performed. The actual installation may comply exactly with the minimum quantity or quality specified, or it may exceed the minimum within reasonable limits. To comply with these requirements, indicated numeric values are minimum or maximum, as appropriate, for the context of requirements. Refer uncertainties to Architect for a decision before proceeding.

B. Reports and Documents

1. Prepare and submit certified written reports specified in other Sections for the following:

a. Test and Inspection Reports. b. Manufacturer's Technical Representative's Field Reports. c. Factory-Authorized Service Representative's Reports.

2. Permits, Licenses, and Certificates: For Owner's records, submit copies of permits, licenses, certifications, inspection reports, releases, jurisdictional settlements, notices, receipts for fee payments, judgments, correspondence, records, and similar documents, established for compliance with standards and regulations bearing on performance of the Work.

C. Quality Assurance

1. Manufacturer Qualifications: A firm experienced in manufacturing products or systems similar to those indicated for this Project and with a record of successful in-service performance, as well as sufficient production capacity to produce required units. 2. Fabricator Qualifications: A firm experienced in producing products similar to those indicated for this Project and with a record of successful in-service performance, as well as sufficient production capacity to produce required units. 3. Installer Qualifications: A firm or individual experienced in installing, erecting, or assembling work similar in material, design, and extent to that indicated for this Project, whose work has resulted in construction with a record of successful in-service performance. 4. Professional Engineer Qualifications: A professional engineer who is legally qualified to practice in jurisdiction where Project is located and who is experienced in providing engineering services of the kind indicated. Engineering services are defined as those performed for installations of the system, assembly, or product that are similar to those indicated for this Project in material, design, and extent. 5. Testing Agency Qualifications: An NRTL, an NVLAP, or an independent agency with the experience and capability to conduct testing and inspecting indicated, as documented according to ASTM E 329; and with additional qualifications specified in individual Sections; and where required by authorities having jurisdiction, that is acceptable to authorities.

a. NRTL: A nationally recognized testing laboratory according to 29 CFR 1910.7. b. NVLAP: A testing agency accredited according to NIST's National Voluntary Laboratory Accreditation Program.

6. Manufacturer's Technical Representative Qualifications: An authorized representative of manufacturer who is trained and approved by manufacturer to observe and inspect installation of manufacturer's products that are similar in material, design, and extent to those indicated for this Project.

D. Quality Control

1. Manufacturer's Field Services: Where indicated, engage a factory-authorized service representative to inspect field-assembled components and equipment installation, including service connections. Report results in writing as specified in "Submittal Procedures" article.

GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 010000 - 5 Melrose Place Limited Melrose Place New Republic Architecture - Project No. 19-078 Cincinnati, Ohio

2. Manufacturer's Technical Services: Where indicated, engage a manufacturer's technical representative to observe and inspect the Work. Manufacturer's technical representative's services include participation in preinstallation conferences, examination of substrates and conditions, verification of materials, observation of Installer activities, inspection of completed portions of the Work, and submittal of written reports. 3. Retesting/Reinspecting: Regardless of whether original tests or inspections were Contractor's responsibility, provide quality-control services, including retesting and reinspecting, for construction that replaced Work that failed to comply with the Contract Documents using laboratory for retesting and reinspecting approved by Architect

E. Special Tests and Inspections: Owner will engage a qualified special inspector to conduct special tests and inspections required by authorities having jurisdiction as the responsibility of Owner.

F. Repair and Protection: On completion of testing, inspecting, sample taking, and similar services, repair damaged construction and restore substrates and finishes.

1.5 PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS

A. Comparable Product Requests: Submit request for consideration of each comparable product. Identify product or fabrication or installation method to be replaced. Include Specification Section number and title and Drawing numbers and titles.

1. Architect's Action: If necessary, Architect will request additional information or documentation for evaluation within one week of receipt of a comparable product request. Architect will notify Contractor of approval or rejection of proposed comparable product request within 15 days of receipt of request, or seven days of receipt of additional information or documentation, whichever is later. Use product specified if Architect does not issue a decision on use of a comparable product request within time allocated.

B. Basis-of-Design Product Specification Submittal: Comply with requirements in Division 01 Section "Submittal Procedures." Show compliance with requirements.

C. Compatibility of Options: If Contractor is given option of selecting between two or more products for use on Project, select product compatible with products previously selected, even if previously selected products were also options.

D. Product Delivery, Storage, and Handling: Deliver, store, and handle products using means and methods that will prevent damage, deterioration, and loss, including theft and vandalism. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions.

1. Schedule delivery to minimize long-term storage at Project site and to prevent overcrowding of construction spaces. 2. Coordinate delivery with installation time to ensure minimum holding time for items that are flammable, hazardous, easily damaged, or sensitive to deterioration, theft, and other losses. 3. Deliver products to Project site in an undamaged condition in manufacturer's original sealed container or other packaging system, complete with labels and instructions for handling, storing, unpacking, protecting, and installing. 4. Inspect products on delivery to determine compliance with the Contract Documents and to determine that products are undamaged and properly protected. 5. Store products to allow for inspection and measurement of quantity or counting of units. 6. Store materials in a manner that will not endanger Project structure.

GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 010000 - 6 Melrose Place Limited Melrose Place New Republic Architecture - Project No. 19-078 Cincinnati, Ohio

7. Store products that are subject to damage by the elements, under cover in a weathertight enclosure above ground, with ventilation adequate to prevent condensation. 8. Store foam plastic from exposure to sunlight, except to extent necessary for period of installation and concealment. 9. Comply with product manufacturer's written instructions for temperature, humidity, ventilation, and weather-protection requirements for storage. 10. Protect stored products from damage and liquids from freezing. 11. Provide a secure location and enclosure at Project site for storage of materials and equipment by Owner's construction forces. Coordinate location with Owner.

E. Product Warranties: Warranties specified in other Sections shall be in addition to, and run concurrent with, other warranties required by the Contract Documents. Manufacturer's disclaimers and limitations on product warranties do not relieve Contractor of obligations under requirements of the Contract Documents.

F. Product Selection Procedures: Provide products that comply with the Contract Documents, are undamaged and, unless otherwise indicated, are new at time of installation. Procedures defined below may or may not be included in the Work of this Project. Comparable products or substitutions for Contractor's convenience will not be considered unless otherwise indicated.

1. Product: Provide the named product that complies with requirements. 2. Manufacturer: Provide a product by the named manufacturer that complies with requirements. 3. Products: Provide one of the products listed that complies with requirements. 4. Manufacturers: Provide a product by one of the manufacturers listed that complies with requirements. 5. Basis-of-Design Product:

a. Where Specifications name a product, or refer to a product indicated on Drawings, and include a list of manufacturers, provide the specified product or a comparable product by one of the other named manufacturers. Submit comparable products as specified "Substitution Procedures" article. Drawings and Specifications indicate sizes, profiles, dimensions, and other characteristics that are based on the product named. b. Where Specifications name a product, or refer to a product indicated on Drawings, but do not include a list of manufacturers, provide the specified product or a comparable product that is approved by substitution prior to date for receipt of Bids. Submit comparable products as specified in "Substitution Procedures" article. Drawings and Specifications indicate sizes, profiles, dimensions, and other characteristics that are based on the product named.

G. Comparable Products: Architect will consider Contractor's request for comparable product when the following conditions are satisfied. If the following conditions are not satisfied, Architect may return requests without action, except to record noncompliance with these requirements:

1. Evidence that the proposed product does not require revisions to the Contract Documents, that it is consistent with the Contract Documents and will produce the indicated results, and that it is compatible with other portions of the Work. 2. Request is in the form of a substitution as Specified in "Substitution Procedures" article. 3. Samples, if requested.

1.6 EXECUTION

A. Cutting and Patching: Comply with requirements for and limitations on cutting and patching of construction elements.

GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 010000 - 7 Melrose Place Limited Melrose Place New Republic Architecture - Project No. 19-078 Cincinnati, Ohio

1. Structural Elements: When cutting and patching structural elements, notify Architect of locations and details of cutting and await directions from the Architect before proceeding. Shore, brace, and support structural element during cutting and patching. Do not cut and patch structural elements in a manner that could change their load-carrying capacity or increase deflection 2. Operational Elements: Do not cut and patch operating elements and related components in a manner that results in reducing their capacity to perform as intended or that results in increased maintenance or decreased operational life or safety. 3. Other Construction Elements: Do not cut and patch other construction elements or components in a manner that could change their load-carrying capacity, that results in reducing their capacity to perform as intended, or that results in increased maintenance or decreased operational life or safety. 4. Visual Elements: Do not cut and patch construction in a manner that results in visual evidence of cutting and patching. Do not cut and patch exposed construction in a manner that would, in Architect's opinion, reduce the building's aesthetic qualities. Remove and replace construction that has been cut and patched in a visually unsatisfactory manner.

B. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Obtain and maintain on-site manufacturer's written recommendations and instructions for installation of products and equipment.

C. In-Place Materials: Use materials for patching identical to in-place materials. For exposed surfaces, use materials that visually match in-place adjacent surfaces to the fullest extent possible. If identical materials are unavailable or cannot be used, use materials that, when installed, will provide a match acceptable to the Architect for the visual and functional performance of in-place materials.

D. Existing Conditions: The existence and location of underground and other utilities and construction indicated as existing are not guaranteed. Before beginning sitework, investigate and verify the existence and location of underground utilities, mechanical and electrical systems, and other construction affecting the Work.

E. Examination and Acceptance of Conditions: Before proceeding with each component of the Work, examine substrates, areas, and conditions, with Installer or Applicator present where indicated, for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance.

F. Existing Utility Information: Furnish information to local utility that is necessary to adjust, move, or relocate existing utility structures, utility poles, lines, services, or other utility appurtenances located in or affected by construction. Coordinate with authorities having jurisdiction.

G. Field Measurements: Take field measurements as required to fit the Work properly. Recheck measurements before installing each product. Where portions of the Work are indicated to fit to other construction, verify dimensions of other construction by field measurements before fabrication. Coordinate fabrication schedule with construction progress to avoid delaying the Work.

H. Space Requirements: Verify space requirements and dimensions of items shown diagrammatically on Drawings.

I. Review of Contract Documents and Field Conditions: Immediately on discovery of the need for clarification of the Contract Documents caused by differing field conditions outside the control of the Contractor, submit a request for information to Architect according to requirements in "Project Management and Coordination" article.

J. Installation: Locate the Work and components of the Work accurately, in correct alignment and elevation, as indicated.

1. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions and recommendations for installing products in applications indicated.

GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 010000 - 8 Melrose Place Limited Melrose Place New Republic Architecture - Project No. 19-078 Cincinnati, Ohio

2. Install products at the time and under conditions that will ensure the best possible results. Maintain conditions required for product performance until Substantial Completion. 3. Conduct construction operations so no part of the Work is subjected to damaging operations or loading in excess of that expected during normal conditions of occupancy. 4. Attachment: Provide blocking and attachment plates and anchors and fasteners of adequate size and number to securely anchor each component in place, accurately located and aligned with other portions of the Work. Where size and type of attachments are not indicated, verify size and type required for load conditions. 5. Joints: Make joints of uniform width. Where joint locations in exposed work are not indicated, arrange joints for the best visual effect. Fit exposed connections together to form hairline joints. 6. Hazardous Materials: Use products, cleaners, and installation materials that are not considered hazardous.

K. Cutting and Patching: Employ skilled workers to perform cutting and patching. Proceed with cutting and patching at the earliest feasible time, and complete without delay. Cut in-place construction to provide for installation of other components or performance of other construction, and subsequently patch as required to restore surfaces to their original condition.

1. Temporary Support: Provide temporary support of work to be cut. 2. Protection: Protect in-place construction during cutting and patching to prevent damage. Provide protection from adverse weather conditions for portions of Project that might be exposed during cutting and patching operations.

L. Progress Cleaning: Clean Project site and work areas daily, including common areas. Enforce requirements strictly. Dispose of materials lawfully. Maintain Project site free of waste materials and debris.

M. Waste Disposal: Do not bury or burn waste materials on-site. Do not wash waste materials down sewers or into waterways.

N. Starting and Adjusting: Start equipment and operating components to confirm proper operation. Remove malfunctioning units, replace with new units, and retest. Adjust equipment for proper operation. Adjust operating components for proper operation without binding. Test each piece of equipment to verify proper operation. Test and adjust controls and safeties. Replace damaged and malfunctioning controls and equipment.

O. Repair or remove and replace defective construction. Restore damaged substrates and finishes. Restore permanent facilities used during construction to their specified condition.

1.7 CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT

A. Waste Management Procedures: As specified in Section 018113 "Sustainable Design Requirements."

1.8 CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES

A. Final Cleaning: Perform final cleaning. Conduct cleaning and waste-removal operations to comply with local laws and ordinances and Federal and local environmental and antipollution regulations.

1. Employ experienced workers or professional cleaners for final cleaning. Clean each surface or unit to condition expected in an average commercial building cleaning and maintenance program. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions.

GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 010000 - 9 Melrose Place Limited Melrose Place New Republic Architecture - Project No. 19-078 Cincinnati, Ohio

1.9 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA

A. Directory: Prepare a single, comprehensive directory of emergency, operation, and maintenance data, listing items and their location to facilitate ready access to desired information. Organize each manual into a separate section for each system and subsystem, and a separate section for each piece of equipment not part of a system.

B. Emergency Manuals: Organize manual into a separate section for each of the following:

1. Type of Emergency: Where applicable for each type of emergency, include instructions and procedures for each system, subsystem, piece of equipment, and component: 2. Emergency Instructions: Describe and explain warnings, trouble indications, error messages, and similar codes and signals. Include responsibilities of Owner's operating personnel for notification of Installer, supplier, and manufacturer to maintain warranties. 3. Emergency Procedures.

C. Operation Manuals: In addition to requirements in this Section, include operation data required in individual Specification Sections.

D. Product Maintenance Manuals: Organize manual into a separate section for each product, material, and finish. Include source information, product information, maintenance procedures, repair materials and sources, and warranties and bonds.

E. Systems and Equipment Maintenance Manuals: For each system, subsystem, and piece of equipment not part of a system, include source information, manufacturers' maintenance documentation, maintenance procedures, maintenance and service schedules, spare parts list and source information, maintenance service contracts, and warranty and bond information.

1.10 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS

A. Record Drawings: Comply with the following:

1. Number of Copies: Submit PDF electronic files of scanned record prints and three sets of file prints. 2. Maintain one set of marked-up paper copies of the Contract Drawings and Shop Drawings, incorporating new and revised Drawings as modifications are issued.

B. Record Specifications: Submit three paper copies and annotated PDF electronic files of Project's Specifications, including addenda and contract modifications.

1. Mark Specifications to indicate the actual product installation where installation varies from that indicated in Specifications, addenda, and contract modifications.

1.11 DEMONSTRATION AND TRAINING

A. Instruction Program: Develop an instruction program that includes individual training modules for each system and for equipment not part of a system, as required by individual Specification Sections.

1. Engage qualified instructors to instruct Owner's personnel to adjust, operate, and maintain systems, subsystems, and equipment not part of a system. 2. Scheduling: Provide instruction at mutually agreed on times. For equipment that requires seasonal operation, provide similar instruction at start of each season.

GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 010000 - 10 Melrose Place Limited Melrose Place New Republic Architecture - Project No. 19-078 Cincinnati, Ohio

PART 2 - PRODUCTS (not used)

PART 3 - EXECUTION (not used)

END OF SECTION 010000

GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 010000 - 11 Melrose Place Limited Melrose Place New Republic Architecture - Project No. 19-078 Cincinnati, Ohio

SECTION 033000 - CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY

A. Section includes:

1. Cast-in place concrete, including formwork, reinforcement, concrete materials, mixture design, placement procedures, and finishes.

B. Refer to Section 018113 "Sustainable Design Requirements" for applicable LEED requirements.

C. Refer to Section 033500 "Concrete Finishing" for forming, finishing, and mockup of cast-in-place concrete façade elements.

1.2 SUBMITTALS

A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated.

B. Design Mixtures: For each concrete mixture as indicated on Drawings.

C. Shop Drawings: For steel reinforcement.

1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Manufacturer Qualifications: A firm experienced in manufacturing ready-mixed concrete products and that complies with ASTM C 94/C 94M requirements for production facilities and equipment.

1. Manufacturer certified according to NRMCA's "Certification of Ready Mixed Concrete Production Facilities."

B. ACI Publications: Comply with requirements as indicated on Drawings.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

A. Reinforcing Steel: As indicated on Drawings.

2.2 CONCRETE MATERIALS

A. Cementitious Material: As indicated on Drawings. Use the same type, brand, and source, of cementitious products throughout Project:

B. Air-Entraining: As indicated on Drawings.

C. Chemical Admixtures: Provide admixtures certified by manufacturer to be compatible with other admixtures and that will not contribute water-soluble chloride ions exceeding those permitted in hardened concrete.

CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 033000 - 1 Melrose Place Limited Melrose Place New Republic Architecture - Project No. 19-078 Cincinnati, Ohio

D. Color Pigment (For Concrete Façade Elements): ASTM C 979, synthetic mineral-oxide pigments or colored water-reducing admixtures; color stable, nonfading, and resistant to lime and other alkalis.

1. Product: Sika Corporation: Scofield Chromix P. 2. Color: Provide colors below, one for each mockup panel for selection by Architect.

a. C-284 Landmark Gray b. C-14 French Gray c. C-24 Charcoal

2.3 VAPOR RETARDERS

A. Sheet Vapor Retarder, Class A: ASTM E1745, Class A; not less than 10 mils thick. Include manufacturer's recommended adhesive or pressure-sensitive tape.

1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following: a. Fortifiber Building Systems Group; Moistop Ultra 10. b. ISI Building Products; Viper VaporCheck II 10-mil. c. Poly-America, L.P.; 10 Mil Husky Yellow Guard. d. Raven Industries, Inc; VaporBlock VB10. e. Reef Industries, Inc; Griffolyn 10 Mil. f. Stego Industries, LLC; Stego Wrap Class A Vapor Retarder. g. W.R. Meadows, Inc; Perminator 10 mil.

2.4 CURING MATERIALS

A. For Concrete Floors to Receive an Adhered Floor Covering: Clear, Waterborne, Membrane-Forming, Dissipating Curing Compound: ASTM C309, Type 1, Class B.

1. Clear, waterborne, membrane-forming, nondissipating curing compound, ASTM C309, Type 1, Class B may be used if certified by curing compound manufacturer to not interfere with bonding of floor covering.

B. For Concrete Floors to be Left Exposed: Clear, Waterborne, Membrane-Forming Curing and Sealing Compound: ASTM C 1315, Type 1, Class A.

2.5 RELATED MATERIALS

A. Expansion- and Isolation-Joint-Filler Strips: ASTM D 1751, asphalt-saturated cellulosic fiber.

2.6 CONCRETE MIXTURES

A. Prepare design mixtures as indicated on Drawings for each type and strength of concrete, proportioned on the basis of laboratory trial mixture or field test data, or both, according to ACI 301.

2.7 CONCRETE MIXING

A. Ready-Mixed Concrete: Measure, batch, mix, and deliver concrete according to ASTM C 94/C 94M, and furnish batch ticket information.

CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 033000 - 2 Melrose Place Limited Melrose Place New Republic Architecture - Project No. 19-078 Cincinnati, Ohio

1. When air temperature is between 85 and 90 deg F, reduce mixing and delivery time from 1-1/2 hours to 75 minutes; when air temperature is above 90 deg F, reduce mixing and delivery time to 60 minutes.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 VAPOR RETARDERS

A. Plastic Vapor Retarders: Place, protect, and repair vapor retarders according to ASTM E 1643 and manufacturer's written instructions.

1. Lap joints 6 inches and seal with manufacturer's recommended tape.

3.2 STEEL REINFORCEMENT

A. General: Comply with CRSI's "Manual of Standard Practice" for placing reinforcement.

1. Do not cut or puncture vapor retarder. Repair damage and reseal vapor retarder before placing concrete.

3.3 JOINTS

A. General: Construct joints true to line with faces perpendicular to surface plane of concrete and as indicated on Drawings.

B. Isolation Joints in Slabs-on-Grade: After removing formwork, install joint-filler strips at slab junctions with vertical surfaces, such as column pedestals, foundation walls, grade beams, and other locations, as indicated.

3.4 CONCRETE PLACEMENT

A. Before placing concrete, verify that installation of formwork, reinforcement, and embedded items is complete and that required inspections have been performed.

B. Deposit concrete continuously in one layer or in horizontal layers of such thickness that no new concrete will be placed on concrete that has hardened enough to cause seams or planes of weakness. If a section cannot be placed continuously, provide construction joints as indicated. Deposit concrete to avoid segregation.

1. Consolidate placed concrete with mechanical vibrating equipment according to ACI 301.

C. Cold-Weather Placement: As indicated on Drawings.

D. Hot-Weather Placement: As indicated on Drawings.

3.5 FINISHING FLOORS AND SLABS

A. Finish Floors as indicated on Drawings.

CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 033000 - 3 Melrose Place Limited Melrose Place New Republic Architecture - Project No. 19-078 Cincinnati, Ohio

3.6 CONCRETE PROTECTING AND CURING

A. General: Protect freshly placed concrete from premature drying and excessive cold or hot temperatures. Comply with ACI 306.1 for cold-weather protection and ACI 305 for hot-weather protection during curing.

1. Curing Compound: Apply uniformly in continuous operation by power spray or roller in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions. Recoat areas subjected to heavy rainfall within three hours after initial application. Maintain continuity of coating, and repair damage during curing period.

a. Removal: After curing period has elapsed, remove curing compound without damaging concrete surfaces by method recommended by curing compound manufacturer unless manufacturer certifies curing compound does not interfere with bonding of floor covering used on Project.

2. Curing and Sealing Compound: Apply uniformly to floors and slabs indicated in a continuous operation by power spray or roller according to manufacturer's written instructions. Recoat areas subjected to heavy rainfall within three hours after initial application. Repeat process 24 hours later and apply a second coat. Maintain continuity of coating and repair damage during curing period.

3.7 CONCRETE SURFACE REPAIRS

A. Defective Concrete: Repair and patch defective areas when approved by Architect. Remove and replace concrete that cannot be repaired and patched to Architect's approval.

END OF SECTION 033000

CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 033000 - 4 Melrose Place Limited Melrose Place New Republic Architecture - Project No. 19-078 Cincinnati, Ohio

SECTION 035413 - GYPSUM CEMENT UNDERLAYMENT

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY

A. Section includes:

1. Gypsum-cement-based, self-leveling underlayment for application below interior floor coverings.

B. Refer to Section 018113 "Sustainable Design Requirements" for applicable LEED requirements.

1.2 SUBMITTALS

A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated.

1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Installer Qualifications: An experienced installer (applicator) who is acceptable to manufacturer, who has completed gypsum-cement-based underlayment applications similar in material and extent to that required for this Project, and whose work has resulted in construction with a record of successful in-service performance.

A. Fire-Resistance Ratings: Where indicated, provide gypsum-cement underlayment systems identical to those of assemblies tested for fire resistance per ASTM E 119 by a qualified testing agency. Identify products with appropriate markings of applicable testing agency.

1. Indicate design designations from UL's "Fire Resistance Directory" or from the listings of another qualified testing agency.

B. Sound Transmission Characteristics: Where indicated, provide gypsum-cement underlayment systems identical to those of assemblies tested for STC and IIC ratings per ASTM E 90 and ASTM E 492 by a qualified testing agency.

1.4 PROJECT CONDITIONS

A. Environmental Limitations: Comply with manufacturer's written instructions for substrate temperature, ventilation, ambient temperature and humidity, and other conditions affecting underlayment performance.

1.5 COORDINATION

A. Coordinate application of underlayment with requirements of floor-covering products and adhesives, specified in Division 09 Sections, to ensure compatibility of products.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

GYPSUM CEMENT UNDERLAYMENT 035413 - 1 Melrose Place Limited Melrose Place New Republic Architecture - Project No. 19-078 Cincinnati, Ohio

2.1 PRODUCTS AND MATERIALS

A. Underlayment: Gypsum cement, self-leveling product that can be applied in uniform thicknesses from 3/4 inch and that can be feathered at edges to match adjacent floor elevations.

1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following:

a. Hacker Industries, Inc.; Firmfill 2010 b. Maxxon Corporation; Gyp-Crete 2000 c. United States Gypsum Corporation; Levelrock 2500

2. Compressive Strength: Not less than 2000 psi at 28 days when tested according to ASTM C 109/C 109M.

B. Primer: Product of underlayment manufacturer recommended in writing for substrate, conditions, and application indicated.

2.2 MIX DESIGNS

A. General Requirements: Mix proportions and methods shall be in strict accordance with product manufacturer recommendations.

1. Mix design shall be proportioned to provide a minimum compressive strength of 2000 psi (14 MPa) or greater with a density of 120 pounds per cubic foot. Average compressive strength shall determined from all sets of cube samples taken for the project. The average compressive strength of any one set of cubes shall not be less than 2000 psi (14 MPa) (Average of three cubes)

B. Commercial Flooring: Underlayment installations where commercial flooring is to be installed shall have a minimum compressive strength for any one set of cubes (average of three cubes) of not less than 2000 psi (14 MPa). Mix proportions shall be adjusted accordingly.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 EXAMINATION

A. Examine substrates, with Installer present, for conditions affecting performance. Proceed with application only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.

3.2 PREPARATION

A. General: Prepare and clean substrate according to manufacturer's written instructions for substrate indicated. Provide clean, dry, neutral-pH substrate for underlayment application.

1. Treat nonmoving substrate cracks to prevent cracks from telegraphing (reflecting) through underlayment according to manufacturer's written recommendations. 2. Fill substrate voids to prevent underlayment from leaking.

B. Wood Substrates: Mechanically fasten loose boards and panels to eliminate substrate movement and squeaks. Sand to remove coatings that might impair underlayment bond and remove sanding dust.

GYPSUM CEMENT UNDERLAYMENT 035413 - 2 Melrose Place Limited Melrose Place New Republic Architecture - Project No. 19-078 Cincinnati, Ohio

C. Adhesion Tests: After substrate preparation, test substrate for adhesion with underlayment according to manufacturer's written instructions.

3.3 APPLICATION

A. General: Mix and apply underlayment components according to manufacturer's written instructions.

1. Coordinate application of components to provide optimum underlayment-to-substrate and intercoat adhesion. 2. At substrate expansion, isolation, and other moving joints, allow joint of same width to continue through underlayment.

B. Apply primer over prepared substrate at manufacturer's recommended spreading rate.

C. Apply underlayment to produce uniform, level surface.

1. Apply a final layer without aggregate if required to produce smooth surface. 2. Feather edges to match adjacent floor elevations.

D. Cure underlayment according to manufacturer's written instructions. Prevent contamination during application and curing processes.

E. Do not install finish flooring over underlayment until after time period recommended by underlayment manufacturer.

F. Remove and replace underlayment areas that evidence lack of bond with substrate, including areas that emit a "hollow" sound when tapped.

3.4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL

A. Field Samples: Take at least three molded-cube samples from each underlayment batch. Test samples according to ASTM C 109/C 109M for compliance with compressive-strength requirements. When requested, provide test results to Architect.

3.5 PROTECTION

A. Protect underlayment from concentrated and rolling loads for remainder of construction period.

END OF SECTION 035413

GYPSUM CEMENT UNDERLAYMENT 035413 - 3 Melrose Place Limited Melrose Place New Republic Architecture - Project No. 19-078 Cincinnati, Ohio

SECTION 042000 - UNIT MASONRY

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY

A. Section includes:

1. Concrete masonry units (CMUs). 2. Face brick. 3. Mortar and grout. 4. Reinforcing steel. 5. Masonry joint reinforcement. 6. Ties and anchors. 7. Embedded flashing. 8. Miscellaneous masonry accessories.

B. Refer to Section 018113 "Sustainable Design Requirements" for applicable LEED requirements

1.2 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS

A. Provide structural unit masonry with performance requirements as indicated on the Drawings.

1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS

A. As indicated on Drawings.

1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Fire-Resistance Ratings: Where indicated, provide materials and construction identical to those of assemblies with fire-resistance ratings determined per ASTM E 119 by a testing and inspecting agency, by equivalent concrete masonry thickness, or by other means, as acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction.

1.5 PROJECT CONDITIONS

A. Protection of Masonry: During construction, cover tops of walls, projections, and sills with waterproof sheeting at end of each day's work. Cover partially completed masonry when construction is not in progress.

B. Do not apply uniform floor or roof loads for at least 12 hours and concentrated loads for at least 3 days after building masonry walls or columns.

C. Stain Prevention: Prevent grout, mortar, and soil from staining the face of masonry to be left exposed or painted. Immediately remove grout, mortar, and soil that come in contact with such masonry.

D. Cold-Weather Requirements: Do not use frozen materials or materials mixed or coated with ice or frost. Do not build on frozen substrates. Remove and replace unit masonry damaged by frost or by freezing conditions. Comply with cold-weather construction requirements contained in ACI 530.1/ASCE 6/TMS 602.

UNIT MASONRY 042000 - 1 Melrose Place Limited Melrose Place New Republic Architecture - Project No. 19-078 Cincinnati, Ohio

1. Cold-Weather Cleaning: Use liquid cleaning methods only when air temperature is 40 deg F and above and will remain so until masonry has dried, but not less than 7 days after completing cleaning.

E. Hot-Weather Requirements: Comply with hot-weather construction requirements contained in ACI 530.1/ASCE 6/TMS 602.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 MANUFACTURERS

A. In other Part 2 articles where titles below introduce lists, the following requirements apply to product selection:

1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the manufacturers specified or by a substitution approved by Architect prior to date for receipt of Bids. 2. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the products specified or by a substitution approved by Architect prior to date for receipt of Bids. 3. Basis of Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide the specified product, a comparable product by on of the manufacturers specified, or a substitution approved by Architect prior to date for receipt of Bids.

2.2 CONCRETE MASONRY UNITS (CMUs)

A. Shapes: Provide shapes indicated and as follows:

1. Provide special shapes for lintels, corners, jambs, sashes, movement joints, headers, bonding, and other special conditions.

2. Provide square-edge units for outside corners, unless otherwise indicated.

B. Concrete Masonry Units: Requirements as indicated on Drawings.

C. Decorative Concrete Masonry Units: ASTM C90.

1. Basis-of-Design Product: As indicated on Drawings. 2. Integral Water Repellant: Manufacturer-approved CMU admixture at the time of manufacturing. 3. Color, Patterns and Texture: As indicated on Drawings.

2.3 BRICK

A. General: Provide shapes indicated and as follows:

1. For ends of sills and caps and for similar applications that would otherwise expose unfinished brick surfaces, provide units without cores or frogs and with exposed surfaces finished. 2. Provide special shapes for applications where stretcher units cannot accommodate special conditions, including those at corners, movement joints, bond beams, sashes, and lintels.

B. Face Brick: ASTM C 216, Grade SW, Type FBA or FBS.

1. Basis-of-Design Product: As indicated on Drawings.

UNIT MASONRY 042000 - 2 Melrose Place Limited Melrose Place New Republic Architecture - Project No. 19-078 Cincinnati, Ohio

2. Efflorescence: Provide brick that has been tested according to ASTM C 67 and is rated "not effloresced." 3. Size: Modular.

2.4 MORTAR AND GROUT MATERIALS

A. Mortar: Requirements as indicated on Drawings.

1. Aggregate for Mortar: ASTM C 144. 2. Mortar Color: Location and color as indicated on Drawings.

B. Grout: Requirements as indicated on Drawings.

1. Aggregate for Grout: ASTM C 404.

C. Cold-Weather Admixture: Nonchloride, noncorrosive, accelerating admixture complying with ASTM C 494/C 494M, Type C, and recommended by manufacturer for use in masonry mortar of composition indicated.

D. Water-Repellent Admixture (For Exterior Exposed CMU Units): Liquid water-repellent mortar admixture intended for use with concrete masonry units, containing integral water repellent by same manufacturer.

E. Water: Potable.

2.5 REINFORCEMENT

A. Uncoated Steel Reinforcing Bars: As indicated on Drawings.

B. Masonry Joint Reinforcement: As indicated on Drawings.

2.6 TIES AND ANCHORS

A. General: Ties and anchors shall extend at least 1-1/2 inches into veneer but with at least a 5/8-inch cover on outside face.

B. Adjustable Masonry-Veneer Anchors: As indicated on Drawings.

2.7 EMBEDDED FLASHING MATERIALS

A. Flexible Flashing: For flashing not exposed to the exterior, use the following, unless otherwise indicated:

1. Rubberized-Asphalt Flashing: Composite flashing product consisting of a pliable, adhesive rubberized- asphalt compound, bonded to a high-density, cross-laminated polyethylene film to produce an overall thickness of not less than 0.030 inch.

a. Products:

1) Advanced Building Products Inc.; Peel-N-Seal. 2) Carlisle Coatings & Waterproofing; CCW-705-TWF Thru-Wall Flashing. 3) Dayton Superior Corporation, Dur-O-Wal Division; Dur-O-Barrier-44.

UNIT MASONRY 042000 - 3 Melrose Place Limited Melrose Place New Republic Architecture - Project No. 19-078 Cincinnati, Ohio

4) Grace Construction Products, a unit of W. R. Grace & Co. - Conn.; Perm-A-Barrier Wall Flashing. 5) Hohmann & Barnard, Inc.; Textroflash. 6) Polyguard Products, Inc.; Polyguard 300. 7) Polytite Manufacturing Corp.; Poly-Barrier Self-Adhering Wall Flashing.

B. Metal Drip Edges: Fabricate from stainless steel, ASTM A 240/A 240M, Type 304, 0.016 inch thick. Extend at least 3 inches into wall. Bend down outer edge 30 degrees to project 1/2 inch out from wall.

2.8 MISCELLANEOUS MASONRY ACCESSORIES

A. Compressible Filler: Premolded filler strips complying with ASTM D 1056, Grade 2A1; compressible up to 35 percent; of width and thickness indicated; formulated from neoprene, urethane, or PVC.

B. Preformed Control-Joint Gaskets: Made from styrene-butadiene-rubber compound, complying with ASTM D 2000, Designation M2AA-805 or PVC, complying with ASTM D 2287, Type PVC-65406 and designed to fit standard sash block and to maintain lateral stability in masonry wall; size and configuration as indicated.

C. Bond-Breaker Strips: Asphalt-saturated, organic roofing felt complying with ASTM D 226, Type I (No. 15 asphalt felt).

D. Cellular Plastic Weep/Vent: One-piece, flexible extrusion made from UV-resistant polypropylene copolymer, full height and width of head joint and depth 1/8 inch less than depth of outer wythe, in color selected from manufacturer's standard.

E. Cavity Drainage Material: Free-draining mesh, made from polymer strands that will not degrade within the wall cavity.

1. Products:

a. Advanced Building Products Inc.; Mortar Break. b. Dayton Superior Corporation, Dur-O-Wal Division; Polytite MortarStop. c. Mortar Net USA, Ltd.; Mortar Net.

F. Reinforcing Bar Positioners: Wire units designed to fit into mortar bed joints spanning masonry unit cells with loops for holding reinforcing bars in center of cells. Units are formed from 0.142-inch steel wire, hot-dip galvanized after fabrication. Provide units with either two loops or four loops as needed for number of bars indicated.

2.9 CAVITY WALL FLASHING/DRAINAGE SYSTEM

A. General: At Contractor’s option, provide proprietary all-inclusive flashing/drainage system.

B. Cavity Wall Flashing/Drainage System: Proprietary system consisting of flashing, metal drip edge, termination bar, cavity drainage material, and weeps.

1. Product: Mortar Net USA, Ltd; TotalFlash. 2. Flashing: 40 mil polymeric KEE polymer, reinforced, UV stable membrane. 3. Mortar Collection Device/Weep Tabs: Recycled polyester material impregnated with UV protection, biocide to resist mold and flame retardant. 4. Drip Edge: 28 gauge, 0.014 inch (0.038 mm), type 304 stainless steel drip edge pre-attached to flashing.

UNIT MASONRY 042000 - 4 Melrose Place Limited Melrose Place New Republic Architecture - Project No. 19-078 Cincinnati, Ohio

5. Termination Bar: High strength corrosion resistance plastic with pre-drilled holes.

2.10 MASONRY CLEANERS

A. Proprietary Acidic Cleaner: Manufacturer's standard-strength cleaner designed for removing mortar/grout stains, efflorescence, and other new construction stains from new masonry without discoloring or damaging masonry surfaces. Use product expressly approved for intended use by cleaner manufacturer and manufacturer of masonry units being cleaned.

1. Manufacturers:

a. Diedrich Technologies, Inc. b. EaCo Chem, Inc. c. ProSoCo, Inc.

2.11 MORTAR AND GROUT MIXES

A. General: Provide mortar and grout mixes as indicated on Drawings.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 INSTALLATION, GENERAL

A. Thickness: Build cavity and composite walls and other masonry construction to full thickness shown. Build single-wythe walls to actual widths of masonry units, using units of widths indicated.

B. Build chases and recesses to accommodate items specified in this and other Sections.

C. Leave openings for equipment to be installed before completing masonry. After installing equipment, complete masonry to match the construction immediately adjacent to opening.

D. Use full-size units without cutting if possible. If cutting is required to provide a continuous pattern or to fit adjoining construction, cut units with motor-driven saws; provide clean, sharp, unchipped edges. Allow units to dry before laying unless wetting of units is specified. Install cut units with cut surfaces and, where possible, cut edges concealed.

E. Select and arrange units for exposed unit masonry to produce a uniform blend of colors and textures. Mix units from several pallets or cubes as they are placed.

F. Wetting of Brick: Wet brick before laying if initial rate of absorption exceeds 30 g/30 sq. in. per minute when tested per ASTM C 67. Allow units to absorb water so they are damp but not wet at time of laying.

G. Comply with construction tolerances in ACI 530.1/ASCE 6/TMS 602.

3.2 LAYING MASONRY WALLS

A. Bond Pattern for Exposed Masonry: Unless otherwise indicated, lay exposed masonry in running bond; do not use units with less than nominal 4-inch horizontal face dimensions at corners or jambs.

UNIT MASONRY 042000 - 5 Melrose Place Limited Melrose Place New Republic Architecture - Project No. 19-078 Cincinnati, Ohio

B. Lay concealed masonry with all units in a wythe in running bond or bonded by lapping not less than 4-inches. Bond and interlock each course of each wythe at corners. Do not use units with less than nominal 4-inch horizontal face dimensions at corners or jambs.

C. Stopping and Resuming Work: Stop work by racking back units in each course from those in course below; do not tooth. When resuming work, clean masonry surfaces that are to receive mortar, remove loose masonry units and mortar, and wet brick if required before laying fresh masonry.

D. Built-in Work: As construction progresses, build in items specified in this and other Sections. Fill in solidly with masonry around built-in items.

E. Where built-in items are to be embedded in cores of hollow masonry units, place a layer of metal lath, wire mesh, or plastic mesh in the joint below and rod mortar or grout into core.

F. Fill cores in hollow concrete masonry units with grout 24 inches under bearing plates, beams, lintels, posts, and similar items, unless otherwise indicated.

G. Build non-load-bearing interior partitions full height of story to underside of solid floor or roof structure above, unless otherwise indicated.

1. Install compressible filler in joint between top of partition and underside of structure above. 2. At fire-rated partitions, treat joint between top of partition and underside of structure above to comply with Division 07 Section "Joint Firestopping."

3.3 MORTAR BEDDING AND JOINTING

A. Lay concrete masonry units as follows:

1. With face shells fully bedded in mortar and with head joints of depth equal to bed joints. 2. With webs fully bedded in mortar in grouted masonry, including starting course on footings. 3. With entire units, including areas under cells, fully bedded in mortar at starting course on footings where cells are not grouted.

B. Lay solid masonry units with completely filled bed and head joints; butter ends with sufficient mortar to fill head joints and shove into place. Do not deeply furrow bed joints or slush head joints.

C. Set stone trim units in full bed of mortar with full vertical joints.

1. Clean soiled surfaces with fiber brush and soap powder and rinse thoroughly with clear water. 2. Wet joint surfaces thoroughly before applying mortar.

D. Tool exposed joints slightly concave when thumbprint hard, using an oak stick jointer larger than joint thickness, unless otherwise indicated.

3.4 MASONRY JOINT REINFORCEMENT

A. General: Install entire length of longitudinal side rods in mortar with a minimum cover of 5/8 inch on exterior side of walls, 1/2 inch elsewhere. Lap reinforcement a minimum of 6 inches.

1. Provide reinforcement not more than 8 inches above and below wall openings and extending 12 inches beyond openings.

UNIT MASONRY 042000 - 6 Melrose Place Limited Melrose Place New Republic Architecture - Project No. 19-078 Cincinnati, Ohio

B. Interrupt joint reinforcement at control and expansion joints, unless otherwise indicated.

C. Provide continuity at wall intersections by using prefabricated T-shaped units.

D. Provide continuity at corners by using prefabricated L-shaped units.

3.5 ANCHORING MASONRY VENEERS

A. Anchor masonry veneers to wall framing and masonry backup with masonry-veneer anchors to comply with the following requirements:

1. Fasten screw-attached anchors through sheathing to wall framing and to masonry backup with metal fasteners. 2. Space anchors as indicated on Drawing. Install additional anchors within 12 inches of openings and at intervals, not exceeding 36 inches, around perimeter.

3.6 CONTROL AND EXPANSION JOINTS

A. General: Install control and expansion joint materials in unit masonry as masonry progresses. Do not allow materials to span control and expansion joints without provision to allow for in-plane wall or partition movement.

B. Form control joints in concrete masonry and brick as indicated on Drawings.

3.7 LINTELS

A. Install steel lintels where indicated with indicated bearing dimension.

3.8 FLASHING, WEEPS, AND CAVITY DRAINAGE

A. General: Install embedded flashing and weeps in masonry at shelf angles, lintels, ledges, other obstructions to downward flow of water in wall, and where indicated.

B. Install flashing as follows, unless otherwise indicated:

1. Prepare masonry surfaces so they are smooth and free from projections that could puncture flashing. Where flashing is within mortar joint, place through-wall flashing on sloping bed of mortar and cover with mortar. Before covering with mortar, seal penetrations in flashing with adhesive, sealant, or tape as recommended by flashing manufacturer. 2. At masonry-veneer walls, extend flashing through veneer, across air space behind veneer, and up face of sheathing at least 8 inches; with upper edge tucked under building paper or building wrap, lapping at least 4 inches.

a. Provide termination bars with fastener located at 24 inches on center where indicated on Drawings.

3. At lintels, extend flashing a minimum of 6 inches into masonry at each end. At heads and sills, extend flashing 6 inches at ends and turn up not less than 2 inches to form end dams. 4. Install metal drip edges beneath flexible flashing at exterior face of wall. Stop flexible flashing 1/2 inch back from outside face of wall and adhere flexible flashing to top of metal drip edge.

UNIT MASONRY 042000 - 7 Melrose Place Limited Melrose Place New Republic Architecture - Project No. 19-078 Cincinnati, Ohio

C. Install vents in head joints in exterior wythes of first course of masonry immediately above embedded flashing and above flashing under brick sills, heads of openings, and other locations indicated on Drawings.

1. Install vents in head joints in exterior wythes at 24 inches o.c unless otherwise indicated. 2. Install vents at top of wall directly above weep/vents at base of wall to vent wall cavity.

D. Place cavity drainage material in cavities to comply with configuration requirements for cavity drainage material in Part 2 "Miscellaneous Masonry Accessories" Article.

E. Install cavity wall flashing/drainage system in accordance with manufacturer’s installation instructions. Install system as required by Drawings for cavity wall drainage.

3.9 REINFORCED UNIT MASONRY INSTALLATION

A. Placing Reinforcement: Comply with requirements in ACI 530.1/ASCE 6/TMS 602 and as indicated on Drawings.

B. Grouting: Do not place grout until entire height of masonry to be grouted has attained enough strength to resist grout pressure.

1. Comply with requirements in ACI 530.1/ASCE 6/TMS 602 for cleanouts and for grout placement, including minimum grout space and maximum pour height. 2. Limit height of vertical grout pours to not more than 60 inches.

3.10 REPAIRING, POINTING, AND CLEANING

A. Remove and replace masonry units that are loose, chipped, broken, stained, or otherwise damaged or that do not match adjoining units. Install new units to match adjoining units; install in fresh mortar, pointed to eliminate evidence of replacement.

B. Pointing: During the tooling of joints, enlarge voids and holes, except weep holes, and completely fill with mortar. Point up joints, including corners, openings, and adjacent construction, to provide a neat, uniform appearance. Prepare joints for sealant application, where indicated.

C. In-Progress Cleaning: Clean unit masonry as work progresses by dry brushing to remove mortar fins and smears before tooling joints.

D. Final Cleaning: After mortar is thoroughly set and cured, clean exposed masonry as follows:

1. Remove large mortar particles by hand with wooden paddles and nonmetallic scrape hoes or chisels. 2. Test cleaning methods on sample wall panel; leave one-half of panel uncleaned for comparison purposes. Obtain Architect's approval of sample cleaning before proceeding with cleaning of masonry. 3. Protect adjacent stone and non-masonry surfaces from contact with cleaner by covering them with liquid strippable masking agent or polyethylene film and waterproof masking tape. 4. Clean masonry with a proprietary acidic cleaner applied according to manufacturer's written instructions.

END OF SECTION 042000

UNIT MASONRY 042000 - 8 Melrose Place Limited Melrose Place New Republic Architecture - Project No. 19-078 Cincinnati, Ohio

SECTION 055000 - METAL FABRICATIONS

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY

A. Section Includes:

1. Miscellaneous steel framing and supports. 2. Shelf angles. 3. Metal ladders. 4. Elevator pit sump covers. 5. Miscellaneous steel trim.

B. Products furnished, but not installed, under this Section include the following:

1. Loose steel lintels. 2. Anchor bolts, steel pipe sleeves, slotted-channel inserts, and wedge-type inserts indicated to be cast into concrete or built into unit masonry.

C. Refer to Section 018113 "Sustainable Design Requirements" for applicable LEED requirements

1.2 ACTION SUBMITTALS

A. Shop Drawings: Show fabrication and installation details.

B. Delegated-Design Submittal: For ladders, including analysis data signed and sealed by the qualified professional engineer responsible for their preparation.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS

A. Delegated Design: Engage a qualified professional engineer, as defined in Section 010000 "General Requirements," to design ladders.

B. Thermal Movements: Allow for thermal movements from ambient and surface temperature changes acting on exterior metal fabrications by preventing buckling, opening of joints, overstressing of components, failure of connections, and other detrimental effects.

1. Temperature Change: 120 deg F, ambient; 180 deg F, material surfaces.

2.2 METALS

A. Metal Surfaces, General: Provide materials with smooth, flat surfaces unless otherwise indicated. For metal fabrications exposed to view in the completed Work, provide materials without seam marks, roller marks, rolled trade names, or blemishes.

METAL FABRICATIONS 055000 - 1 Melrose Place Limited Melrose Place New Republic Architecture - Project No. 19-078 Cincinnati, Ohio

B. Steel Plates, Shapes, and Bars: ASTM A 36/A 36M.

C. Steel Pipe: ASTM A 53/A 53M, Standard Weight (Schedule 40) unless otherwise indicated.

D. Slotted Channel Framing: Cold-formed metal box channels (struts) complying with MFMA-4.

1. Size of Channels: 1-5/8 by 1-5/8 inches. 2. Material: Cold-rolled steel, ASTM A 1008/A 1008M minimum thickness; coated with rust-inhibitive, baked-on, acrylic enamel or hot-dip galvanized after fabrication.

1) Provide galvanized channels where indicated.

2.3 FASTENERS

A. General: Unless otherwise indicated, provide Type 304 stainless-steel fasteners for exterior use and zinc- plated fasteners with coating complying with ASTM B 633 or ASTM F 1941, Class Fe/Zn 5, at exterior walls. Select fasteners for type, grade, and class required.

B. Cast-in-Place Anchors in Concrete: Either threaded type or wedge type unless otherwise indicated; galvanized ferrous castings, either ASTM A 47/A 47M malleable iron or ASTM A 27/A 27M cast steel. Provide bolts, washers, and shims as needed, all hot-dip galvanized per ASTM F 2329.

C. Post-Installed Anchors: Torque-controlled expansion anchors or chemical anchors.

1. Material for Interior Locations: Carbon-steel components zinc plated to comply with ASTM B 633 or ASTM F 1941, Class Fe/Zn 5, unless otherwise indicated. 2. Material for Exterior Locations and Where Stainless Steel Is Indicated: Alloy Group 1 stainless-steel bolts, ASTM F 593, and nuts, ASTM F 594.

D. Slotted-Channel Inserts: Cold-formed, hot-dip galvanized-steel box channels (struts) complying with MFMA-4, 1-5/8 by 7/8 inches by length indicated with anchor straps or studs not less than 3 inches long at not more than 8 inches o.c. Provide with temporary filler and tee-head bolts, complete with washers and nuts, all zinc- plated to comply with ASTM B 633, Class Fe/Zn 5, as needed for fastening to inserts.

2.4 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS

A. Shop Primer: As specified in Section 091000 "Painting."

B. Galvanizing Repair Paint: High-zinc-dust-content paint complying with SSPC-Paint 20 and compatible with paints specified to be used over it.

C. Bituminous Paint: Cold-applied asphalt emulsion complying with ASTM D 1187/D 1187M.

D. Nonshrink, Nonmetallic Grout: Factory-packaged, nonstaining, noncorrosive, nongaseous grout complying with ASTM C 1107/C 1107M. Provide grout specifically recommended by manufacturer for interior and exterior applications.

2.5 FABRICATION, GENERAL

A. Shop Assembly: Preassemble items in the shop to greatest extent possible. Use connections that maintain structural value of joined pieces.

METAL FABRICATIONS 055000 - 2 Melrose Place Limited Melrose Place New Republic Architecture - Project No. 19-078 Cincinnati, Ohio

B. Cut, drill, and punch metals cleanly and accurately. Remove burrs and ease edges. Remove sharp or rough areas on exposed surfaces.

C. Weld corners and seams continuously to comply with the following:

1. Use materials and methods that minimize distortion and develop strength and corrosion resistance of base metals. 2. Obtain fusion without undercut or overlap. 3. Remove welding flux immediately. 4. At exposed connections, finish exposed welds and surfaces smooth and blended.

D. Form exposed connections with hairline joints, flush and smooth, using concealed fasteners or welds where possible. Locate joints where least conspicuous.

E. Fabricate seams and other connections that are exposed to weather in a manner to exclude water. Provide weep holes where water may accumulate.

F. Where units are indicated to be cast into concrete or built into masonry, equip with integrally welded steel strap anchors not less than 8 inches from ends and corners of units and 24 inches o.c.

2.6 MISCELLANEOUS FRAMING AND SUPPORTS

A. General: Provide steel framing and supports not specified in other Sections as needed to complete the Work.

B. Fabricate units from steel shapes, plates, and bars of welded construction unless otherwise indicated. Fabricate to sizes, shapes, and profiles indicated and as necessary to receive adjacent construction.

2.7 SHELF ANGLES

A. Fabricate shelf angles from steel angles of sizes indicated. Provide horizontally slotted holes to receive 3/4- inch bolts, spaced not more than 6 inches from ends and 24 inches o.c., unless otherwise indicated.

B. For cavity walls, provide vertical channel brackets to support angles from backup masonry and concrete.

C. Galvanize shelf angles located in exterior walls.

2.8 METAL LADDERS

A. General:

1. Comply with ANSI A14.3, except for elevator pit ladders. 2. For elevator pit ladders, comply with ASME A17.1/CSA B44.

B. Steel Ladders:

1. Space siderails 16 inches apart unless otherwise indicated. 2. Siderails: Continuous, 3/8-by-2-1/2-inch steel flat bars, with eased edges. 3. Rungs: 3/4-inch-diameter steel bars. 4. Fit rungs in centerline of siderails; plug-weld and grind smooth on outer rail faces. 5. Provide nonslip surfaces on top of each rung.

METAL FABRICATIONS 055000 - 3 Melrose Place Limited Melrose Place New Republic Architecture - Project No. 19-078 Cincinnati, Ohio

2.9 ELEVATOR PIT SUMP COVERS

A. Fabricate from 1/8-inch rolled-steel floor plate with four 1-inch-diameter holes for water drainage and for lifting.

2.10 MISCELLANEOUS STEEL TRIM

A. Unless otherwise indicated, fabricate units from steel shapes, plates, and bars of profiles shown with continuously welded joints and smooth exposed edges. Miter corners and use concealed field splices where possible.

B. Provide cutouts, fittings, and anchorages as needed to coordinate assembly and installation with other work.

C. Galvanize exterior miscellaneous steel trim.

2.11 LOOSE STEEL LINTELS

A. Fabricate loose steel lintels from steel angles and shapes of size indicated for openings and recesses in masonry walls and partitions at locations indicated.

B. Galvanize loose steel lintels located in exterior walls and prime as indicated in Section 091000 "Painting.".

2.12 FINISHES, GENERAL

A. Finish metal fabrications after assembly.

2.13 STEEL AND IRON FINISHES

A. Galvanizing: Hot-dip galvanize items as indicated to comply with ASTM A 153/A 153M for steel and iron hardware and with ASTM A 123/A 123M for other steel and iron products.

B. Shop prime iron and steel items as indicated unless they are to be embedded in concrete, sprayed-on fireproofing, or masonry, or unless otherwise indicated.

C. Preparation for Shop Priming: Prepare surfaces to comply with SSPC-SP 6/NACE No. 3, "Commercial Blast Cleaning."

D. Shop Priming: Apply shop primer to comply with SSPC-PA 1, "Paint Application Specification No. 1: Shop, Field, and Maintenance Painting of Steel," for shop painting.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 INSTALLATION, GENERAL

A. Cutting, Fitting, and Placement: Perform cutting, drilling, and fitting required for installing metal fabrications. Set metal fabrications accurately in location, alignment, and elevation; with edges and surfaces level, plumb, true, and free of rack; and measured from established lines and levels.

METAL FABRICATIONS 055000 - 4 Melrose Place Limited Melrose Place New Republic Architecture - Project No. 19-078 Cincinnati, Ohio

B. Fit exposed connections accurately together to form hairline joints. Weld connections that are not to be left as exposed joints but cannot be shop welded because of shipping size limitations. Do not weld, cut, or abrade surfaces of exterior units that have been hot-dip galvanized after fabrication and are for bolted or screwed field connections.

C. Field Welding: Comply with the following requirements:

1. Use materials and methods that minimize distortion and develop strength and corrosion resistance of base metals. 2. Obtain fusion without undercut or overlap. 3. Remove welding flux immediately. 4. At exposed connections, finish exposed welds and surfaces smooth and blended so no roughness shows after finishing and contour of welded surface matches that of adjacent surface.

D. Fastening to In-Place Construction: Provide anchorage devices and fasteners where metal fabrications are required to be fastened to in-place construction.

E. Provide temporary bracing or anchors in formwork for items that are to be built into concrete, masonry, or similar construction.

3.2 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING

A. Touchup Painting: Immediately after erection, clean field welds, bolted connections, and abraded areas. Paint uncoated and abraded areas with the same material as used for shop painting to comply with SSPC-PA 1 for touching up shop-painted surfaces.

B. Galvanized Surfaces: Clean field welds, bolted connections, and abraded areas and repair galvanizing to comply with ASTM A 780/A 780M.

END OF SECTION 055000

METAL FABRICATIONS 055000 - 5 Melrose Place Limited Melrose Place New Republic Architecture - Project No. 19-078 Cincinnati, Ohio

SECTION 061000 - ROUGH CARPENTRY

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY

A. Section Includes:

1. Framing with dimension lumber. 2. Wood blocking and nailers. 3. Plywood backing panels.

B. Refer to Section 018113 "Sustainable Design Requirements" for applicable LEED requirements.

1.2 ACTION SUBMITTALS

A. Product Data: For each type of process and factory-fabricated product.

1. Include data for wood-preservative treatment from chemical treatment manufacturer and certification by treating plant that treated materials comply with requirements 2. Include data for fire-retardant treatment from chemical treatment manufacturer and certification by treating plant that treated materials comply with requirements.

1.3 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS

A. Material Certificates: For dimension lumber specified to comply with minimum allowable unit stresses. Indicate species and grade selected for each use and design values approved by the ALSC Board of Review.

B. Evaluation Reports: For the following, from ICC-ES:

1. Wood-preservative-treated wood. 2. Fire-retardant-treated plywood. 3. Power-driven fasteners. 4. Powder-actuated fasteners. 5. Expansion anchors. 6. Metal framing anchors.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 WOOD PRODUCTS, GENERAL

A. Lumber: DOC PS 20 and applicable rules of grading agencies indicated. If no grading agency is indicated, provide lumber that complies with the applicable rules of any rules-writing agency certified by the ALSC Board of Review. Provide lumber graded by an agency certified by the ALSC Board of Review to inspect and grade lumber under the rules indicated.

1. Factory mark each piece of lumber with grade stamp of grading agency.

ROUGH CARPENTRY 061000 - 1 Melrose Place Limited Melrose Place New Republic Architecture - Project No. 19-078 Cincinnati, Ohio

2. Provide dressed lumber, S4S, unless otherwise indicated.

B. Maximum Moisture Content of Lumber: 15 percent for 2-inch nominal thickness or less, 19 percent for more than 2-inch nominal thickness unless otherwise indicated.

2.2 WOOD-PRESERVATIVE-TREATED LUMBER

A. Preservative Treatment by Pressure Process: AWPA U1; Use Category UC2.

1. Preservative Chemicals: Acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction and containing no arsenic or chromium. Do not use inorganic boron (SBX) for sill plates.

B. Kiln-dry lumber after treatment to a maximum moisture content of 19 percent. Do not use material that is warped or that does not comply with requirements for untreated material.

C. Mark lumber with treatment quality mark of an inspection agency approved by the ALSC Board of Review.

D. Application: Treat items indicated on Drawings and the following:

1. Wood nailers, blocking, stripping, and similar members in connection with roofing, flashing, vapor barriers, and waterproofing. 2. Wood sills and blocking, and similar concealed members in contact with masonry or concrete. 3. Wood framing attached directly to the interior of below-grade exterior masonry or concrete walls. 4. Wood floor plates that are installed over concrete slabs-on-grade.

2.3 FIRE-RETARDANT-TREATED MATERIALS

A. General: Where fire-retardant-treated materials are indicated, materials shall comply with requirements in this article, that are acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, and with fire-test-response characteristics specified as determined by testing identical products per test method indicated by a qualified testing agency.

B. Fire-Retardant-Treated Plywood by Pressure Process: Products with a flame-spread index of 25 or less when tested according to ASTM E84, and with no evidence of significant progressive combustion when the test is extended an additional 20 minutes, and with the flame front not extending more than 10.5 feet beyond the centerline of the burners at any time during the test.

1. Interior Type A: Treated materials shall have a moisture content of 28 percent or less when tested according to ASTM D3201 at 92 percent relative humidity. Use where exterior type is not indicated.

C. Kiln-dry plywood after treatment to maximum moisture content of 15 percent.

D. Identify fire-retardant-treated wood with appropriate classification marking of qualified testing agency.

E. Application: Treat plywood backing panels for equipment.

2.4 DIMENSION LUMBER FRAMING

A. Framing Lumber: As indicated on Drawings.

ROUGH CARPENTRY 061000 - 2 Melrose Place Limited Melrose Place New Republic Architecture - Project No. 19-078 Cincinnati, Ohio

2.5 ENGINEERED LUMBER

A. LVL (Laminated Veneer Lumber) Beams: As indicated on Drawings.

B. LSL (Laminated Strand Lumber) Beams and Studs: As indicated on Drawings.

2.6 MISCELLANEOUS LUMBER

A. General: Provide miscellaneous lumber indicated and lumber for support or attachment of other construction, including the following:

1. Blocking. 2. Nailers. 3. Furring.

B. For items of dimension lumber size, provide Standard, Stud, or No. 3 grade lumber of any species.

2.7 PLYWOOD BACKING PANELS

A. Equipment Backing Panels: DOC PS 1, Exterior, AC, fire-retardant treated, 3/4-inch nominal thickness.

2.8 FASTENERS

A. General: Provide fasteners of size and type indicated that comply with requirements specified in this article for material and manufacture.

B. Power-Driven Fasteners: NES NER-272.

C. Bolts: Steel bolts complying with ASTM A 307, Grade A; with ASTM A 563 hex nuts and, where indicated, flat washers.

D. Proprietary fasteners by Simpson Corporation, Fasten Masters or engineer approved equal.

2.9 METAL FRAMING ANCHORS

A. Metal Framing Anchoes: As indicated on Drawings

1. Material: Hot-dip, zinc-coated steel sheet complying with ASTM A 653/A 653M, G60 coating designation.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 INSTALLATION, GENERAL

A. Set rough carpentry to required levels and lines, with members plumb, true to line, cut, and fitted. Fit rough carpentry to other construction; scribe and cope as needed for accurate fit. Locate nailers, blocking, and similar supports to comply with requirements for attaching other construction.

ROUGH CARPENTRY 061000 - 3 Melrose Place Limited Melrose Place New Republic Architecture - Project No. 19-078 Cincinnati, Ohio

B. Framing Standard: Comply with AF&PA's WCD 1, "Details for Conventional Wood Frame Construction," unless otherwise indicated.

C. Install wood framing as indicated on Drawings.

D. Install fire-retardant treated plywood backing panels with classification marking of testing agency exposed to view.

E. Metal Framing Anchors: Install metal framing anchors to comply with manufacturer's written instructions. Install fasteners through each fastener hole.

F. Do not splice structural members between supports unless otherwise indicated.

G. Comply with AWPA M4 for applying field treatment to cut surfaces of preservative-treated lumber.

H. Securely attach rough carpentry work to substrate by anchoring and fastening as indicated, complying with the following:

1. NES NER-272 for power-driven fasteners. 2. Table 2304.9.1, "Fastening Schedule," in ICC's International Building Code.

END OF SECTION 061000

ROUGH CARPENTRY 061000 - 4 Melrose Place Limited Melrose Place New Republic Architecture - Project No. 19-078 Cincinnati, Ohio

SECTION 061600 - SHEATHING

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY

A. Section Includes:

1. Wall sheathing. 2. Roof sheathing. 3. Subflooring.

B. Refer to Section 018113 "Sustainable Design Requirements" for applicable LEED requirements.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS

A. Fire-Test-Response Characteristics: For assemblies with fire-resistance ratings, provide materials and construction identical to those of assemblies tested for fire resistance per ASTM E 119 by a testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction.

1. Fire-Resistance Ratings: Indicated by design designations from UL's "Fire Resistance Directory.".

2.2 WOOD PANEL PRODUCTS

A. Certified Wood: As specified in Section 018113 "Sustainable Design Requirements."

B. Plywood: DOC PS 1 manufactured with moisture-resistant adhesive for "Exposure 1" or "Exterior."

2.3 WALL SHEATHING

A. Oriented-Strand-Board Wall Sheathing: With integral water-resistive barrier, Exposure 1 sheathing.

1. Basis-of-Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide Huber Engineered Woods LLC; ZIP System Wall Sheathing.

2.4 ROOF SHEATHING

A. Plywood Roof Sheathing: As indicated on Drawings.

2.5 SUBFLOORING

A. Subflooring: As indicated on Drawings.

SHEATHING 061600 - 1 Melrose Place Limited Melrose Place New Republic Architecture - Project No. 19-078 Cincinnati, Ohio

2.6 FASTENERS

A. General: Provide fasteners of size and type indicated that comply with requirements specified in this article for material and manufacture.

2.7 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS

A. Adhesives for Field Gluing Panels to Wood Framing: Formulation complying with APA AFG-01 that is approved for use with type of construction panel indicated by manufacturers of both adhesives and panels.

1. Adhesives shall have a VOC content as required by Section 018113 "Sustainable Design Requirements."

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 INSTALLATION, GENERAL

A. Do not use materials with defects that impair quality of sheathing or pieces that are too small to use with minimum number of joints or optimum joint arrangement. Arrange joints so that pieces do not span between fewer than three support members.

B. Cut panels at penetrations, edges, and other obstructions of work; fit tightly against abutting construction unless otherwise indicated.

C. Securely attach to substrate by fastening as indicated, complying with the following:

1. NES NER-272 for power-driven fasteners. 2. Table 2304.9.1, "Fastening Schedule," in ICC's "International Building Code."

3.2 WOOD STRUCTURAL PANEL INSTALLATION

A. General: Comply with applicable recommendations in APA Form No. E30, "Engineered Wood Construction Guide," for types of structural-use panels and applications indicated.

B. Fastening Methods: Fasten panels as indicated below:

1. Combination Subfloor-Underlayment:

a. Glue and nail to wood framing. b. Space panels 1/8 inch apart at edges and ends.

2. Wall and Roof Sheathing:

a. Nail to wood framing. b. Screw to cold-formed metal framing. c. Space panels 1/8 inch apart at edges and ends.

END OF SECTION 061600

SHEATHING 061600 - 2 Melrose Place Limited Melrose Place New Republic Architecture - Project No. 19-078 Cincinnati, Ohio

SECTION 061753 - SHOP-FABRICATED WOOD TRUSSES

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY

A. Section include:

1. Wood roof trusses. 2. Wood floor trusses. 3. Wood truss bracing. 4. Metal truss accessories.

1.2 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS

A. Structural Performance: Provide metal-plate-connected wood trusses capable of withstanding design loads within limits and under conditions indicated. Comply with requirements in TPI 1 unless more stringent requirements are specified below.

1. Design Loads: As indicated on Drawings. 2. Maximum Deflection Under Design Loads: As indicated on Drawings.

1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS

A. Submittals: As indicated on Drawings.

1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Comply with applicable requirements and recommendations of publications as indicated on Drawings:

1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING

A. Handle and store trusses to comply with recommendations of TPI HIB, "Commentary and Recommendations for Handling, Installing & Bracing Metal Plate Connected Wood Trusses."

1.6 COORDINATION

A. Time delivery and erection of trusses to avoid extended on-site storage and to avoid delaying progress of other trades whose work must follow erection of trusses.

SHOP-FABRICATED WOOD TRUSSES 061753 - 1 Melrose Place Limited Melrose Place New Republic Architecture - Project No. 19-078 Cincinnati, Ohio

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 DIMENSION LUMBER

A. Certified Wood: As specified in Section 018113 "Sustainable Design Requirements."

B. Lumber: DOC PS 20 and applicable rules of grading agencies indicated. If no grading agency is indicated, provide lumber that complies with the applicable rules of any rules writing agency certified by the ALSC Board of Review.

C. Permanent Bracing: As indicated on Drawings.

2.2 METAL CONNECTOR PLATES

A. General: As indicated on Drawings.

B. Material: ASTM A 653/A 653M; Structural Steel (SS), high-strength low-alloy steel Type A (HSLAS Type A), or high-strength low-alloy steel Type B (HSLAS Type B); G60 coating designation; and not less than 0.036 inch thick.

2.3 METAL FRAMING ANCHORS AND ACCESSORIES

A. Allowable design loads, as published by manufacturer, shall comply with or exceed those indicated. Manufacturer's published values shall be determined from empirical data or by rational engineering analysis and demonstrated by comprehensive testing performed by a qualified independent testing agency. Framing anchors shall be punched for fasteners adequate to withstand same loads as framing anchors.

B. Galvanized-Steel Sheet: Hot-dip, zinc-coated steel sheet complying with ASTM A 653/A 653M, G60 coating designation.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 INSTALLATION

A. Install wood trusses only after supporting construction is in place and is braced and secured.

B. If trusses are delivered to Project site in more than one piece, assemble trusses before installing.

C. Hoist trusses in place by lifting equipment suited to sizes and types of trusses required, exercising care not to damage truss members or joints by out-of-plane bending or other causes.

D. Install and brace trusses according to TPI recommendations and as indicated.

E. Install trusses plumb, square, and true to line and securely fasten to supporting construction.

F. Space trusses as indicated; adjust and align trusses in location before permanently fastening.

SHOP-FABRICATED WOOD TRUSSES 061753 - 2 Melrose Place Limited Melrose Place New Republic Architecture - Project No. 19-078 Cincinnati, Ohio

G. Anchor trusses securely at bearing points; use metal truss tie-downs or floor truss hangers as applicable. Install fasteners through each fastener hole in truss accessories according to manufacturer's fastening schedules and written instructions.

H. Install and fasten permanent bracing during truss erection and before construction loads are applied. Anchor ends of permanent bracing where terminating at walls or beams.

1. Install and fasten strongback bracing vertically against vertical web of parallel-chord floor trusses at centers indicated.

I. Do not cut or remove truss members.

J. Replace wood trusses that are damaged or do not meet requirements. Do not alter trusses in field.

3.2 REPAIRS AND PROTECTION

A. Repair damaged galvanized coatings on exposed surfaces with galvanized repair paint according to ASTM A 780 and manufacturer's written instructions.

END OF SECTION 061753

SHOP-FABRICATED WOOD TRUSSES 061753 - 3 Melrose Place Limited Melrose Place New Republic Architecture - Project No. 19-078 Cincinnati, Ohio

SECTION 062023 - INTERIOR FINISH CARPENTRY

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY

A. Section Includes:

1. Interior trim.

B. Refer to Section 018113 "Sustainable Design Requirements" for applicable LEED requirements.

1.2 DEFINITIONS

A. MDF: Medium-density fiberboard.

B. MDO: Plywood with a medium-density overlay on the face.

C. PVC: Polyvinyl chloride.

1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS

A. Product Data: For each type of process and factory-fabricated product.

B. Samples: For each exposed product and for each color and texture specified.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 MATERIALS, GENERAL

A. Certified Wood: As specified in Section 018113 "Sustainable Design Requirements."

B. Lumber: DOC PS 20 and applicable rules of grading agencies indicated. If no grading agency is indicated, comply with applicable rules of any rules-writing agency certified by the American Lumber Standard Committee's (ALSC) Board of Review. Grade lumber by an agency certified by the ALSC's Board of Review to inspect and grade lumber under the rules indicated.

C. Softwood Plywood: DOC PS 1.

D. MDF: ANSI A208.2, Grade 130.

E. Particleboard: ANSI A208.1, Grade M-2.

INTERIOR FINISH CARPENTRY 062023 - 1 Melrose Place Limited Melrose Place New Republic Architecture - Project No. 19-078 Cincinnati, Ohio

2.2 INTERIOR TRIM

A. Lumber Trim for Opaque Finish (Painted Finish): For door casings and any other running trim.

1. Species and Grade: Pine or poplar. 2. Maximum Moisture Content: 15percent. 3. Finger Jointing: Not allowed. 4. Face Surface: Surfaced (smooth). 5. Optional Material: Primed MDF of same actual dimensions as lumber indicated may be used in lieu of lumber.

2.3 PVC WINDOW STOOLS

A. PVC Trim (Window Stools): PVC with PVC backing.

1. Basis-of Design Product: Subject to compliance provide products by one of the following or a comparable substitution approved by Owner/Architect:

a. Duraflex Products, LLC b. Dura-Sill, Inc. c. Sill-Rite, LP

2. Profile: As indicated on Drawings. 3. Thickness: 1/2 inch. 4. Size: As required for opening. 5. Color: White.

2.4 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS

A. Fasteners for Interior Finish Carpentry: Nails, screws, and other anchoring devices of type, size, material, and finish required for application indicated to provide secure attachment, concealed where possible.

B. Glue: Aliphatic-resin, polyurethane, or resorcinol wood glue recommended by manufacturer for general carpentry use.

C. Multipurpose Construction Adhesive: Formulation, complying with ASTM D3498, that is recommended for indicated use by adhesive manufacturer.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 PREPARATION

A. Clean substrates of projections and substances detrimental to application.

B. Before installing interior finish carpentry, condition materials to average prevailing humidity in installation areas for a minimum of 24 hours unless longer conditioning is recommended by manufacturer.

INTERIOR FINISH CARPENTRY 062023 - 2 Melrose Place Limited Melrose Place New Republic Architecture - Project No. 19-078 Cincinnati, Ohio

3.2 INSTALLATION, GENERAL

A. Install interior finish carpentry level, plumb, true, and aligned with adjacent materials.

1. Use concealed shims where necessary for alignment. 2. Scribe and cut interior finish carpentry to fit adjoining work. Refinish and seal cuts as recommended by manufacturer. 3. Where face fastening is unavoidable, countersink fasteners, fill surface flush, and sand unless otherwise indicated. 4. Install to tolerance of 1/8 inch in 96 inches for level and plumb. Install adjoining interior finish carpentry with 1/32-inch maximum offset for flush installation and 1/16-inch maximum offset for reveal installation. 5. Coordinate interior finish carpentry with materials and systems in or adjacent to it. Provide cutouts for mechanical and electrical items that penetrate interior finish carpentry.

3.3 STANDING AND RUNNING TRIM INSTALLATION

A. Install trim with minimum number of joints as is practical, using full-length pieces from maximum lengths of lumber available.

1. Do not use pieces less than 24 inches long, except where necessary. 2. Stagger joints in adjacent and related standing and running trim. 3. Cope at returns, miter at outside corners, and cope at inside corners to produce tight-fitting joints with full-surface contact throughout length of joint. 4. Use scarf joints for end-to-end joints. 5. Plane backs of casings to provide uniform thickness across joints where necessary for alignment. 6. Install trim after gypsum-board joint finishing operations are completed. 7. Install without splitting; drill pilot holes before fastening where necessary to prevent splitting. 8. Fasten to prevent movement or warping. 9. Countersink fastener heads on exposed carpentry work and fill holes.

3.4 PVC WINDOW STOOLS INSTALLATION

A. Install window stools to substrate with manufacturer’s approved adhesive.

B. Apply sealant to gaps at walls; comply with Section 079200 "Joint Sealants."

END OF SECTION 062023

INTERIOR FINISH CARPENTRY 062023 - 3 Melrose Place Limited Melrose Place New Republic Architecture - Project No. 19-078 Cincinnati, Ohio

SECTION 070680 - SCHEDULES FOR FIRE AND SMOKE PROTECTION

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

A. The following pages contain the UL fire rated assembly designs as indicated on the Drawings and taken from UL's Fire Resistance Directory. The assembly designs are arranged in chronological order by the UL design number.

B. The following fire rated assembly designs are included in this Section: 1. UL Assembly L501 2. UL Assembly L505 3. UL Assembly L543 4. UL Assembly L577 5. UL Assembly P522 6. UL Assembly U301 7. UL Assembly U305 8. UL Assembly U341 9. UL Assembly U356 10. UL Assembly U905 11. Gypsum Association File WP 3371 12. Gypsum Association File WP 3820

PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used)

PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used)

END OF SECTION 070680

SCHEDULES FOR FIRE AND SMOKE PROTECTION 070680 - 1 10/27/2020 BXUV.L501 | UL Product iQ

BXUV.L501

Design/System/Construction/Assembly Usage Disclaimer

Authorities Having Jurisdiction should be consulted in all cases as to the particular requirements covering the installation and use of UL Certified products, equipment, system, devices, and materials. Authorities Having Jurisdiction should be consulted before construction. Fire resistance assemblies and products are developed by the design submitter and have been investigated by UL for compliance with applicable requirements. The published information cannot always address every construction nuance encountered in the field. When field issues arise, it is recommended the first contact for assistance be the technical service staff provided by the product manufacturer noted for the design. Users of fire resistance assemblies are advised to consult the general Guide Information for each product category and each group of assemblies. The Guide Information includes specifics concerning alternate materials and alternate methods of construction. Only products which bear UL's Mark are considered Certified.

BXUV - Fire Resistance Ratings - ANSI/UL 263 Certified for United States BXUV7 - Fire Resistance Ratings - CAN/ULC-S101 Certified for Canada See General Information for Fire-resistance Ratings - ANSI/UL 263 Certified for United States Design Criteria and Allowable Variances

See General Information for Fire Resistance Ratings - CAN/ULC-S101 Certified for Canada Design Criteria and Allowable Variances Design No. L501

August 31, 2020 Unrestrained Assembly Rating — 1 Hr. Finish Rating — (See Items 5 and 5A) This design was evaluated using a load design method other than the Limit States Design Method (e.g., Working Stress Design Method). For jurisdictions employing the Limit States Design Method, such as Canada, a load restriction factor shall be used — See Guide BXUV or BXUV7

* Indicates such products shall bear the UL or cUL Certification Mark for jurisdictions employing the UL or cUL Certification (such as Canada), respectively.

https://iq.ulprospector.com/en/profile?e=14256 1/12 10/27/2020 BXUV.L501 | UL Product iQ

1. Flooring Systems — The flooring system shall consist of one of the following: System No. 1

Subflooring — Min 1 by 6 in. T & G lumber fastened diagonally to joists, or min 15/32 in. thick plywood or min 7/16 in. thick oriented strand board (OSB) wood structural panels, min grade "C-D" or "Sheathing". Face grain of plywood or strength axis of panel to be perpendicular to joists with joints staggered.

Vapor Barrier — Nom 0.010 in. thick commercial rosin-sized building paper.

Finish Flooring — Min 1 by 4 in. T & G lumber installed perpendicular to joists, or min 19/32 in. thick wood structural panels, min grade "Underlayment" or "Single-Floor". Face grain of plywood or strength axis of panels to be perpendicular to joists with joints staggered. System No. 2

Subflooring — Min 15/32 in. thick wood structural panels, min grade "C-D" or "Sheathing". Face grain of plywood or strength axis of panels to be perpendicular to the joists with joints staggered.

Vapor Barrier — (Optional) — Nom 0.030 in. thick commercial asphalt saturated felt.

Floor Mat Materials* — (Optional) — Floor mat material loose laid over the subfloor. Refer to manufacturer's instructions regarding the minimum thickness of floor topping over each floor mat material.

UNITED STATES GYPSUM CO — Types SAM, LEVELROCK® Brand Sound Reduction Board, LEVELROCK® Brand Floor Underlayment SRM-25

Alternate Floor Mat Materials* — (Optional) — Floor mat material loose laid over the subfloor.Refer to manufacturer's instructions regarding minimum thickness of floor topping over floor mat. GRASSWORX L L C — SC Types

Finish Flooring — Floor Topping Mixture* — Min 3/4 having a min compressive strength of 1800 psi. Refer to manufacturer's instructions accompanying the material for specific mix design. UNITED STATES GYPSUM CO — Type CSD, LRK, HSLRK

LATICRETE SUPERCAP L L C — Types LRK, HSLRK

USG MEXICO S A DE C V — Types LRK, HSLRK, CSD

System No. 3

Subflooring — Min 19/32 in. thick wood structural panels, min grade "C-D" or "Sheathing". Face grain of plywood or strength axis of panel to be perpendicular to joists with joints staggered.

https://iq.ulprospector.com/en/profile?e=14256 2/12 10/27/2020 BXUV.L501 | UL Product iQ Floor Mat Materials* — (Optional) — Floor mat material nom 5/64 in. (2 mm) thick adhered to subfloor with Hacker Floor Primer. Primer to be applied to the surface of the mat prior to the placement of floor-topping mixture. Floor topping thickness a min 1 in. over the floor mat.

HACKER INDUSTRIES INC — Type Hacker Sound-Mat

Alternate Floor Mat Materials — (Optional) — Floor mat material nom 1/4 in. (6 mm) thick adhered to subfloor with Hacker Floor Primer. Primer to be applied to the surface of the mat prior to the placement of a min 1-1/4 in. (32 mm) of floor-topping mixture.

HACKER INDUSTRIES INC — Type Hacker Sound-Mat II

Alternate Floor Mat Materials — (Optional) — Floor mat material nom 1/8 in. (3 mm) thick loose laid over the subfloor. Floor topping thickness shall be a min of 3/4 in. (19 mm).

HACKER INDUSTRIES INC — FIRM-FILL SCM 125

Alternate Floor Mat Materials — (Optional) — Floor mat material nom 1/4 in. (6 mm) thick loose laid over the subfloor. Floor topping thickness shall be a min of 1 in. (25 mm).

HACKER INDUSTRIES INC — Type FIRM-FILL SCM 250, Quiet Qurl 55/025

Alternate Floor Mat Materials — (Optional) — Floor mat material nom 3/8 in. (10 mm) thick loose laid over the subfloor. Floor topping thickness shall be a min of 1-1/4 in. (32 mm)

HACKER INDUSTRIES INC — FIRM-FILL SCM 400, Quiet Qurl 60/040

Alternate Floor Mat Materials — (Optional) — Floor mat material nom 3/4 in. (19 mm) thick loose laid over the subfloor. Floor topping thickness shall be a min of 1-1/2 in. (38 mm).

HACKER INDUSTRIES INC — Type FIRM-FILL SCM 750, Quiet Qurl 65/075

Metal Lath (Optional) — For use with 3/8 in. (10 mm) floor mat materials, 3/8 in. expanded steel diamond mesh, 3.4 lbs/sq yd placed over the floor mat material. Hacker Floor Primer to be applied prior to the placement of the metal lath. When metal lath is used, floor topping thickness a nom 1-1/4 in. over the floor mat.

Finish Flooring — Floor Topping Mixture* — Min 3/4 in. thickness of floor topping mixture having a min compressive strength of 1100 psi. Mixture shall consist of 6.8 gal of water to 80 lbs of floor topping mixture to 1.9 cu ft of sand.

HACKER INDUSTRIES INC — Firm-Fill Gypsum Concrete, Firm-Fill 2010, Firm-Fill 3310, Firm-Fill 4010, Firm-Fill High Strength, Gyp-Span Radiant

System No. 4

Subflooring — Min 15/32 in. thick wood structural panels, min grade "C-D" or "Sheathing". Face grain of plywood or strength axis of panel to be perpendicular to joists with joints staggered.

Vapor Barrier — (Optional) — Nom 0.030 in thick commercial asphalt saturated felt.

Finish Flooring — Floor Topping Mixture* — Min 1-1/2 in. thickness of floor topping mixture having a min compressive strength of 1000 psi and a cast density of 100 plus or minus 5 pcf. Foam concentrate mixed 40:1 by volume with water and expanded at 100 psi through nozzle. Mixture shall consist of 1.4 cu feet of preformed foam concentrate to 94 lbs Type I Portland cement, 300 lbs of sand with 5-1/2 gal of water.

ELASTIZELL CORP OF AMERICA — Type FF

System No. 5

Subflooring — Min 15/32 in. thick wood structural panels, min grade "C-D" or "Sheathing". Face grain of plywood or strength axis of panel to be perpendicular to joists with joints staggered.

Vapor Barrier — (Optional) — Nom 0.030 in thick commercial asphalt saturated felt. https://iq.ulprospector.com/en/profile?e=14256 3/12 10/27/2020 BXUV.L501 | UL Product iQ Finish Flooring — Floor Topping Mixture* — Min 1-1/2 in. thickness of floor topping mixture having a min compressive strength of 1000 psi and a cast density of 100 plus or minus 5 pcf. Foam concentrate mixed 40:1 by volume with water and expanded at 100 psi through nozzle. Mixture shall consist of 1.2 cu feet of preformed foam concentrate to 94 lbs Type I Portland cement, 300 lbs of sand with 5-1/2 gal of water.

AERIX INDUSTRIES — Floor Topping Mixture

System No. 6

Deleted. System No. 7

Subflooring — Min 15/32 in. thick wood structural panels, min grade "C-D" or "Sheathing". Face grain of plywood or strength axis of panel to be perpendicular to joists with joints staggered.

Finish Flooring — Floor Topping Mixture* — Min 3/4 or 1 in. thickness of floor topping mixture for 19/32 or 15/32 in. thick wood structural panels respectively, having a min compressive strength of 1000 psi. Mixture shall consist of 5 to 8 gal of water to 80 lbs of floor topping mixture to 2.1 cu ft of sand.

ULTRA QUIET FLOORS — UQF-A, UQF-Super Blend, UQF-Plus 200

System No. 8

Subflooring — Min 15/32 in. wood structural panels, min grade "C-D" or "Sheathing". Face grain of plywood or strength axis of panels to be perpendicular to joists with joints staggered.

Vapor Barrier — (Optional) — Nom 0.030 in thick commercial asphalt saturated felt.

Finish Flooring — Floor Topping Mixture* — Min 3/4 in. thickness of floor topping mixture having a minimum compressive strength of 1500 psi. Refer to manufacturer's instructions accompanying the material for specific mix design.

MAXXON CORP — Type Maxxon Standard and Maxxon High Strength

Floor Mat Materials* — (Optional) — Floor mat material loose laid over the subfloor. Refer to manufacturer's instructions regarding the minimum thickness of floor topping over each floor mat material.

MAXXON CORP — Type Encapsulated Sound Mat.

Floor Mat Reinforcement — (Optional) - Refer to manufacturer's instructions regarding minimum thickness of floor topping for use with floor mat reinforcement.

Metal Lath — (Optional) — 3/8 in. expanded galvanized steel diamond mesh, 3.4 lbs/sq yd loose laid over the floor mat material.

Fiber Glass Reinforcement - (Optional, Not Shown) - 0.015 in. thick PVC coated non-woven fiberglass mesh, 0.368 lbs/sq yd loose laid over the floor mat material. System No. 9

Subflooring — Min 1 by 6 in. T & G lumber fastened diagonally to joists, or min 15/32 in. thick plywood or min 7/16 in. thick oriented strand board (OSB) wood structural panels, min grade "C-D" or "Sheathing". Face grain of plywood or strength axis of panels to be perpendicular to the joists with joints staggered.

Finish Floor — Mineral and Fiber Board* — Min 1/2 in. thick, supplied in sizes ranging from 3 ft by 4 ft to 8 ft by 12 ft. All joints to be staggered a min of 12 in. with adjacent sub-floor joints.

HOMASOTE CO — Type 440-32 Mineral and Fiber Board

System No. 10

Subflooring — Min 15/32 in. thick wood structural panels, min grade "C-D" or "Sheathing". Face grain of plywood or strength axis of panels to be perpendicular to the joists with joints staggered.

Vapor Barrier — (Optional) — Nom 0.030 in. thick commercial asphalt saturated felt. https://iq.ulprospector.com/en/profile?e=14256 4/12 10/27/2020 BXUV.L501 | UL Product iQ Finish Flooring — Floor Topping Mixture* — Min 3/4 or 1 in. thickness of floor topping mixture for 19/32 or 15/32 in. thick wood structural panels respectively, having a min compressive strength of 1000 psi. Refer to manufacturer's instructions accompanying the material for specific mix design.

ACG MATERIALS — Accu-Crete ® types NexGen, Green, Prime, B, M, and PrePour, AccuRadiant, AccuLevel types G40, G50 and SD30.

Alternate Floor Mat Material* — (Optional) - Floor mat material nominal 2 - 9.5 mm thick loose laid over the subfloor. Floor topping shall be a min of 3/4 in. or 1 in. thick for 19/32 or 15/32 in. thick wood structural panels respecitively.

ACG MATERIALS — AccuQuiet P80, C40, D13, D-18, D25, DX38, EM.125, EM.125S, EM.250, EM.250S, EM.375, EM.375S, EM.750, and EM.750S.

System No. 11

Subflooring — Min 15/32 in. thick wood structural panels, min grade "C-D" or "Sheathing". Face grain of plywood or strength axis of panels to be perpendicular to the joists with joints staggered.

Vapor Barrier — (Optional) — Nom 0.030 in. thick commercial asphalt saturated felt.

Finish Flooring — Floor Topping Mixture* — Min 3/4 in. thickness of floor topping mixture having a minimum compressive strength of 1500 psi. Refer to manufacturer's instructions accompanying the material for specific mix design.

FORMULATED MATERIALS LLC — Types FR-25, FR-30, and SiteMix.

Alternate Floor Mat Material* — (Optional) — Floor mat material nominal 2 - 9.5 mm thick loose laid over the subfloor. Floor topping thickness shall be a minimum of 3/4 in.

FORMULATED MATERIALS LLC — Types M1, M2, M3, Elite, Duo, R1, and R2.

System No. 12

Subflooring — 15/32 or 19/32 in. thick wood structural panels, min. grade "C-D" or "Sheathing". Face grain of plywood or strength axis of panels to be perpendicular to joists with joints staggered.

Vapor Barrier — (Optional) — Nom 0.030 in. thick commercial asphalt saturated felt.

Finish Flooring — Floor Topping Mixture* — Min 3/4 or 1 in. thickness of floor topping mixture for 19/32 or 15/32 in. thick wood structural panels respectively, having a min compressive strength of 2100 psi. Refer to manufacturer's instructions accompanying the material for specific mix design. System No. 13

Subflooring — Min 15/32 in. thick wood structural panels, min grade "C-D" or "Sheathing". Face grain of plywood or strength axis of panels to be perpendicular to the joists with joints staggered.

Vapor Barrier — (Optional) — Commercial asphalt saturated felt, 0.030 in. thick.

Vapor Barrier — (Optional) — Nom 0.010 in. thick commercial rosin-sized building paper.

Finish Flooring* — Min 3/4 in. thickness of any Floor Topping Mixture bearing the UL Classification Marking as to Fire Resistance. See Floor- and Roof-Topping Mixtures (CCOX) category for names of Classified Companies.

Floor Mat Materials* — (Optional) — Nom. 1/4 in. thick loose laid over the subfloor. Floor topping thickness shall be a minimum of 3/4 in.

KEENE BUILDING PRODUCTS CO INC — Type Quiet Qurl 55/025 and Quiet Qurl 55/025 N

Alternate Floor Mat Materials* — (Optional) — Floor mat material Nom. 3/8 in. thick loose laid over the subfloor. Floor topping thickness shall be a minimum of 1 in.

KEENE BUILDING PRODUCTS CO INC — Type Quiet Qurl 60/040 and Quiet Qurl 60/040 N

Alternate Floor Mat Materials* — (Optional) — Floor mat material Nom. 3/4 in. thick loose laid over the subfloor. Floor topping thickness shall be a minimum of 1-1/2 in. https://iq.ulprospector.com/en/profile?e=14256 5/12 10/27/2020 BXUV.L501 | UL Product iQ KEENE BUILDING PRODUCTS CO INC — Type Quiet Qurl 65/075, Quiet Qurl 65/075 N

Alternate Floor Mat Materials* — (Optional) — Floor mat material Nom. 1/8 in. thick loose laid over the subfloor. Floor topping thickness shall be a minimum of 3/4 in.

KEENE BUILDING PRODUCTS CO INC — Type Quiet Qurl 52/013 and Quiet Qurl 52/013 N

Alternate Floor Mat Materials* — (Optional) — Floor mat material Nom. 1/4 in. entangled net core with a compressible fabric attached to the bottom loose laid over the subfloor. Floor topping thickness shall be a minimum of 1 in.

KEENE BUILDING PRODUCTS CO INC — Quiet Qurl 55/025 MT and Quiet Qurl 55/025 N MT

System No. 14

Subflooring — Min 23/32 in. thick T&G wood structural panels, min grade "Underlayment" or "Single-Floor". Face grain of plywood or strength axis of panels to be perpendicular to the joists with end joints staggered 4 ft. Panels secured to joists with construction adhesive and No. 6d ringed shank nails spaced 12 in. OC along each joist. Staples having equal or greater withdrawal and lateral resistance strength may be substituted for the 6d nails.

Gypsum Board* — One layer of nom 5/8 in. thick, 4 ft wide gypsum board, installed with long dimension perpendicular to joists. Gypsum board secured with 1 in. long No. 6 Type W bugle head steel screws spaced 12 in. OC and located a min of 1-1/2 in. from side and end joints. The joints of the gypsum board are to be staggered a minimum of 12 inches from the joints of the subfloor.

GEORGIA-PACIFIC GYPSUM L L C — Type DS

Floor Mat Materials* — (As an alternate to the single layer gypsum board) — Floor mat material loose laid over the subfloor.

MAXXON CORP — Type Encapsulated Sound Mat.

Gypsum Board* — (For use when floor mat is used) Two layers of nom 5/8 in. thick, 4 ft wide gypsum board, installed with long dimension perpendicular to joists on top of the floor mat material. Gypsum board secured to each other with 1 in. long No. 6 Type G bugle head steel screws spaced 12 in. OC and located a min of 1-1/2 in. from side and end joints. The joints of the gypsum board are to be staggered a minimum of 12 inches in between layers and from the joints of the subfloor.

GEORGIA-PACIFIC GYPSUM L L C — Type DS

System No. 15

Subflooring — Min 15/32 in. thick wood structural panels, min grade "C-D" or "Sheathing". Face grain of plywood or strength axis of panels to be perpendicular to the joists with joints staggered.

Finish Flooring — Floor Topping Mixture* — Min 3/4 in. thickness of floor topping mixture for min 15/32 in. thick wood structural panels, having a min compressive strength of 2150 psi. Refer to manufacturer's instructions accompanying the material for specific mix design.

MAPEI CORP — Type Planitex SL 35

System No. 16

Subflooring — Min. 15/32 in. thick wood structural panels, min. grade "C-D" or "Sheathing". Face grain of plywood or strength axis of panels to be perpendicular to joists with joints staggered.

Vapor Barrier — (Optional) — Nom 0.030 in. thick commercial asphalt saturated felt.

Finish Flooring — Floor Topping Mixture* — Min 3/4 in. thickness of floor topping mixture for 15/32 in. thick wood structural panels respectively, having a min compressive strength of 2100 psi. Refer to manufacturer's instructions accompanying the material for specific mix design.

THE STRONG CO INC — Type UltraLevel

https://iq.ulprospector.com/en/profile?e=14256 6/12 10/27/2020 BXUV.L501 | UL Product iQ System No. 17

Subflooring — Min 15/32 in. thick wood structural panels, min grade "C-D" or "Sheathing". Face grain of plywood or strength axis of panels to be perpendicular to the joists with joints staggered.

Vapor Barrier — (Optional) — Nom 0.030 in. thick commercial asphalt saturated felt.

Finish Flooring — Floor Topping Mixture*— Min 3/4 or 1 in. thickness of floor topping mixture for 19/32 or 15/32 in. thick wood structural panels respectively, having a min compressive strength of 1000 psi. Refer to manufacturer's instructions accompanying the material for specific mix design.

DEPENDABLE LLC — GSL M3.4, GSL K2.6, GSL-CSD and GSL RH

Floor Mat Materials* — (Optional) — Nom. 1/4 in. thick loose laid over the subfloor. Floor topping thickness shall be a minimum of 3/4 in.

KEENE BUILDING PRODUCTS CO INC — Type Quiet Qurl 55/025 and Quiet Qurl 55/025 N

Alternate Floor Mat Materials* — (Optional) — Floor mat material Nom. 3/8 in. thick loose laid over the subfloor. Floor topping thickness shall be a minimum of 1 in.

KEENE BUILDING PRODUCTS CO INC — Type Quiet Qurl 60/040 and Quiet Qurl 60/040 N

Alternate Floor Mat Materials* — (Optional) — Floor mat material Nom. 3/4 in. thick loose laid over the subfloor. Floor topping thickness shall be a minimum of 1-1/2 in.

KEENE BUILDING PRODUCTS CO INC — Type Quiet Qurl 65/075, Quiet Qurl 65/075 N

Alternate Floor Mat Materials* — (Optional) — Floor mat material Nom. 1/8 in. thick loose laid over the subfloor. Floor topping thickness shall be a minimum of 3/4 in.

KEENE BUILDING PRODUCTS CO INC — Type Quiet Qurl 52/013 and Quiet Qurl 52/013 N

Alternate Floor Mat Materials* — (Optional) — Floor mat material Nom. 1/4 in. entangled net core with a compressible fabric attached to the bottom loose laid over the subfloor. Floor topping thickness shall be a minimum of 1 in.

KEENE BUILDING PRODUCTS CO INC — Quiet Qurl 55/025 MT and Quiet Qurl 55/025 N MT

System No. 18

Subflooring— Structural Cement-Fiber Units* — Nominal 19 mm (3/4 in.) thick tongue and groove structural cement-fiber units. Long dimension of panels to be perpendicular to joists with end joints staggered. Panels fastened to the joists with #10 self-drilling, self-tapping cement board screws 1-3/4 in. long. Screws shall be spaced 6 in. OC along the perimeter of each sheet and 12 in. OC in the field of each sheet. Screws shall be spaced 1/2 in. from end joints and 1 in. from side joints. ECTEK INTERNATIONAL INC — Armoroc Panel

Subflooring (Alternate) — Building Units* — Nom 3/4 in. thick, tongue and grooved boards. Long dimension of boards to be perpendicular to trusses with end joints staggered a min of 4 ft. and centered over the trusses. Boards secured to trusses with 1-1/4 in. long self-drilling, self- tapping screws spaced a max of 12 in. OC in the field with screws located 1 in. from long edge, and max 8 in. OC along the end joints with screws located 1/2 in. from end joint. ECTEK INTERNATIONAL INC — Type MegaBoard

Vapor Barrier — Nom 0.010 in. thick commercial rosin-sized building paper.

https://iq.ulprospector.com/en/profile?e=14256 7/12 10/27/2020 BXUV.L501 | UL Product iQ Finish Flooring — Min 1 by 4 in. T & G lumber installed perpendicular to joists, or min 19/32 in. thick wood structural panels, min grade "Underlayment" or "Single-Floor". Face grain of plywood or strength axis of panels to be perpendicular to joists with joints staggered

System No. 19

Subflooring — Min 1 by 6 in. T & G lumber fastened diagonally to joists, or min 15/32 in. thick plywood or min 7/16 in. thick oriented strand board (OSB) wood structural panels, min grade "C-D" or "Sheathing". Face grain of plywood or strength axis of panel to be perpendicular to joists with joints staggered.

Finish Flooring* — Floor Topping Materials — Min 3/4 in. to 1-1/2 in. thickness of any Floor Topping Mixture bearing the UL Classification Marking as to Fire Resistance with a minimum compressive strength of 1500 psi. See Floor- and Roof-Topping Mixtures (CCOX) category for names of Classified Companies.

Floor Mat Materials* — (Optional) — Floor mat material nom 1/8 in. to 3/4 in. thick. Loose laid over the subfloor. When used, Acousti-flor CSM (Crack Suppression Mat) is loose laid over the floor mat material. Floor topping material thickness is dependent on thickness of floor mat used. WALFLOR INDUSTRIES INC — Type Acousti-flor, Acousti-flor CSM. Floor topping thickness depends on products used as follows:

Acousti-flor (1/8 in. thick) - Floor topping thickness shall be a minimum of 3/4 in.

Acousti-flor (1/4 in. thick) - Floor topping thickness shall be a minimum of 1 in.

Acousti-flor (3/8 in. thick) - Floor topping thickness shall be a minimum of 1 in.

Acousti-flor (3/4 in. thick) - Floor topping thickness shall be a minimum of 1-1/2 in.

Metal Lath — (Optional) — Expanded steel diamond mesh, 2.5 lb / sq yd loose laid over floor mat material.

Fiberglass Mesh Reinforcement — (Optional) — Coated non-woven glass fiber mesh grid loose laid over floor mat material.

System No. 20

Subflooring — Min 1 by 6 in. T & G lumber fastened diagonally to joists, or min 15/32 in. thick plywood or min 7/16 in. thick oriented strand board (OSB) wood structural panels, min grade "C-D" or "Sheathing". Face grain of plywood or strength axis of panel to be perpendicular to joists with joints staggered.Finish Flooring - Floor Topping Mixture* — Min 1 in. thickness of floor topping mixture having a min compressive strength of 4500 psi. Refer to manufacturer's instructions accompanying the material for specific mix design. SIKA DEUTSCHLAND GMBH — Type SCHONOX AP Rapid Plus

System No. 21

Subflooring - Building Units* — Nom. 1-1/2 in. thick T & G laminated composite plywood sub-floor panels to be perpendicular to the trusses with end joints staggered 4 ft. End joints centered over top chord of trusses. Subfloor panels secured to trusses with construction adhesive and #8 by 3 in. wood screws spaced 12 in. OC in the field and 6 in. OC at the end joints. RSP INDUSTRIES INC — SAP board

System No. 22

Subflooring — Min 1 by 6 in. T & G lumber fastened diagonally to joists, or min 15/32 in. thick plywood or min 7/16 in. thick oriented strand board (OSB) wood structural panels, min grade "C-D" or "Sheathing". Face grain of plywood or strength axis of panel to be perpendicular to joists with joints staggered.

Vapor Barrier — (Optional) - Commercial asphalt saturated felt, 0.030 in. thick. https://iq.ulprospector.com/en/profile?e=14256 8/12 10/27/2020 BXUV.L501 | UL Product iQ Vapor Barrier — Optional) - Nom 0.010 in. thick commercial rosin-sized building paper.

Finish Flooring - Floor Topping Mixture* — Min 3/4 in. thickness of any Floor Topping Mixture bearing the UL Classification Marking as to Fire Resistance. See Floor- and Roof-Topping Mixtures (CCOX) category for names of Classified Companies.

Floor Mat Materials* — (Optional, Not Shown) - Floor mat material loose laid over the subfloor. Refer to manufacturer's instructions regarding the minimum thickness of floor topping over each floor mat material. LOW & BONAR INC — EnkaSonic® by Colbond a member of the Low & Bonar group Types 125, 250, 250 Plus, 400, 400 Plus, 750, and 750 Plus.

Floor Mat Reinforcement — (Optional) - Refer to manufacturer's instructions regarding minimum thickness of floor topping for use with floor mat reinforcement.

Metal Lath — (Optional) — Expanded steel diamond mesh, 2.5 lb / sq yd loose laid over floor mat material.

Fiberglass Mesh Reinforcement — (Optional) — Coated non-woven glass fiber mesh grid loose laid over floor mat material.

2. Wood Joists — Min 2 by 10, spaced 16 in. OC and effectively fireblocked in accordance with local codes.

3. Cross Bridging — Min 1 by 3 in. or min 2 by 10 solid blocking.

3A. Horizontal Bridging — Used in lieu of Item 3 in same joist bay as ceiling damper (Item 4), when ceiling damper is employed. Wood 2 by 4 in. secured between joists with nails.

4. Ceiling Damper* — (Optional) — Max nom area shall be 198 sq in. Max rectangular size shall be 12 in. wide by 16-1/2 in. long. Max height of damper shall be 9-3/8 in. Aggregate damper openings shall not exceed 99 sq in. per 100 sq ft of ceiling area. Damper installed in accordance with the manufacturers installation instructions provided with the damper. A steel grille (Item 7) shall be installed in accordance with installation instructions. AIR BALANCE INC — Type 299 (See Item 5A)

AIR KING VENTILATION PRODUCTS — Series FRAS, Series FRAK, Series FRAKV

CENTRAL VENTILATION SYSTEMS CO L L C — Models C-S/R-HC(-A), C-RD-HC(-A)

GREENHECK FAN CORP — Model CRD-1WJ

METAL-FAB INC — Models MSCDHC, MRCDHC

METAL INDUSTRIES INC — Models CD-S/R-HC, CD-S/R-HC-A, CD-RD-HC, CD-RD-HC-A

NCA MFG INC — Models CD-S/R-HC, CD-S/R-HC-A, CD-RD-HC, CD-RD-HC-A

BRISK MFG INC — Model BMI-50-CRD-S/R-WT

PRICE INDUSTRIES LTD — Models CD-S/R-HC, CD-RD-HC

RUSKIN COMPANY — Model CFD7

UNITED ENERTECH CORP — Models C-S/R-HC(-A), C-RD-HC(-A) https://iq.ulprospector.com/en/profile?e=14256 9/12 10/27/2020 BXUV.L501 | UL Product iQ

5. Gypsum Board* — — Nom 5/8 in. thick, 48 in. wide gypsum board, installed with long dimension perpendicular to joists. Gypsum board secured with 1-7/8 in. long, 6d cement coated nails spaced 6 in. OC. AMERICAN GYPSUM CO — Types AGX-1, AG-C, LightRoc

BEIJING NEW BUILDING MATERIALS PUBLIC LTD CO — Type DBX-1

CABOT MANUFACTURING ULC — Type X, 5/8 Type X, Type Blueglass Exterior Sheathing

CERTAINTEED GYPSUM INC — Type C, Type X, Type X-1

CGC INC — Types C, IP-X1, IP-X2, IPC-AR, SCX, WRX

CONTINENTAL BUILDING PRODUCTS OPERATING CO, L L C — Types LGFC6A, LGFC-C/A

GEORGIA-PACIFIC GYPSUM L L C — Types 5, 9, C, GPFS1, GPFS6, DA, DAP, DAPC, DGG, DS, Type X, Veneer Plaster Base-Type X, Water Rated-Type X, Sheathing Type-X, Soffit-Type X, TG-C, GreenGlass Type X, Type LWX (finish rating 22 min), Veneer Plaster Base-Type LWX (finish rating 22 min), Water Rated-Type LWX (finish rating 22 min), Sheathing Type-LWX (finish rating 22 min), Soffit-Type LWX (finish rating 22 min), Type LWX (finish rating 22 min), Type LW2X (finish rating 20 min), Veneer Plaster Base - Type LW2X (finish rating 20 min), Water Rated - Type LW2X (finish rating 20 min), Sheathing - Type LW2X (finish rating 20 min), Soffit - Type LW2X (finish rating 20 min)

NATIONAL GYPSUM CO — eXP-C, FSK, FSK-C, FSK-G, FSL, FSMR-C, FSW-2, FSW-3, FSW-C, FSW-G, FSW-8

NATIONAL GYPSUM CO — Riyadh, Saudi Arabia — Type FR or WR.

PABCO BUILDING PRODUCTS L L C, DBA PABCO GYPSUM — Types C, PG-3, PG-4, PG-5, PG-6, PG-9, PG-C, PG-11, PGS-WRS (Finish Rating 21 minutes), Type PGI (Finish Rating 26 minutes).

PANEL REY S A — Types PRC, PRC2

SIAM GYPSUM INDUSTRY (SARABURI) CO LTD — Type EX-1

THAI GYPSUM PRODUCTS PCL — Type C, Type X

UNITED STATES GYPSUM CO — Types C, IP-X1, IP-X2, IPC-AR, SCX, WRX

USG BORAL DRYWALL SFZ LLC — Types C, SCX

USG MEXICO S A DE C V — Types C, IP-X1, IP-X2, IPC-AR, SCX, WRX

5A. Gypsum Board* — (Finish Rating - 16 min.) Required when Air Balance Inc. Type 299 ceiling damper (Item 4) is installed. Nom 5/8 in. thick, 48 in. wide gypsum board, installed with long dimension perpendicular to joists. Gypsum board secured with 1-7/8 in. long, 6d cement coated nails spaced 6 in. OC with the first nails located 1/2 in. and 3 in. from the board edges. UNITED STATES GYPSUM CO — Type C

USG BORAL DRYWALL SFZ LLC — Types C, SCX

https://iq.ulprospector.com/en/profile?e=14256 10/12 10/27/2020 BXUV.L501 | UL Product iQ USG MEXICO S A DE C V — Type C

5B. Gypsum Board* — Nom 3/4 in. thick, 48 in. wide gypsum board, installed as described in Item 5 with nails length increased to 2 in. PABCO BUILDING PRODUCTS L L C, DBA PABCO GYPSUM — Type PG-13

5C. Gypsum Board* (As an alternative to Item 5) — Nom 5/8 in. thick, 48 in. wide gypsum board, installed with long dimension perpendicular to joists. Gypsum board secured with 1 in. long Type S screws spaced 6 in. OC. UNITED STATES GYPSUM CO — ULIX

5D. Gypsum Board* (As an alternative to Item 5A) — Required when Air Balance Inc. Type 299 ceiling damper (Item 4) is installed. Nom 5/8 in. thick, 48 in. wide gypsum board, installed with long dimension perpendicular to joists. Gypsum board secured with 1-7/8 in. long Type S screws spaced 6 in. OC with the first screws located 1/2 in. and 3 in. from the board edges. UNITED STATES GYPSUM CO — ULIX

6. Finishing System — (Not Shown) — Vinyl, dry or premixed joint compound, applied in two coats to joints and screw- heads. Nom 2 in. wide paper tape embedded in first layer of compound over all joints. As an alternate, nom 3/32 in. thick veneer plaster may be applied to the entire surface of gypsum board.

7. Grille — Steel grille, installed in accordance with the installation instructions provided with the ceiling damper.

8. Steel Corner Fasteners — (Optional, Not Shown) — Used to attach ends of gypsum board at wall intersection where joists run parallel to wall. Channel shaped, 2 in. long by 1 in. high on the back side with two 1/8 in. wide cleats protruding into the 5/8 in. wide channel, fabricated from 24 gauge galvanized steel. Fasteners nailed to face of wall bearing plate through fastener tab with one No. 6d cement coated nail, spaced not greater than 16 in. OC and 2 in. from edge of gypsum board. Fasteners covered with gypsum board facing applied to intersecting wall.

9. Discrete Products Installed in Air-handling Spaces* — Automatic Balancing Valve/Damper — (Not Shown - Optional) — For use with item 4, Ruskin Company's Model CFD7 damper (CABS). Ceiling damper to be provided with plenum box per damper manufacturer's instructions with side outlet only. Entire assembly to be installed into any UL Class 0 or Class 1 flexible air duct in accordance with the instructions provided by the automatic balancing valve/damper manufacturer. METAL INDUSTRIES INC — Model ABV-4, ABV-5, ABV-6

* Indicates such products shall bear the UL or cUL Certification Mark for jurisdictions employing the UL or cUL Certification (such as Canada), respectively.

Last Updated on 2020-08-31

The appearance of a company's name or product in this database does not in itself assure that products so identified have been manufactured under UL's Follow-Up Service. Only those products bearing the UL Mark should be considered to be Certified and covered under UL's Follow-Up Service. Always look for the Mark on the product.

UL permits the reproduction of the material contained in the Online Certification Directory subject to the following conditions: 1. The Guide Information, Assemblies, Constructions, Designs, Systems, and/or Certifications (files) must be presented in their entirety and in a non-misleading manner, without any manipulation of the data (or drawings). 2. The statement "Reprinted from the Online Certifications Directory with permission from UL" must appear adjacent to the extracted material. In addition, the reprinted material must include a copyright notice in the following format: "© 2020 UL LLC" https://iq.ulprospector.com/en/profile?e=14256 11/12 10/27/2020 BXUV.L501 | UL Product iQ

https://iq.ulprospector.com/en/profile?e=14256 12/12 10/27/2020 BXUV.L505 | UL Product iQ

BXUV.L505

Design/System/Construction/Assembly Usage Disclaimer

Authorities Having Jurisdiction should be consulted in all cases as to the particular requirements covering the installation and use of UL Certified products, equipment, system, devices, and materials. Authorities Having Jurisdiction should be consulted before construction. Fire resistance assemblies and products are developed by the design submitter and have been investigated by UL for compliance with applicable requirements. The published information cannot always address every construction nuance encountered in the field. When field issues arise, it is recommended the first contact for assistance be the technical service staff provided by the product manufacturer noted for the design. Users of fire resistance assemblies are advised to consult the general Guide Information for each product category and each group of assemblies. The Guide Information includes specifics concerning alternate materials and alternate methods of construction. Only products which bear UL's Mark are considered Certified.

BXUV - Fire Resistance Ratings - ANSI/UL 263 Certified for United States BXUV7 - Fire Resistance Ratings - CAN/ULC-S101 Certified for Canada See General Information for Fire-resistance Ratings - ANSI/UL 263 Certified for United States Design Criteria and Allowable Variances

See General Information for Fire Resistance Ratings - CAN/ULC-S101 Certified for Canada Design Criteria and Allowable Variances Design No. L505

April 28, 2020 Unrestrained Assembly Rating — 2 Hr. Finish Rating — 75 Min. This design was evaluated using a load design method other than the Limit States Design Method (e.g., Working Stress Design Method). For jurisdictions employing the Limit States Design Method, such as Canada, a load restriction factor shall be used — See Guide BXUV or BXUV7

* Indicates such products shall bear the UL or cUL Certification Mark for jurisdictions employing the UL or cUL Certification (such as Canada), respectively.

https://iq.ulprospector.com/en/profile?e=14260 1/11 10/27/2020 BXUV.L505 | UL Product iQ

1. Flooring System — The flooring system shall consist of one of the following: System No. 1

Subflooring — Min 1 by 6 in. T & G lumber fastened diagonally to joists, or min 15/32 in. thick wood structural panels or 7/16 in. thick oriented strand board (OSB) wood structural panels, min grade "C-D" or "Sheathing". Face grain of plywood or strength axis of panels to be perpendicular to the joists with joints staggered.

Vapor Barrier — Nom 0.010 in. thick commercial rosin-sized building paper.

Finish Flooring — Min 1 by 4 in. T & G lumber fastened perpendicular to joists, or min 19/32 in. wood structural panels, min grade "Underlayment" or "Single Floor". Face grain of plywood or strength axis of panels to be perpendicular to joists with joints staggered. System No. 2

Subflooring — Min 15/32 in. thick wood structural panels, min grade "C-D" or "Sheathing". Face grain of plywood or strength axis of panels to be perpendicular to the joists with joints staggered.

Vapor Barrier - (Optional) — Nom 0.010 in. thick commercial asphalt saturated felt.

Finish Flooring - Floor Topping Mixture* — Min 3/4 in. thickness of floor topping mixture having a minimum compressive strength of 1800 psi. Refer to manufacturer's instructions accompanying the material for specific mix design.

UNITED STATES GYPSUM CO — Types LRK, HSLRK, CSD

USG MEXICO S A DE C V — Types LRK, HSLRK, CSD

Floor Mat Materials* — (Optional) - Floor mat material loose laid over the subfloor. Refer to manufacturer's instructions regarding the minimum thickness of floor topping over each floor mat material. https://iq.ulprospector.com/en/profile?e=14260 2/11 10/27/2020 BXUV.L505 | UL Product iQ UNITED STATES GYPSUM CO — Types SAM, LEVELROCK® Brand Sound Reduction Board, LEVELROCK® Brand Floor Underlayment SRM-25

Alternate Floor Mat Materials* - (Optional) — Nom 3/8 in. thick floor mat material loose laid over the subfloor. Floor topping thickness shall be as specified under Floor Topping Mixture. GRASSWORX L L C — Type SC50

Alternate Floor Mat Material* — (Optional) - Floor mat material nominal 3/8 in. thick loose laid over the subfloor. Floor topping shall be a min 3/4 or 1 in. thickness of floor topping mixture for min 19/32 or min 15/32 in. thick wood structural panels respectively. System No. 3

Subflooring — Min 15/32 in. thick wood structural panels, min grade "C-D" or "Sheathing". Face grain of plywood or strength axis of panels to be perpendicular to the joists with joints staggered.

Vapor Barrier - (Optional) — Nom 0.030 in thick commercial asphalt saturated felt.

Finish Flooring - Floor Topping Mixture* — Min 1-1/2 in. thickness of floor topping mixture having a min compressive strength of 1000 psi and a cast density of 100 plus or minus 5 pcf. Foam concentrate mixed 40:1 by volume with water and expanded at 100 psi through nozzle. Mixture shall consist of 1.4 cu feet of preformed foam concentrate to 94 lbs Type I Portland cement, 300 lbs of sand with 5-1/2 gal of water.

ELASTIZELL CORP OF AMERICA — Type FF

System No. 4

Subflooring — Min 15/32 in. thick wood structural panels, min grade "C-D" or "Sheathing". Face grain of plywood or strength axis of panels to be perpendicular to the joists with joints staggered.

Vapor Barrier - (Optional) — Nom 0.030 in thick commercial asphalt saturated felt.

Floor Mat Materials* - (Optional) — Floor mat material nom 5/64 in. (2 mm) thick adhered to subfloor with Hacker Floor Primer. Primer to be applied to the surface of the mat prior to the placement of a min 1-1/4 in. of floor-topping mixture.

HACKER INDUSTRIES INC — Type Hacker Sound-Mat.

Alternate Floor Mat Materials - (Optional) — Floor mat material nom 1/4 in. (6 mm) thick adhered to subfloor with Hacker Floor Primer. Primer to be applied to the surface of the mat prior to the placement of a min 1-1/4 in. (32 mm) of floor-topping mixture.

HACKER INDUSTRIES INC — Type Hacker Sound-Mat II.

Alternate Floor Mat Materials - (Optional) — Floor mat material nom 1/8 in. (3 mm) thick loose laid over the subfloor. Floor topping thickness shall be a min of 1 in. (25 mm)

HACKER INDUSTRIES INC — FIRM-FILL SCM 125

Alternate Floor Mat Materials - (Optional) — Floor mat material nom 1/4 in. (6 mm) thick loose laid over the subfloor. Floor topping thickness shall be a min of 1 in. (25 mm)

HACKER INDUSTRIES INC — Type FIRM-FILL SCM 250, Quiet Qurl 55/025

Alternate Floor Mat Materials - (Optional) — Floor mat material nom 3/8 in. (10 mm) thick loose laid over the subfloor. Floor topping thickness shall be a min of 1-1/4 in. (32 mm)

HACKER INDUSTRIES INC — FIRM-FILL SCM 400, Quiet Qurl 60/040

Alternate Floor Mat Materials - (Optional) — Floor mat material nom 3/4 in. (19 mm) thick loose laid over the subfloor. Floor topping thickness shall be a min of 1-1/2 in. (38 mm)

HACKER INDUSTRIES INC — Type FIRM-FILL SCM 750, Quiet Qurl 65/075 https://iq.ulprospector.com/en/profile?e=14260 3/11 10/27/2020 BXUV.L505 | UL Product iQ

Metal Lath (Optional) — For use with 3/8 in. (10 mm) floor mat materials, 3/8 in. expanded steel diamond mesh, 3.4 lbs/sq yd placed over the floor mat material. Hacker Floor Primer to be applied prior to the placement of the metal lath. When metal lath is used, floor topping thickness a nom 1-1/4 in. over the floor mat.

Finish Flooring - Floor Topping Mixture* — Min 3/4 or 1 in. thickness of floor topping mixture for min 19/32 or min 15/32 in. thick wood structural panels respectively, having a min compressive strength of 1100 psi. Mixture shall consist of 6.8 gal of water to 80 lbs of floor topping mixture to 1.9 cu ft of sand.

HACKER INDUSTRIES INC — Firm-Fill Gypsum Concrete, Firm-Fill 2010, Firm-Fill 3310, Firm-Fill 4010, Firm-Fill High Strength, Gyp-Span Radiant

System No. 5

Deleted. System No. 6

Subflooring — Min 15/32 in. thick wood structural panels, min grade "C-D" or "Sheathing". Face grain of plywood or strength axis of panels to be perpendicular to the joists with joints staggered.

Vapor Barrier - (Optional) — Nom 0.030 in thick commercial asphalt saturated felt.

Finish Flooring - Floor Topping Mixture* — Min 3/4 or 1 in. thickness of floor topping mixture for 19/32 or 15/32 in. thick wood structural panels respectively, having a min compressive strength of 1000 psi. Mixture shall consist of 5 to 8 gal of water to 80 lbs of floor topping mixture to 2.1 cu ft of sand.

ULTRA QUIET FLOORS — UQF-A, UQF-Super Blend, UQF-Plus 200

System No. 7

Subflooring — Min 15/32 in. thick wood structural panels, min grade "C-D" or "Sheathing". Face grain of plywood or strength axis of panels to be perpendicular to the joists with joints staggered.

Vapor Barrier - (Optional) — Nom 0.030 in thick commercial asphalt saturated felt.

Finish Flooring - Floor Topping Mixture* — Min 3/4 in. thickness of floor topping mixture having a minimum compressive strength of 1500 psi. Refer to manufacturer's instructions accompanying the material for specific mix design.

MAXXON CORP — Type Maxxon Standard and Maxxon High Strength

Floor Mat Materials* - (Optional) — Floor mat material loose laid over the subfloor. Refer to manufacturer's instructions regarding the minimum thickness of floor topping over each floor mat material.

MAXXON CORP — Type Encapsulated Sound Mat.

Floor Mat Reinforcement - (Optional) - Refer to manufacturer's instructions regarding minimum thickness of floor topping for use with floor mat reinforcement.

Metal Lath — (Optional) — 3/8 in. expanded galvanized steel diamond mesh, 3.4 lbs/sq yd loose laid over the floor mat material.

Fiber Glass Reinforcement - (Optional, Not Shown) - 0.015 in. thick PVC coated non-woven fiberglass mesh, 0.368 lbs/sq yd loose laid over the floor mat material. System No. 8

Subflooring — Min 15/32 in. thick wood structural panels, min grade "C-D" or "Sheathing". Face grain of plywood or strength axis of panels to be perpendicular to the joists with joints staggered.

Vapor Barrier — (Optional) — Nom 0.010 in. thick commercial rosin-sized building paper.

Finish Flooring — Floor Topping Mixture* — Min 3/4 in. thickness of floor topping mixture having a minimum compressive strength of 1500 psi. Refer to manufacturer's instructions accompanying the material for specific mix design.

FORMULATED MATERIALS LLC — Types FR-25, FR-30, and SiteMix. https://iq.ulprospector.com/en/profile?e=14260 4/11 10/27/2020 BXUV.L505 | UL Product iQ

Alternate Floor Mat Material* — (Optional) — Floor mat material nominal 2 - 9.5 mm thick loose laid over the subfloor. Floor topping thickness shall be a minimum of 3/4 in.

FORMULATED MATERIALS LLC — Types M1, M2, M3, Elite, Duo, R1, and R2.

System No. 9

Subflooring — Min 1 by 6 in. T & G lumber fastened diagonally to joists, or min 15/32 in. thick wood structural panels or 7/16 in. thick oriented strand board (OSB) wood structural panels, min grade "C-D" or "Sheathing". Face grain of plywood or strength axis of panels to be perpendicular to the joists with joints staggered.

Finish Floor - Mineral and Fiber Board* — Min 1/2 in. thick, supplied in sizes ranging from 3 ft by 4 ft to 8 ft by 12 ft. All joints to be staggered a min of 12 in. with adjacent sub-floor joints.

HOMASOTE CO — Type 440-32 Mineral and Fiber Board

System No. 10

Subflooring — Min 15/32 in. thick wood structural panels, min grade "C-D" or "Sheathing". Face grain of plywood or strength axis of panels to be perpendicular to the joists with joints staggered.

Vapor Barrier - (Optional) — Nom 0.030 in thick commercial asphalt saturated felt.

Finish Flooring - Floor Topping Mixture* — Min 1-1/2 in. thickness of floor topping mixture having a min compressive strength of 1000 psi and a cast density of 105 plus or minus 5 pcf. Foam concentrate mixed 40:1 by volume with water and expanded at 100 psi through nozzle. Mixture shall consist of 1.2 cu feet of preformed foam concentrate to 94 lbs Type I Portland cement, 300 lbs of sand with 5.5 gal of water.

AERIX INDUSTRIES — Floor-Topping Mixture

System No. 11

Subflooring — Min 15/32 in. thick wood structural panels, min grade "C-D" or "Sheathing". Face grain of plywood or strength axis of panels to be perpendicular to the joists with joints staggered.

Vapor Barrier - (Optional) — Nom 0.010 in. thick commercial rosin-sized building paper.

Finish Flooring - Floor Topping Mixture* — Min 3/4 or 1 in. thickness of floor topping mixture for 19/32 or 15/32 in. thick wood structural panels respectively, having a min compressive strength of 1000 psi. Refer to manufacturer's instructions accompanying the material for specific mix design.

ACG MATERIALS — Accu-Crete types NexGen, Green, Prime, B, M, and PrePour, AccuRadiant, AccuLevel types G40, G50 and SD30.

Alternate Floor Mat Material* - (Optional) - Floor mat material nominal 2 - 9.5 mm thick loose laid over the subfloor. Floor topping shall be a min of 3/4 in. or 1 in. thick of floor topping mixture for 19/32 or 15/32 in. thick wood structural panels respectively.

ACG MATERIALS — AccuQuiet types P80, C40, D13, D-18, D25, DX38, EM.125, EM.125S, EM.250, EM.250S, EM.375, EM.375S, EM.750, and EM.750S.

System No. 12

Subflooring — 15/32 or 19/32 in. thick wood structural panels, min. grade "C-D" or "Sheathing". Face grain of plywood or strength axis of panels to be perpendicular to joists with joints staggered.

Vapor Barrier — (Optional) — Nom 0.030 in. thick commercial asphalt saturated felt.

Finish Flooring — Floor Topping Mixture* — Min 3/4 or 1 in. thickness of floor topping mixture for 19/32 or 15/32 in. thick wood structural panels respectively, having a min compressive strength of 2100 psi. Refer to manufacturer's instructions accompanying the material for specific mix design. System No. 13 https://iq.ulprospector.com/en/profile?e=14260 5/11 10/27/2020 BXUV.L505 | UL Product iQ Subflooring — Min 15/32 in. thick wood structural panels, min grade "C-D" or "Sheathing". Face grain of plywood or strength axis of panels to be perpendicular to the joists with joints staggered.

Vapor Barrier — (Optional) - Commercial asphalt saturated felt, 0.030 in. thick.

Vapor Barrier — (Optional) - Nom 0.010 in. thick commercial rosin-sized building paper.

Finish Flooring* — Min 3/4 in. thickness of any Floor Topping Mixture bearing the UL Classification Marking as to Fire Resistance. See Floor- and Roof-Topping Mixtures (CCOX) category for names of Classified Companies.

Floor Mat Materials* — (Optional) - Nom. 1/4 in. thick loose laid over the subfloor. Floor topping thickness shall be a minimum of 3/4 in.

KEENE BUILDING PRODUCTS CO INC — Type Quiet Qurl 55/025 and Quiet Qurl 55/025 N

Alternate Floor Mat Materials* — (Optional) - Floor mat material Nom. 3/8 in. thick loose laid over the subfloor. Floor topping thickness shall be a minimum of 1 in.

KEENE BUILDING PRODUCTS CO INC — Type Quiet Qurl 60/040 and Quiet Qurl 60/040 N

Alternate Floor Mat Materials* — (Optional) - Floor mat material Nom. 3/4 in. thick loose laid over the subfloor. Floor topping thickness shall be a minimum of 1-1/2 in.

KEENE BUILDING PRODUCTS CO INC — Type Quiet Qurl 65/075, Quiet Qurl 65/075 N

Alternate Floor Mat Materials* — (Optional) - Floor mat material Nom. 1/8 in. thick loose laid over the subfloor. Floor topping thickness shall be a minimum of 3/4 in.

KEENE BUILDING PRODUCTS CO INC — Type Quiet Qurl 52/013 and Quiet Qurl 52/013 N

Alternate Floor Mat Materials* — (Optional) - Floor mat material Nom. 1/4 in. entangled net core with a compressible fabric attached to the bottom loose laid over the subfloor. Floor topping thickness shall be a minimum of 1 in.

KEENE BUILDING PRODUCTS CO INC — Quiet Qurl 55/025 MT and Quiet Qurl 55/025 N MT

System No. 14

Subflooring — Min 15/32 in. thick wood structural panels, min grade "C-D" or "Sheathing". Face grain of plywood or strength axis of panels to be perpendicular to the joists with joints staggered.

Vapor Barrier - (Optional) — Nom 0.010 in. thick commercial rosin-sized building paper.

Finish Flooring - Floor Topping Mixture* — Min 3/4 or 1 in. thickness of floor topping mixture for 19/32 or 15/32 in. thick wood structural panels respectively, having a min compressive strength of 1000 psi. Refer to manufacturer's instructions accompanying the material for specific mix design.

DEPENDABLE LLC — GSL M3.4, GSL K2.6, GSL-CSD and GSL RH.

Floor Mat Materials* — (Optional) - Nom. 1/4 in. thick loose laid over the subfloor. Floor topping thickness shall be a minimum of 3/4 in.

KEENE BUILDING PRODUCTS CO INC — Type Quiet Qurl 55/025 and Quiet Qurl 55/025 N

Alternate Floor Mat Materials* — (Optional) - Floor mat material Nom. 3/8 in. thick loose laid over the subfloor. Floor topping thickness shall be a minimum of 1 in.

KEENE BUILDING PRODUCTS CO INC — Type Quiet Qurl 60/040 and Quiet Qurl 60/040 N

Alternate Floor Mat Materials* — (Optional) - Floor mat material Nom. 3/4 in. thick loose laid over the subfloor. Floor topping thickness shall be a minimum of 1-1/2 in.

KEENE BUILDING PRODUCTS CO INC — Type Quiet Qurl 65/075, Quiet Qurl 65/075 N

https://iq.ulprospector.com/en/profile?e=14260 6/11 10/27/2020 BXUV.L505 | UL Product iQ Alternate Floor Mat Materials* — (Optional) - Floor mat material Nom. 1/8 in. thick loose laid over the subfloor. Floor topping thickness shall be a minimum of 3/4 in.

KEENE BUILDING PRODUCTS CO INC — Type Quiet Qurl 52/013 and Quiet Qurl 52/013 N

Alternate Floor Mat Materials* — (Optional) - Floor mat material Nom. 1/4 in. entangled net core with a compressible fabric attached to the bottom loose laid over the subfloor. Floor topping thickness shall be a minimum of 1 in.

KEENE BUILDING PRODUCTS CO INC — Quiet Qurl 55/025 MT and Quiet Qurl 55/025 N MT

System No. 15

Subflooring — Min 15/32 in. thick wood structural panels, min grade "C-D" or "Sheathing". Face grain of plywood or strength axis of panels to be perpendicular to the joists with joints staggered.

Vapor Barrier — (Optional) - Commercial asphalt saturated felt, 0.030 in. thick.

Vapor Barrier — (Optional) - Nom 0.010 in. thick commercial rosin-sized building paper.

Finish Flooring* — Min 3/4 in. thickness of any Floor Topping Mixture bearing the UL Classification Marking as to Fire Resistance. See Floor- and Roof-Topping Mixtures (CCOX) category for names of Classified Companies.

Floor Mat Materials* — (Optional) - Nom 3/32 in. thick loose laid over the subfloor. Floor topping thickness shall be a minimum of 3/4 in.

PLITEQ INC — Type GenieMat RST02

Floor Mat Materials* — (Optional) - Nom 3/16 in. thick loose laid over the subfloor. Floor topping thickness shall be a minimum of 3/4 in.

PLITEQ INC — Type GenieMat FF03NP

Floor Mat Materials* — (Optional) - Nom 1/4 in. thick loose laid over the subfloor. Floor topping thickness shall be a minimum of 3/4 in.

PLITEQ INC — Type GenieMat FF06

Floor Mat Materials* — (Optional) - Nom 3/8 in. thick loose laid over the subfloor. Floor topping thickness shall be a minimum of 1 in.

PLITEQ INC — Type GenieMat FF10

Floor Mat Materials* — (Optional) - Nom 3/4 in. thick loose laid over the subfloor. Floor topping thickness shall be a minimum of 1-1/2 in.

PLITEQ INC — Type GenieMat FF17

Floor Mat Materials* — (Optional) - Nom 1 in. thick loose laid over the subfloor. Floor topping thickness shall be a minimum of 1-1/2 in.

PLITEQ INC — Type GenieMat FF25

System No. 16

Subflooring— Structural Cement-Fiber Units* — Nominal 19 mm (3/4 in.) thick tongue and groove structural cement-fiber units. Long dimension of panels to be perpendicular to joists with end joints staggered. Panels fastened to the joists with #10 self-drilling, self-tapping cement board screws 1-3/4 in. long. Screws shall be spaced 6 in. OC along the perimeter of each sheet and 12 in. OC in the field of each sheet. Screws shall be spaced 1/2 in. from end joints and 1 in. from side joints. ECTEK INTERNATIONAL INC — Armoroc Panel

https://iq.ulprospector.com/en/profile?e=14260 7/11 10/27/2020 BXUV.L505 | UL Product iQ Subflooring (Alternate) — Building Units* — Nom 3/4 in. thick, tongue and grooved boards. Long dimension of boards to be perpendicular to trusses with end joints staggered a min of 4 ft. and centered over the trusses. Boards secured to trusses with 1-1/4 in. long self-drilling, self- tapping screws spaced a max of 12 in. OC in the field with screws located 1 in. from long edge, and max 8 in. OC along the end joints with screws located 1/2 in. from end joint. ECTEK INTERNATIONAL INC — Type MegaBoard

Vapor Barrier — Nom 0.010 in. thick commercial rosin-sized building paper.

Finish Flooring — Min 1 by 4 in. T & G lumber fastened perpendicular to joists, or min 19/32 in. wood structural panels, min grade "Underlayment" or "Single Floor". Face grain of plywood or strength axis of panels to be perpendicular to joists with joints staggered.

System No. 17

Subflooring — Min 15/32 in. thick wood structural panels or 7/16 in. thick oriented strand board (OSB) wood structural panels, min grade "C-D" or "Sheathing". Face grain of plywood or strength axis of panels to be perpendicular to the joists with joints staggered.

Wall and Partition Facings and Accessories* - Sound Barrier (Optional) — Acoustic Sleeper pads stapled to the top of the subfloor and centered over Wood Joist. Acoustic Sleeper pads are to be spaced appropriately so that the finish floor panels are fastened through Acoustic Sleeper pads to the trusses. STC ARCHITECTURAL PRODUCTS L L C DBA STC SOUND CONTROL — Acoustic Sleeper

Finish Flooring — Min 19/32 in. wood structural panels, min grade "Underlayment" or "Single Floor". Face grain of plywood or strength axis of panels to be perpendicular to joists with joints staggered. Butt joints of panels have the option of being sealed with any UL Classified caulk or sealant found under - Fill, Void or Cavity Materials* (XHHW).

System No. 18

Subflooring — Min 1 by 6 in. T & G lumber fastened diagonally to joists, or min 15/32 in. thick wood structural panels or 7/16 in. thick oriented strand board (OSB) wood structural panels, min grade "C-D" or "Sheathing". Face grain of plywood or strength axis of panels to be perpendicular to the joists with joints staggered.

Finish Flooring - Floor Topping Mixture* — Min 1 in. thickness of floor topping mixture having a min compressive strength of 4500 psi. Refer to manufacturer's instructions accompanying the material for specific mix design. SIKA DEUTSCHLAND GMBH — Type SCHONOX AP Rapid Plus

System No. 19

Subflooring — Min 1 by 6 in. T & G lumber fastened diagonally to joists, or min 15/32 in. thick wood structural panels or 7/16 in. thick oriented strand board (OSB) wood structural panels, min grade "C-D" or "Sheathing". Face grain of plywood or strength axis of panels to be perpendicular to the joists with joints staggered.

Vapor Barrier — (Optional) - Commercial asphalt saturated felt, 0.030 in. thick.

Vapor Barrier — (Optional) - Nom 0.010 in. thick commercial rosin-sized building paper.

Finish Flooring - Floor Topping Mixture* — Min 3/4 in. thickness of any Floor Topping Mixture bearing the UL Classification Marking as to Fire Resistance. See Floor- and Roof-Topping Mixtures (CCOX) category for names of Classified Companies.

Floor Mat Materials* — (Optional, Not Shown) - Floor mat material loose laid over the subfloor. Refer to manufacturer's instructions regarding the minimum thickness of floor topping over each floor mat material. https://iq.ulprospector.com/en/profile?e=14260 8/11 10/27/2020 BXUV.L505 | UL Product iQ LOW & BONAR INC — EnkaSonic® by Colbond a member of the Low & Bonar group Types 125, 250, 250 Plus, 400, 400 Plus, 750, and 750 Plus.

Floor Mat Reinforcement — (Optional) - Refer to manufacturer's instructions regarding minimum thickness of floor topping for use with floor mat reinforcement.

Metal Lath — (Optional) — Expanded steel diamond mesh, 2.5 lb / sq yd loose laid over floor mat material.

Fiberglass Mesh Reinforcement — (Optional) — Coated non-woven glass fiber mesh grid loose laid over floor mat material.

2. Wood Joists — Min 2 by 10, spaced 16 in. OC and effectively fireblocked in accordance with local codes.

3. Cross Bridging — Min 1 by 3 in. or min 2 by 10 solid blocking.

4. Resilient Channels — Resilient channels, formed from No. 25 MSG galv steel and shaped as shown, spaced 24 in. OC perpendicular to joist. Channels overlapped 1-1/2 in. at splices and secured to each joist with one 8d common nail. Min end clearance of channels to wall to be 3/4 in. Additional pieces, 60 in. long, placed immediately adjacent to continuous channels at end joints of second layer of gypsum board (Item 5) and similarly secured. Additional channels shall extend 6 in. beyond each side edge of board.

4A. Steel Framing Members — As an alternate to Item 4, furring channels and Steel Framing Members* as described below: a. Furring Channels — Furring channels, formed of No. 25 MSG galv steel, 2-9/16 in. or 2-23/32 in. wide by 7/8 in. deep, spaced 24 in. OC perpendicular to joists. Channels secured to joists as described in Item b. Ends of adjoining channels overlapped 6 in. and tied together with double strands of No. 18 SWG galv steel wire near each end of overlap.

b. Steel Framing Members* — Used to attach furring channels (Item a) to joists (Item 2). Clips spaced 48 in. OC., and secured to alternating joists with No. 8 x 2-1/2 in. coarse drywall screw through the center grommet. Furring channels are friction fitted into clips. RSIC-1 clip for use with 2-9/16 in. wide furring channels. RSIC-1 (2.75) clip for use with 2- 23/32 in. wide furring channels. Adjoining channels are overlapped as described in Item a. As an alternate, ends of adjoining channels may be overlapped 6 in. and secured together with two self-tapping #6 framing screws, min. 7/16 in. long at the midpoint of the overlap, with one screw on each flange of the channel. Additional clips required to hold furring channel that supports the wallboard butt joints, as described in Item 5. PAC INTERNATIONAL L L C — Types RSIC-1, RSIC-1 (2.75).

4B. Steel Framing Members* — (Not Shown) - As an alternate to items 4, furring channels and Steel Framing Members as described below. a. Furring Channels — Formed of No. 25 MSG galv steel, 2-3/8 in. wide by 7/8 in deep, spaced 24 in OC, perpendicular to joists. Channels secured to joists as described in Item b. Ends of adjoining channels overlapped 6 in. and tied together with double strand of No. 18 SWG galv steel wire near each end of overlap.

b. Steel Framing Members* — Used to attach furring channels (Item a) to the wood joists (Item 2). Clips spaced 48 in. OC., and secured to alternating joists with No. 8 x 2-1/2 in. coarse drywall screw through the center grommet. Furring channels are friction fitted into clips. Adjoining channels are overlapped as described in Item a. As an alternate, ends of adjoining channels may be overlapped 6 in. and secured together with two self-tapping No. 6 framing screws, min 7/16 in. long at the midpoint of the overlap, with one screw on each flange of the channel. Additional clips required to hold furring channel that supports the gypsum board butt joints, as described in Item 5. PLITEQ INC — Type Genie Clip

4C. Alternate Steel Framing Members* — (Not Shown) - As an alternate to Item 4, furring channels and Steel Framing Members as described below. https://iq.ulprospector.com/en/profile?e=14260 9/11 10/27/2020 BXUV.L505 | UL Product iQ a. Furring Channels — Formed of No. 25 MSG galv steel, 2-5/8 in. wide by 7/8 in deep, spaced 24 in OC, perpendicular to joists. Channels secured to joists as described in Item b.

b. Steel Framing Members* — Used to attach furring channels (Item a) to the wood joists (Item 2). Clips spaced at 48 in. OC and secured to the bottom of the joists with one 2 in. Coarse Drywall Screw with 1 in. diam washer through the center hole. Furring channels are then friction fitted into clips. Ends of channels are overlapped 6" and tied together with double strand of No. 18 AWG galvanized steel wire. Additional clips are required to hold the Gypsum Butt joints as described in Item 5. STUDCO BUILDING SYSTEMS — RESILMOUNT Sound Isolation Clips - Type A237R

4D. Alternate Steel Framing Members* — (Not Shown) - As an alternate to Item 4, furring channels and Steel Framing Members as described below. a. Furring Channels — Formed of No. 25 MSG galv steel, 2-1/2 in. wide by 7/8 in deep, spaced 24 in OC, perpendicular to joists. Channels secured to joists as described in Item b.

b. Steel Framing Members* — Used to attach furring channels (Item a) to the wood joists (Item 2). Clips spaced at 48 in. OC and secured to the bottom of the joists with one 2-1/2 in. Coarse Drywall Screw with 1 in. diam washer through the center hole. Furring channels are then friction fitted into clips. Ends of channels are overlapped 6" and tied together with double strand of No. 18 AWG galvanized steel wire. Additional clips are required to hold the Gypsum Butt joints as described in Item 5. REGUPOL AMERICA — Type SonusClip

5. Gypsum Board* — Two layers 5/8 in. thick gypsum board. When resilient channels (Item 4) are used, first layer installed with long dimension perpendicular to joists, and end joints of boards located at the joists. Nailed to joists with uncoated 8d box nails spaced 7 in. OC. All nails located 1/2 in. min distance from the edges and ends of the board. Second layer installed with long dimension perpendicular to the resilient channels and center line of boards located under a joist and so placed that the edge joint of this layer is not in alignment with the end joint of the first layer. Secured to resilient channels with 1 in. long gypsum board screws 12 in. OC with additional screws 3 in. from side joints. End joints secured to both resilient channels as shown in end joint detail. All screws located 1 in. min distance from edges of boards. If gypsum board is other than 48 in. wide, length of additional channel may be modified as required to allow full extension along joints, as well as attachment to joists at each end. Joint treatment not required for this rating, except for tapered, rounded-edge gypsum board where edge joints are covered with paper tape and joint compound. As an alternate, nom 3/32 in. thick gypsum veneer plaster may be applied to the entire surface of Classified veneer baseboard. Joints reinforced. When Steel Framing Members (Items 4A or 4B) are used, sheets installed with long dimensions parallel with joists. Base layer attached to the furring channels using 1 in. long Type S bugle-head steel screws spaced 8 in. OC along butted end joints and 12 in. OC in the field of the board. Butted end joints shall be staggered min 2 ft. within the assembly, and occur midway between the continuous furring channels. Each end of each gypsum board shall be supported by a single length of furring channel equal to the width of the gypsum board plus 6 in. on each end. The two furring channels shall be spaced approximately 3-1/2 in. OC, and be attached to underside of the joist with one RSIC-1 or Genie clip at each end of the channel. Butted base layer end joints to be offset a min of 24 in. in adjacent courses. Outer layer attached to the furring channels using 1-5/8 in. long Type S bugle-head steel screws spaced 8 in. OC at butted joints and 12 in. OC in the field. Butted end joints to be offset a min of 8 in. from base layer end joints. Butted side joints of outer layer to be offset min 18 in. from butted side joints of base layer.

When Steel Framing Members (Item 4C) are used, base layer of nom 5/8 in. thick, 4 ft wide gypsum board is installed with long dimensions perpendicular to furring channels. Gypsum board secured to furring channels with nom 1 in. long Type S bugle-head steel screws spaced 8 in. OC in the field of the board. Gypsum board butted end joints shall be staggered minimum 48 in. and centered over main furring channels. At the gypsum board butt joints, each end of each gypsum board shall be supported by a single length of furring channel equal to the width of the gypsum board plus 3 in. on each end. The two support furring channels shall be spaced approximately 3 in. in from joint. Screw spacing along the gypsum board butt joint and along both additional channels shall be 8 in. OC. Additional screws shall be placed in the adjacent section of gypsum board into the aforementioned 3 in. extension of the extra butt joint channels as well as into the main channel that runs between. Butt joint furring channels shall be attached with one RESILMOUNT Sound Isolation Clip at each end of the channel. Face layer attached per Item 5.

When Steel Framing Members (Item 4D) are used, base layer of nom 5/8 in. thick, 4 ft wide gypsum board is installed with long dimensions perpendicular to furring channels. Gypsum board secured to furring channels with nom 1 in. long Type S bugle-head steel screws spaced 8 in. OC in the field of the board. Gypsum board butted end joints shall be staggered minimum 48 in. and centered over main furring channels. At the gypsum board butt joints, an additional single length of furring channel shall be installed and be spaced https://iq.ulprospector.com/en/profile?e=14260 10/11 10/27/2020 BXUV.L505 | UL Product iQ approximately 3 in. from the butt joint (6 in. from the continuous furring channels) to support the floating end of the gypsum board. Each of these shorter sections of furring channel shall extend one joist beyond the width of the gypsum panel and be attached to the adjacent joists with one SonusClip at every joist involved with the butt joint.

AMERICAN GYPSUM CO — Type AG-C.

CERTAINTEED GYPSUM INC — Type C

CONTINENTAL BUILDING PRODUCTS OPERATING CO, L L C — Type LGFC-C/A.

GEORGIA-PACIFIC GYPSUM L L C — Types 5, C, DAPC, GPFS1, TG-C.

NATIONAL GYPSUM CO — Types FSK-C, FSK-G, FSW-C, FSW-G

PABCO BUILDING PRODUCTS L L C, DBA PABCO GYPSUM — Type C, PG-3 or PG-C

THAI GYPSUM PRODUCTS PCL — Type C

6. Screw, Gypsum Board — 1 in. long, with 0.129 in., self-drilling and self-tapping shank, and Phillips-type 0.355 in. diam head. Screws shall be driven no farther than slightly indented (not deeper than 1/64 in.) into the exposed surface of the gypsum board.

7. Finishing System - (Not Shown) — Vinyl, dry or premixed joint compound, applied in two coats to joints and screw-heads. Nom 2 in. wide paper tape embedded in first layer of compound over all joints. As an alternate, nom 3/32 in. thick veneer plaster may be applied to the entire surface of gypsum board.

* Indicates such products shall bear the UL or cUL Certification Mark for jurisdictions employing the UL or cUL Certification (such as Canada), respectively.

Last Updated on 2020-04-28

The appearance of a company's name or product in this database does not in itself assure that products so identified have been manufactured under UL's Follow-Up Service. Only those products bearing the UL Mark should be considered to be Certified and covered under UL's Follow-Up Service. Always look for the Mark on the product.

UL permits the reproduction of the material contained in the Online Certification Directory subject to the following conditions: 1. The Guide Information, Assemblies, Constructions, Designs, Systems, and/or Certifications (files) must be presented in their entirety and in a non-misleading manner, without any manipulation of the data (or drawings). 2. The statement "Reprinted from the Online Certifications Directory with permission from UL" must appear adjacent to the extracted material. In addition, the reprinted material must include a copyright notice in the following format: "© 2020 UL LLC"

https://iq.ulprospector.com/en/profile?e=14260 11/11 10/27/2020 BXUV.L543 | UL Product iQ

BXUV.L543

Design/System/Construction/Assembly Usage Disclaimer

Authorities Having Jurisdiction should be consulted in all cases as to the particular requirements covering the installation and use of UL Certified products, equipment, system, devices, and materials. Authorities Having Jurisdiction should be consulted before construction. Fire resistance assemblies and products are developed by the design submitter and have been investigated by UL for compliance with applicable requirements. The published information cannot always address every construction nuance encountered in the field. When field issues arise, it is recommended the first contact for assistance be the technical service staff provided by the product manufacturer noted for the design. Users of fire resistance assemblies are advised to consult the general Guide Information for each product category and each group of assemblies. The Guide Information includes specifics concerning alternate materials and alternate methods of construction. Only products which bear UL's Mark are considered Certified.

BXUV - Fire Resistance Ratings - ANSI/UL 263 Certified for United States BXUV7 - Fire Resistance Ratings - CAN/ULC-S101 Certified for Canada See General Information for Fire-resistance Ratings - ANSI/UL 263 Certified for United States Design Criteria and Allowable Variances

See General Information for Fire Resistance Ratings - CAN/ULC-S101 Certified for Canada Design Criteria and Allowable Variances Design No. L543

May 08, 2020 Restrained Assembly Rating — 1 Hr. Unrestrained Assembly Rating — 1 Hr. Unrestrained Beam Rating — 1 Hr. This design was evaluated using a load design method other than the Limit States Design Method (e.g., Working Stress Design Method). For jurisdictions employing the Limit States Design Method, such as Canada, a load restriction factor shall be used — See Guide BXUV or BXUV7

* Indicates such products shall bear the UL or cUL Certification Mark for jurisdictions employing the UL or cUL Certification (such as Canada), respectively.

https://iq.ulprospector.com/en/profile?e=14297 1/8 10/27/2020 BXUV.L543 | UL Product iQ

1. Flooring System — The flooring system shall consist of one of the following: System No. 1

Subflooring — Min 23/32 in. thick T & G wood structural panels, min grade "Underlayment" or "Single-Floor". Face grain of plywood or strength axis of panel to be perpendicular to joists with joints staggered. Plywood or panel secured to joists with solvent based elastomeric rubber construction adhesive suitable for adhering wood panels to steel framing along with 1-5/16 in. long Type S-12 steel screws spaced 24 in. OC. Adhesive applied in 1/4 in. diam beads on top of joists and to T & G grooved edges of plywood or panel. System No. 2

Subflooring — Min 23/32 in. thick T & G wood structural panels, min grade "Underlayment" or "Single-Floor". Face grain of plywood or strength axis of panel to be perpendicular to joists with joints staggered. Plywood or panel secured to joists with solvent based elastomeric rubber construction adhesive suitable for adhering wood panels to steel framing along with 1-5/16 in. long Type S-12 steel screws spaced 24 in. OC. Adhesive applied in 1/4 in. diam beads on top of joists and to T & G grooved edges of plywood or panel.

Finish Floor - Mineral and Fiber Board* — Min 1/2 in. thick, supplied in sizes ranging from 3 ft by 4 ft to 8 ft by 12 ft. All joints to be staggered a min of 12 in. with adjacent sub-floor joints.

HOMASOTE CO — Type 440-32 Mineral and Fiber Board

System No. 3

Subflooring — Min 23/32 in. thick T & G wood structural panels, min grade "Underlayment" or "Single-Floor". Face grain of plywood or strength axis of panel to be perpendicular to joists with joints staggered. Plywood or panel secured to joists with solvent based elastomeric rubber construction adhesive suitable for adhering wood panels to steel framing along with 1-5/16 in. long Type S-12 steel screws spaced 24 in. OC. Adhesive applied in 1/4 in. diam beads on top of joists and to T & G grooved edges of plywood or panel.

Floor Mat Materials* - (Optional) — Floor mat material nom 5/64 in. (2mm) thick adhered to subfloor with Hacker Floor Primer. Primer to be applied to the surface of the mat prior to the placement of a min 1 in. of floor-topping mixture.

HACKER INDUSTRIES INC — Type Hacker Sound-Mat.

Alternate Floor Mat Materials - (Optional) — Floor mat material nom 1/4 in. (6mm) thick adhered to subfloor with Hacker Floor Primer. Primer to be applied to the surface of the mat prior to the placement of a min 1-1/4 in. (32mm) of floor-topping mixture.

HACKER INDUSTRIES INC — Type Hacker Sound-Mat II.

Alternate Floor Mat Materials - (Optional) — Floor mat material nom 1/8 in. (3mm) thick loose laid over the subfloor. Floor topping thickness shall be a min of 3/4 in. (19mm)

HACKER INDUSTRIES INC — FIRM-FILL SCM 125 https://iq.ulprospector.com/en/profile?e=14297 2/8 10/27/2020 BXUV.L543 | UL Product iQ

Alternate Floor Mat Materials - (Optional) — Floor mat material nom 1/4 in. (6mm) thick loose laid over the subfloor. Floor topping thickness shall be a min of 1 in. (25mm)

HACKER INDUSTRIES INC — Type FIRM-FILL SCM 250, Quiet Qurl 55/025

Alternate Floor Mat Materials - (Optional) — Floor mat material nom 3/8 in. (10mm) thick loose laid over the subfloor. Floor topping thickness shall be a min of 1-1/4 in. (32mm)

HACKER INDUSTRIES INC — FIRM-FILL SCM 400, Quiet Qurl 60/040

Alternate Floor Mat Materials - (Optional) — Floor mat material nom 3/4 in. (19mm) thick loose laid over the subfloor. Floor topping thickness shall be a min of 1-1/2 in. (38mm)

HACKER INDUSTRIES INC — Type FIRM-FILL SCM 750, Quiet Qurl 65/075

Metal Lath (Optional) — For use with 3/8 in. (10 mm) floor mat materials, 3/8 in. expanded steel diamond mesh, 3.4 lbs/sq yd placed over the floor mat material. Hacker Floor Primer to be applied prior to the placement of the metal lath. When metal lath is used, floor topping thickness a nom 1-1/4 in. over the floor mat.

Finish Flooring - Floor Topping Mixture* — Min 3/4 in. thickness of floor topping mixture having a min compressive strength of 1100 psi. Mixture shall consist of 6.8 gal of water to 80 lbs of floor topping mixture to 1.9 cu ft of sand.

HACKER INDUSTRIES INC — Firm-Fill Gypsum Concrete, Firm-Fill 2010, Firm-Fill 3310, Firm-Fill 4010, Firm-Fill High Strength, Gyp-Span Radiant

System No. 4

Subflooring — Min 23/32 in. thick T & G wood structural panels, min grade "Underlayment" or "Single-Floor". Face grain of plywood or strength axis of panel to be perpendicular to joists with joints staggered. Plywood or panel secured to joists with solvent based elastomeric rubber construction adhesive suitable for adhering wood panels to steel framing along with 1-5/16 in. long Type S-12 steel screws spaced 24 in. OC. Adhesive applied in 1/4 in. diam beads on top of joists and to T & G grooved edges of plywood or panel.

Finish Flooring - Floor Topping Mixture* — Min 3/4 in. thickness of floor topping mixture having a minimum compressive strength of 1500 psi. Refer to manufacturer's instructions accompanying the material for specific mix design.

MAXXON CORP — Types Maxxon Standard and Maxxon High Strength

Floor Mat Materials* - (Optional) — Floor mat material loose laid over the subfloor. Refer to manufacturer's instructions regarding the minimum thickness of floor topping over each floor mat material.

MAXXON CORP — Type Encapsulated Sound Mat

Floor Mat Reinforcement - (Optional) - Refer to manufacturer's instructions regarding minimum thickness of floor topping for use with floor mat reinforcement.

Metal Lath (Optional) - 3/8 in. expanded galvanized steel diamond mesh, 3.4 lbs/sq yd loose laid over the floor mat material.

Fiber Glass Reinforcement - (Optional, Not Shown) - 0.015 in. thick PVC coated non-woven fiberglass mesh, 0.368 lbs/sq yd loose laid over the floor mat material. System No. 5

Subflooring — Min 23/32 in. thick T & G wood structural panels, min grade "Underlayment" or "Single-Floor". Face grain of plywood or strength axis of panel to be perpendicular to joists with joints staggered. Plywood or panel secured to joists with solvent based elastomeric rubber construction adhesive suitable for adhering wood panels to steel framing along with 1-5/16 in. long Type S-12 steel screws spaced 24 in. OC. Adhesive applied in 1/4 in. diam beads on top of joists and to T & G grooved edges of plywood or panel.

Finish Flooring — Floor Topping Mixture* — Min 3/4 in. thickness of floor topping mixture having a min compressive strength of 1000 psi. Refer to manufacturer's instructions accompanying the material for specific mix design.

FORMULATED MATERIALS LLC — Types FR-25, FR-30, and SiteMix

https://iq.ulprospector.com/en/profile?e=14297 3/8 10/27/2020 BXUV.L543 | UL Product iQ Floor Mat Material* — (Optional) Floor mat material nominal 2 - 9.5 mm thick loose laid over the subfloor. Floor topping shall be a min of 1 in.

FORMULATED MATERIALS LLC — Types M1, M2, M3, Elite, Duo, R1, and R2

System No. 6

Subflooring — Min 23/32 in. thick T & G wood structural panels, min grade "Underlayment" or "Single-Floor". Face grain of plywood or strength axis of panel to be perpendicular to joists with joints staggered. Plywood or panel secured to joists with solvent based elastomeric rubber construction adhesive suitable for adhering wood panels to steel framing along with 1-5/16 in. long Type S-12 steel screws spaced 24 in. OC. Adhesive applied in 1/4 in. diam beads on top of joists and to T & G grooved edges of plywood or panel.

Vapor Barrier — (Optional) - Nom 0.010 in. thick commercial asphalt saturated felt.

Finish Flooring - Floor Topping Mixture* — Min 3/4 in. thickness of floor topping mixture having a minimum compressive strength of 1800 psi. Refer to manufacturer's instructions accompanying the material for specific mix design.

UNITED STATES GYPSUM CO — Types LRK, HSLRK, CSD

USG MEXICO S A DE C V — Types LRK, HSLRK, CSD

Floor Mat Materials* — (Optional) - Floor mat material loose laid over the subfloor. Refer to manufacturer's instructions regarding the minimum thickness of floor topping over each floor mat material.

UNITED STATES GYPSUM CO — Types SAM, LEVELROCK® Brand Sound Reduction Board, LEVELROCK® Brand Floor Underlayment SRM-25

Alternate Floor Mat Materials* — (Optional) - Nom 3/8 in. thick floor mat material loose laid over the subfloor.

GRASSWORX L L C — Type SC50

System No. 7

Subflooring — Min 23/32 in. thick T & G wood structural panels, min grade "Underlayment" or "Single-Floor". Face grain of plywood or strength axis of panel to be perpendicular to joists with joints staggered. Plywood or panel secured to joists with solvent based elastomeric rubber construction adhesive suitable for adhering wood panels to steel framing along with 1-5/16 in. long Type S-12 steel screws spaced 24 in. OC. Adhesive applied in 1/4 in. diam beads on top of joists and to T & G grooved edges of plywood or panel.

Finish Flooring - Floor Topping Mixture* — Min 3/4 in. thickness of floor topping mixture having a min compressive strength of 1000 psi. Refer to manufacturer's instructions accompanying the material for specific mix design.

ACG MATERIALS — Accu-Crete types NexGen, Green, Prime, B, M, and PrePour, AccuRadiant, AccuLevel types G40, G50 and SD30.

Floor Mat Material* — (Optional) - Floor mat material nominal 2 - 9.5 mm thick loose laid over the subfloor. Floor topping shall be a min of 1 in.

ACG MATERIALS — AccuQuiet types P80, C40, D13, D-18, D25, DX38, EM.125, EM.125S, EM.250, EM.250S, EM.375, EM.375S, EM.750, and EM.750S.

System No. 8

Subflooring — Min 23/32 in. thick T&G wood structural panels, min grade "Underlayment" or "Single-Floor". Face grain of plywood or strength axis of panels to be perpendicular to the trusses with end joints staggered 4 ft. Panels secured to trusses with construction adhesive and No. 6d ringed shank nails spaced 12 in. OC along each truss. Staples having equal or greater withdrawal and lateral resistance strength may be substituted for the 6d nails.

Gypsum Board* — One layer of nom 5/8 in. thick, 4 ft wide gypsum board, installed with long dimension perpendicular to joists. Gypsum board secured with 1 in. long No. 6 Type W bugle head steel screws spaced 12 in. OC and located a min of 1-1/2 in. from side and end joints. The joints of the gypsum board are to be staggered a minimum of 12 inches from the joints of the subfloor.

GEORGIA-PACIFIC GYPSUM L L C — Type DS https://iq.ulprospector.com/en/profile?e=14297 4/8 10/27/2020 BXUV.L543 | UL Product iQ

Floor Mat Materials* — (As an alternate to the single layer gypsum board) - Floor mat material loose laid over the subfloor.

MAXXON CORP — Type Encapsulated Sound Mat

Gypsum Board* — (For use when floor mat is used) Two layers of nom 5/8 in. thick, 4 ft wide gypsum board, installed with long dimension perpendicular to joists on top of the floor mat material. Gypsum board secured to each other with 1 in. long No. 6 Type G bugle head steel screws spaced 12 in. OC and located a min of 1-1/2 in. from side and end joints. The joints of the gypsum board are to be staggered a minimum of 12 inches in between layers and from the joints of the subfloor.

GEORGIA-PACIFIC GYPSUM L L C — Type DS

System No. 9

Subflooring — Min 23/32 in. thick T & G wood structural panels, min grade "Underlayment" or "Single-Floor". Face grain of plywood or strength axis of panel to be perpendicular to joists with joints staggered. Plywood or panel secured to joists with solvent based elastomeric rubber construction adhesive suitable for adhering wood panels to steel framing along with 1-5/16 in. long Type S-12 steel screws spaced 24 in. OC. Adhesive applied in 1/4 in. diam beads on top of joists and to T & G grooved edges of plywood or panel.

Vapor Barrier — (Optional) — Commercial asphalt saturated felt, 0.030 in. thick.

Vapor Barrier — (Optional) — Nom 0.010 in. thick commercial rosin-sized building paper.

Finish Flooring* — Min 3/4 in. thickness of any Floor Topping Mixture bearing the UL Classification Marking as to Fire Resistance. See Floor- and Roof-Topping Mixtures (CCOX) category for names of Classified Companies.

Floor Mat Materials* — (Optional) — Nom. 1/4 in. thick loose laid over the subfloor. Floor topping thickness shall be a minimum of 3/4 in. KEENE BUILDING PRODUCTS CO INC — Types Quiet Qurl 55/025 and Quiet Qurl 55/025 N

Alternate Floor Mat Materials* — (Optional) — Floor mat material Nom. 3/8 in. thick loose laid over the subfloor. Floor topping thickness shall be a minimum of 1 in. KEENE BUILDING PRODUCTS CO INC — Types Quiet Qurl 60/040 and Quiet Qurl 60/040 N

Alternate Floor Mat Materials* — (Optional) — Floor mat material Nom. 3/4 in. thick loose laid over the subfloor. Floor topping thickness shall be a minimum of 1-1/2 in. KEENE BUILDING PRODUCTS CO INC — Types Quiet Qurl 65/075, Quiet Qurl 65/075 N

Alternate Floor Mat Materials* — (Optional) — Floor mat material Nom. 1/8 in. thick loose laid over the subfloor. Floor topping thickness shall be a minimum of 3/4 in. KEENE BUILDING PRODUCTS CO INC — Types Quiet Qurl 52/013 and Quiet Qurl 52/013 N

Alternate Floor Mat Materials* — (Optional) — Floor mat material Nom. 1/4 in. entangled net core with a compressible fabric attached to the bottom loose laid over the subfloor. Floor topping thickness shall be a minimum of 1 in. KEENE BUILDING PRODUCTS CO INC — Types Quiet Qurl 55/025 MT and Quiet Qurl 55/025 N MT

System No. 10 https://iq.ulprospector.com/en/profile?e=14297 5/8 10/27/2020 BXUV.L543 | UL Product iQ Subflooring — Min 23/32 in. thick T & G wood structural panels, min grade "Underlayment" or "Single-Floor". Face grain of plywood or strength axis of panel to be perpendicular to joists with joints staggered. Plywood or panel secured to joists with solvent based elastomeric rubber construction adhesive suitable for adhering wood panels to steel framing along with 1-5/16 in. long Type S-12 steel screws spaced 24 in. OC. Adhesive applied in 1/4 in. diam beads on top of joists and to T & G grooved edges of plywood or panel.

Vapor Barrier — (Optional) — Nom 0.030 in. thick commercial asphalt saturated felt.

Finish Flooring — Floor Topping Mixture* — Min 3/4 in. thickness of floor topping mixture, having a min compressive strength of 1000 psi. Refer to manufacturer's instructions accompanying the material for specific mix design. DEPENDABLE LLC — Types GSL M3.4, GSL K2.6, GSL-CSD and GSL RH

Floor Mat Materials* — (Optional) — Nom. 1/4 in. thick loose laid over the subfloor. Floor topping thickness shall be a minimum of 3/4 in. KEENE BUILDING PRODUCTS CO INC — Types Quiet Qurl 55/025 and Quiet Qurl 55/025 N

Alternate Floor Mat Materials* — (Optional) — Floor mat material Nom. 3/8 in. thick loose laid over the subfloor. Floor topping thickness shall be a minimum of 1 in. KEENE BUILDING PRODUCTS CO INC — Types Quiet Qurl 60/040 and Quiet Qurl 60/040 N

Alternate Floor Mat Materials* — (Optional) — Floor mat material Nom. 3/4 in. thick loose laid over the subfloor. Floor topping thickness shall be a minimum of 1-1/2 in. KEENE BUILDING PRODUCTS CO INC — Types Quiet Qurl 65/075, Quiet Qurl 65/075 N

Alternate Floor Mat Materials* — (Optional) — Floor mat material Nom. 1/8 in. thick loose laid over the subfloor. Floor topping thickness shall be a minimum of 3/4 in. KEENE BUILDING PRODUCTS CO INC — Types Quiet Qurl 52/013 and Quiet Qurl 52/013 N

Alternate Floor Mat Materials* — (Optional) — Floor mat material Nom. 1/4 in. entangled net core with a compressible fabric attached to the bottom loose laid over the subfloor. Floor topping thickness shall be a minimum of 1 in. KEENE BUILDING PRODUCTS CO INC — Types Quiet Qurl 55/025 MT and Quiet Qurl 55/025 N MT

System No. 11

Subflooring — Min 23/32 in. thick T & G wood structural panels, min grade "Underlayment" or "Single-Floor". Face grain of plywood or strength axis of panel to be perpendicular to joists with joints staggered. Plywood or panel secured to joists with solvent based elastomeric rubber construction adhesive suitable for adhering wood panels to steel framing along with 1-5/16 in. long Type S-12 steel screws spaced 24 in. OC. Adhesive applied in 1/4 in. diam beads on top of joists and to T & G grooved edges of plywood or panel.

Finish Flooring - Floor Topping Mixture* — Min 1 in. thickness of floor topping mixture having a min compressive strength of 4500 psi. Refer to manufacturer's instructions accompanying the material for specific mix design. SIKA DEUTSCHLAND GMBH — Type SCHONOX AP Rapid Plus

System No. 12 https://iq.ulprospector.com/en/profile?e=14297 6/8 10/27/2020 BXUV.L543 | UL Product iQ Subflooring — Min 23/32 in. thick T & G wood structural panels, min grade "Underlayment" or "Single-Floor". Face grain of plywood or strength axis of panel to be perpendicular to joists with joints staggered. Plywood or panel secured to joists with solvent based elastomeric rubber construction adhesive suitable for adhering wood panels to steel framing along with 1-5/16 in. long Type S-12 steel screws spaced 24 in. OC. Adhesive applied in 1/4 in. diam beads on top of joists and to T & G grooved edges of plywood or panel.

Vapor Barrier — (Optional) - Commercial asphalt saturated felt, 0.030 in. thick.

Vapor Barrier — (Optional) - Nom 0.010 in. thick commercial rosin-sized building paper.

Finish Flooring - Floor Topping Mixture* — Min 3/4 in. thickness of any Floor Topping Mixture bearing the UL Classification Marking as to Fire Resistance. See Floor- and Roof-Topping Mixtures (CCOX) category for names of Classified Companies.

Floor Mat Materials* — (Optional, Not Shown) - Floor mat material loose laid over the subfloor. Refer to manufacturer's instructions regarding the minimum thickness of floor topping over each floor mat material. LOW & BONAR INC — EnkaSonic® by Colbond a member of the Low & Bonar group Types 125, 250, 250 Plus, 400, 400 Plus, 750, and 750 Plus.

Floor Mat Reinforcement — (Optional) - Refer to manufacturer's instructions regarding minimum thickness of floor topping for use with floor mat reinforcement.

Metal Lath — (Optional) — Expanded steel diamond mesh, 2.5 lb / sq yd loose laid over floor mat material.

Fiberglass Mesh Reinforcement — (Optional) — Coated non-woven glass fiber mesh grid loose laid over floor mat material.

2. Floor Joist Track — Cold formed channels min 8-3/16 in. deep with min 1-1/4 in. flanges. Floor track fabricated from min No. 18 gauge ptd or galv steel, to provide supporting surface between floor joists (Item 3) and at periphery of structural support elements. Ends of floor joists secured to floor tracks with 1 in. long, 1/8 in. fillet welds at top and bottom of joist flanges.

3. Floor Joists — Channel shaped sections, min 8 in. deep with min 1-9/16 in. flanges and 9/16 in. long stiffening flanges. Joists are fabricated from min No. 18 MSG ptd or galv steel with a min 50 ksi yield strength. Joists designed in accordance with the American Iron and Steel Institute specifications adopted August 1986. Joists spaced max 24 in. OC.

4. Floor Joist Bridging — Channel shaped sections, min 3-5/8 in. deep with min 1-1/4 in. flanges and 1/4 in. long stiffening flanges. Bridging fabricated from min No. 20 MSG ptd or galv steel. Bridging provided between floor joists at midspan and secured to web of joists with 1 in. long, 1/8 in. fillet welds at top and bottom flanges of bridging sections.

5. Ceiling Joist Bridging — Continuous channel shaped sections, min 2-1/2 in. deep with min 1-9/16 in. flanges and 1/2 in. stiffening flanges. Bridging fabricated from min No. 18 MSG ptd or galv steel. Bridging provided on top of ceiling joists at midspan. Bottom flange of bridging secured to top flange of each ceiling joist with 1 in. long, 1/8 in. fillet weld.

6. Ceiling Joists Track — Cold formed channels min 3-5/8 in. deep with min 1-1/4 in. flanges. Ceiling tracks fabricated from min No. 18 MSG ptd or galv steel, to provide supporting surface between ceiling joists (Item 9) and at periphery structural support elements. Ends of ceiling joists secured to ceiling tracks with 1 in. long, 1/8 in. fillet welds at top and bottom joist flanges.

7. Ceiling Joists — Channel shaped sections, min 3-1/2 in. deep with min 1-9/16 in. flanges and 9/16 in. stiffening flanges. Joists fabricated from min No. 18 MSG ptd or galv steel with a min 50 ksi yield strength. Joists designed in accordance with the American Iron and Steel Institute specifications adopted August 1986. Joists spaced max 16 in. OC.

8. Loose Fill Material — Mineral wool loose fill insulation, min 2.8 pcf. Insulation blown on top of gypsum board (Item 9) between ceiling joists to a depth of 3-1/2 in. https://iq.ulprospector.com/en/profile?e=14297 7/8 10/27/2020 BXUV.L543 | UL Product iQ 9. Gypsum Board* — Two layers of 1/2 in. thick, 4 ft wide gypsum board. Base layer installed with long dimension perpendicular to ceiling joists with end joints occurring at joist locations. Base layer secured to bottom flange of steel joists with 1-1/4 in. long Type S-12 bugle head steel screws spaced 8 in. O.C. along end joints and 12 in. O.C. in field along the joists. Screws located 1 in. from board side edges and 1/2 in. from butted ends. Outer layer of gypsum board installed with long dimension parallel to ceiling joists. Outer layer fastened to joists through inner layer with 1-7/8 in. long Type S-12 bugle head steel screws spaced 12 in. O.C. in the field and 8 in. O.C. at perimeter. Outer layer end joints fastened to inner layer with 1-1/2 in. long Type G bugle head steel screws spaced 8 in. O.C. and located at 1 in. from board edges. UNITED STATES GYPSUM CO — Type C

10. Finishing System - (Not Shown) — Vinyl, dry or premixed joint compound, applied in two coats to joints and screw- heads. Nom 2 in. wide paper tape embedded in first layer of compound over all joints. As an alternate, nom 3/32 in. thick veneer plaster may be applied to the entire surface of gypsum boards.

* Indicates such products shall bear the UL or cUL Certification Mark for jurisdictions employing the UL or cUL Certification (such as Canada), respectively.

Last Updated on 2020-05-08

The appearance of a company's name or product in this database does not in itself assure that products so identified have been manufactured under UL's Follow-Up Service. Only those products bearing the UL Mark should be considered to be Certified and covered under UL's Follow-Up Service. Always look for the Mark on the product.

UL permits the reproduction of the material contained in the Online Certification Directory subject to the following conditions: 1. The Guide Information, Assemblies, Constructions, Designs, Systems, and/or Certifications (files) must be presented in their entirety and in a non-misleading manner, without any manipulation of the data (or drawings). 2. The statement "Reprinted from the Online Certifications Directory with permission from UL" must appear adjacent to the extracted material. In addition, the reprinted material must include a copyright notice in the following format: "© 2020 UL LLC"

https://iq.ulprospector.com/en/profile?e=14297 8/8 10/27/2020 BXUV.L577 | UL Product iQ

BXUV.L577

Design/System/Construction/Assembly Usage Disclaimer

Authorities Having Jurisdiction should be consulted in all cases as to the particular requirements covering the installation and use of UL Certified products, equipment, system, devices, and materials. Authorities Having Jurisdiction should be consulted before construction. Fire resistance assemblies and products are developed by the design submitter and have been investigated by UL for compliance with applicable requirements. The published information cannot always address every construction nuance encountered in the field. When field issues arise, it is recommended the first contact for assistance be the technical service staff provided by the product manufacturer noted for the design. Users of fire resistance assemblies are advised to consult the general Guide Information for each product category and each group of assemblies. The Guide Information includes specifics concerning alternate materials and alternate methods of construction. Only products which bear UL's Mark are considered Certified.

BXUV - Fire Resistance Ratings - ANSI/UL 263 Certified for United States BXUV7 - Fire Resistance Ratings - CAN/ULC-S101 Certified for Canada See General Information for Fire-resistance Ratings - ANSI/UL 263 Certified for United States Design Criteria and Allowable Variances

See General Information for Fire Resistance Ratings - CAN/ULC-S101 Certified for Canada Design Criteria and Allowable Variances Design No. L577

July 01, 2020 Unrestrained Assembly Rating — 2 Hr. This design was evaluated using a load design method other than the Limit States Design Method (e.g., Working Stress Design Method). For jurisdictions employing the Limit States Design Method, such as Canada, a load restriction factor shall be used — See Guide BXUV or BXUV7

* Indicates such products shall bear the UL or cUL Certification Mark for jurisdictions employing the UL or cUL Certification (such as Canada), respectively.

https://iq.ulprospector.com/en/profile?e=14322 1/10 10/27/2020 BXUV.L577 | UL Product iQ

1. Flooring Systems — The flooring system shall consist of one of the following: System No. 1

Subflooring — Nom 23/32 in. thick wood structural panels installed perpendicular to trusses with end joints staggered. Plywood or panels secured to trusses with construction adhesive and No. 6d ringed shank nails, spaced 12 in. OC along each truss. Staples having equal or greater withdrawal and lateral resistance strength may be substituted for the 6d nails.

Vapor Barrier — (Optional) — Nom 0.010 in. thick commercial asphalt saturated felt.

Finish Flooring — Floor Topping Mixture* — Min 3/4 in. thickness of floor topping mixture having a minimum compressive strength of 1800 psi. Refer to manufacturer's instructions accompanying the material for specific mix design.

UNITED STATES GYPSUM CO — Types LRK, HSLRK, CSD

USG MEXICO S A DE C V — Types LRK, HSLRK, CSD

Floor Mat Materials* — (Optional) — Floor mat material loose laid over the subfloor. Refer to manufacturer's instructions regarding the minimum thickness of floor topping over each floor mat material.

UNITED STATES GYPSUM CO — Types SAM, LEVELROCK® Brand Sound Reduction Board, LEVELROCK® Brand Floor Underlayment SRM-25.

Alternate Floor Mat Materials* — (Optional) — Floor mat material loose laid over the subfloor. Refer to manufacturer's instructions regarding minimum thickness of floor topping over floor mat.

GRASSWORX L L C — SC Types

System No. 2

https://iq.ulprospector.com/en/profile?e=14322 2/10 10/27/2020 BXUV.L577 | UL Product iQ Subflooring — Min 15/32 in. thick wood structural panels, min grade "C-D" or "Sheathing". Face grain of plywood or strength axis of panels to be perpendicular to the joists with joints staggered.

Vapor Barrier — (Optional) — Commercial asphalt saturated felt, 0.030 in. thick.

Vapor Barrier — (Optional) — Nom 0.010 in. thick commercial rosin-sized building paper.

Finish Flooring* — Min 3/4 in. thickness of any Floor Topping Mixture bearing the UL Classification Marking as to Fire Resistance. See Floor- and Roof-Topping Mixtures (CCOX) category for names of Classified Companies.

Floor Mat Materials* — (Optional) — Nom. 1/4 in. thick loose laid over the subfloor. Floor topping thickness shall be a minimum of 3/4 in.

KEENE BUILDING PRODUCTS CO INC — Types Quiet Qurl 55/025 and Quiet Qurl 55/025 N

Alternate Floor Mat Materials* — (Optional) — Floor mat material Nom. 3/8 in. thick loose laid over the subfloor. Floor topping thickness shall be a minimum of 1 in.

KEENE BUILDING PRODUCTS CO INC — Types Quiet Qurl 60/040 and Quiet Qurl 60/040 N

Alternate Floor Mat Materials* — (Optional) — Floor mat material Nom. 3/4 in. thick loose laid over the subfloor. Floor topping thickness shall be a minimum of 1-1/2 in.

KEENE BUILDING PRODUCTS CO INC — Types Quiet Qurl 65/075, Quiet Qurl 65/075 N

Alternate Floor Mat Materials* — (Optional) — Floor mat material Nom. 1/8 in. thick loose laid over the subfloor. Floor topping thickness shall be a minimum of 3/4 in.

KEENE BUILDING PRODUCTS CO INC — Types Quiet Qurl 52/013 and Quiet Qurl 52/013 N

Alternate Floor Mat Materials* — (Optional) — Floor mat material Nom. 1/4 in. entangled net core with a compressible fabric attached to the bottom loose laid over the subfloor. Floor topping thickness shall be a minimum of 1 in.

KEENE BUILDING PRODUCTS CO INC — Types Quiet Qurl 55/025 MT and Quiet Qurl 55/025 N MT

System No. 3

Subflooring — Nom 23/32 in. thick wood structural panels installed perpendicular to trusses with end joints staggered. Plywood or panels secured to trusses with construction adhesive and No. 6d ringed shank nails, spaced 12 in. OC along each truss. Staples having equal or greater withdrawal and lateral resistance strength may be substituted for the 6d nails.

Vapor Barrier — (Optional) — Nom 0.030 in thick commercial asphalt saturated felt.

Finish Flooring — Floor Topping Mixture* — Min. 3/4 in. thickness of floor topping mixture having a minimum compressive strength of 1500 psi. Refer to manufacturer's instructions accompanying the material for specific mix design. MAXXON CORP — Types Maxxon Standard and Maxxon High Strength

Floor Mat Materials* — (Optional) — Floor mat material loose laid over the subfloor. Refer to manufacturer's instructions regarding the minimum thickness of floor topping over each floor mat material. MAXXON CORP — Type Encapsulated Sound Mat.

Floor Mat Reinforcement — (Optional) Refer to manufacturer's instructions regarding minimum thickness of floor topping for use with floor mat reinforcement.

Metal Lath — (Optional) — 3/8 in. expanded galvanized steel diamond mesh, 3.4 lbs/sq yd loose laid over the floor mat material. https://iq.ulprospector.com/en/profile?e=14322 3/10 10/27/2020 BXUV.L577 | UL Product iQ Fiber Glass Reinforcement — (Optional) 0.015 in. thick PVC coated non-woven fiberglass mesh, 0.368 lbs./sq. yd loose laid over the floor mat material.

System No. 4

Subflooring — Nom 23/32 in. thick wood structural panels installed perpendicular to trusses with end joints staggered. Plywood panels secured to trusses with construction adhesive and No.6d ringed shank nails spaced 12 in. OC along each truss. Staples having equal or greater withdrawal and lateral resistance strength may be substituted for the 6d nails.

Vapor Barrier — (Optional) — Nom 0.030 in. thick commercial asphalt saturated felt.

Finish Flooring — Floor Topping Mixture* — Min 3/4 in. thickness of floor topping mixture having a min compressive strength of 1000 psi. Refer to manufacturer's instructions accompanying the material for specific mix design. FORMULATED MATERIALS LLC — — Types FR-25, FR-30, SiteMix, and SiteMix SL

Floor Mat Material* — (Optional) — Floor mat material nominal 2 - 9.5 mm thick loose laid over the subfloor. Floor topping shall be a min of 3/4 in. FORMULATED MATERIALS LLC — Types M1, M2, M3, Elite, Duo, R1, and R2

System No. 5

Subflooring — Nom 23/32 in. thick wood structural panels installed perpendicular to trusses with end joints staggered. Plywood or panels secured to trusses with construction adhesive and No. 6d ringed shank nails, spaced 12 in. OC along each truss. Staples having equal or greater withdrawal and lateral resistance strength may be substituted for the 6d nails.

Vapor Barrier — (Optional) - Nom 0.010 in. thick commercial asphalt saturated felt.

Finish Floor - Mineral and Fiber Board* — Min 1/2 in. thick, supplied in sizes ranging from 3 ft by 4 ft to 8 ft by 12 ft. All joints to be staggered a min of 12 in. with adjacent sub-floor joints. HOMASOTE CO — Types 440-32 Mineral and Fiber Board

System No. 6

Subflooring — Nom 23/32 in. thick wood structural panels installed perpendicular to trusses with end joints staggered. Plywood panels secured to trusses with construction adhesive and No.6d ringed shank nails spaced 12 in. OC along each truss. Staples having equal or greater withdrawal and lateral resistance strength may be substituted for the 6d nails.

Vapor Barrier — (Optional) — Nom 0.030 in. thick commercial asphalt saturated felt.

Finish Flooring — Floor Topping Mixture* — Min 3/4 in. thickness of floor topping mixture having a min compressive strength of 1000 psi. Refer to manufacturer's instructions accompanying the material for specific mix design. ACG MATERIALS — Types AccuCrete types NexGen, Green, Prime, B, M, and PrePour, AccuRadiant, AccuLevel types G40, SD30 and G50

Floor Mat Material* — (Optional) — Floor mat material nominal 2 - 9.5 mm thick loose laid over the subfloor. Floor topping shall be a min of 3/4 in. ACG MATERIALS — AccuQuiet types P80, C40, D13, D-18, D25, DX38, EM.125, EM.125S, EM.250, EM.250S, EM.375, EM.375S, EM.750, and EM.750S.

System No. 7 https://iq.ulprospector.com/en/profile?e=14322 4/10 10/27/2020 yBXUV.L577 | UL Product iQ Subflooring — Min 19/32 in. thick wood structural panels, min grade "C-D" or "Sheathing". Face grain of plywood or strength axis of panel to be perpendicular to joists with joints staggered.

Floor Mat Materials* — (Optional) — Floor mat material nom 1/8 in. (3 mm) thick loose laid over the subfloor. Floor topping thickness shall be a min of 3/4 in. (19 mm) HACKER INDUSTRIES INC — FIRM-FILL SCM 125

Alternate Floor Mat Materials — (Optional) — Floor mat material nom 1/4 in. (6 mm) thick loose laid over the subfloor. Floor topping thickness shall be a min of 1 in. (25 mm) HACKER INDUSTRIES INC — Type FIRM-FILL SCM 250

Alternate Floor Mat Materials — (Optional) — Floor mat material nom 3/8 in. (10 mm) thick loose laid over the subfloor. Floor topping thickness shall be a min of 1-1/4 in. (32 mm) HACKER INDUSTRIES INC — FIRM-FILL SCM 400

Alternate Floor Mat Materials — (Optional) — Floor mat material nom 3/4 in. (19 mm) thick loose laid over the subfloor. Floor topping thickness shall be a min of 1-1/2 in. (38 mm) HACKER INDUSTRIES INC — Type FIRM-FILL SCM 750

Alternate Floor Mat Materials — (Optional) — Floor mat material nom 5/64 in. (2 mm) thick adhered to subfloor with Hacker Floor Primer. Primer to be applied to the surface of the mat prior to the placement of floor-topping mixture. Floor topping thickness a min 1 in. over the floor mat. HACKER INDUSTRIES INC — Type Hacker Sound-Mat.(HSM1.02)

Alternate Floor Mat Materials — (Optional) — Floor mat material nom 1/4 in. (6 mm) thick adhered to subfloor with Hacker Floor Primer. Primer to be applied to the surface of the mat prior to the placement of a min 1-1/4 in. (32 mm) of floor-topping mixture. HACKER INDUSTRIES INC — Type Hacker Sound-Mat II. (HSM2.06)

Metal Lath — (Optional) — For use with 3/8 in. (10 mm) or greater floor mat materials, 3/8 in. expanded steel diamond mesh, 3.4 lbs/sq yd placed over the floor mat material. Hacker Floor Primer to be applied prior to the placement of the metal lath. When metal lath is used, floor topping thickness a nom 1-1/4 in. over the floor mat.

Finish Flooring — Floor Topping Mixture* — Min 3/4 in. thickness of floor topping mixture having a min compressive strength of 1100 psi. Mixture shall consist of 6.8 gal of water to 80 lbs of floor topping mixture to 1.9 cu ft of sand. HACKER INDUSTRIES INC — Firm-Fill Gypsum Concrete, Firm-Fill 2010, Firm-Fill 3310, Firm-Fill 4010, Firm-Fill High Strength, Gyp-Span Radiant

System No. 8

Subflooring — Nom 23/32 in. thick wood structural panels installed perpendicular to trusses with end joints staggered. Plywood panels secured to trusses with construction adhesive and No.6d ringed shank nails spaced 12 in. OC along each truss. Staples having equal or greater withdrawal and lateral resistance strength may be substituted for the 6d nails.

Vapor Barrier — (Optional) — Nom 0.030 in. thick commercial asphalt saturated felt. https://iq.ulprospector.com/en/profile?e=14322 5/10 10/27/2020 BXUV.L577 | UL Product iQ Finish Flooring — Floor Topping Mixture* — Min 3/4 in. thickness of floor topping mixture having a min compressive strength of 1000 psi. Refer to manufacturer's instructions accompanying the material for specific mix design. DEPENDABLE LLC — GSL M3.4, GSL K2.6, GSL-CSD or GSL RH

Floor Mat Materials* — (Optional) — Nom. 1/4 in. thick loose laid over the subfloor. Floor topping thickness shall be a minimum of 3/4 in. KEENE BUILDING PRODUCTS CO INC — Type Quiet Qurl 55/025 and Quiet Qurl 55/025 N

Alternate Floor Mat Materials* — (Optional) — Floor mat material Nom. 3/8 in. thick loose laid over the subfloor. Floor topping thickness shall be a minimum of 1 in. KEENE BUILDING PRODUCTS CO INC — Type Quiet Qurl 60/040 and Quiet Qurl 60/040 N

Alternate Floor Mat Materials* — (Optional) — Floor mat material Nom. 3/4 in. thick loose laid over the subfloor. Floor topping thickness shall be a minimum of 1-1/2 in. KEENE BUILDING PRODUCTS CO INC — Type Quiet Qurl 65/075, Quiet Qurl 65/075 N

Alternate Floor Mat Materials* — (Optional) — Floor mat material Nom. 1/8 in. thick loose laid over the subfloor. Floor topping thickness shall be a minimum of 3/4 in. KEENE BUILDING PRODUCTS CO INC — Type Quiet Qurl 52/013 and Quiet Qurl 52/013 N

Alternate Floor Mat Materials* — (Optional) — Floor mat material Nom. 1/4 in. entangled net core with a compressible fabric attached to the bottom loose laid over the subfloor. Floor topping thickness shall be a minimum of 1 in. KEENE BUILDING PRODUCTS CO INC — Quiet Qurl 55/025 MT and Quiet Qurl 55/025 N MT

System No. 9

Subflooring — Min 15/32 in. thick wood structural panels, min grade "Underlayment" or "Single-Floor". Face grain of plywood or strength axis of panel to be perpendicular to joists with joints staggered. Plywood panels secured to trusses with construction adhesive and No.6d ringed shank nails spaced 12 in. OC along each truss. Staples having equal or greater withdrawal and lateral resistance strength may be substituted for the 6d nails.

Wall and Partition Facings and Accessories* - Sound Barrier (Optional) — Acoustic Sleeper pads stapled to the top of the subfloor and centered over wood trusses. Acoustic Sleeper pads are to be spaced appropriately so that the finish floor panels are fastened through Acoustic Sleeper pads to the trusses. STC ARCHITECTURAL PRODUCTS L L C DBA STC SOUND CONTROL — Acoustic Sleeper

Finish Flooring — Nom 23/32 in. thick wood structural panels installed perpendicular to trusses with end joints staggered. Butt joints of panels have the option of being sealed with any UL Classified caulk or sealant found under - Fill, Void or Cavity Materials* (XHHW).

System No. 10

Subflooring — Nom 23/32 in. thick wood structural panels installed perpendicular to trusses with end joints staggered. Plywood or panels secured to trusses with construction adhesive and No. 6d ringed shank nails, spaced 12 in. OC along each truss. Staples having equal or greater withdrawal and lateral resistance strength may be substituted for the 6d nails. https://iq.ulprospector.com/en/profile?e=14322 6/10 10/27/2020 BXUV.L577 | UL Product iQ Finish Flooring - Floor Topping Mixture* — Min 1 in. thickness of floor topping mixture having a min compressive strength of 4500 psi. Refer to manufacturer's instructions accompanying the material for specific mix design. SIKA DEUTSCHLAND GMBH — Type SCHONOX AP Rapid Plus

System No. 11

Subflooring - Building Units* — Nom. 1-1/2 in. thick T & G laminated composite plywood sub-floor panels to be perpendicular to the trusses with end joints staggered 4 ft. End joints centered over top chord of trusses. Subfloor panels secured to trusses with construction adhesive and #8 by 3 in. wood screws spaced 12 in. OC in the field and 6 in. OC at the end joints. RSP INDUSTRIES INC — SAP board

System No. 12

Subflooring — Nom 23/32 in. thick wood structural panels installed perpendicular to trusses with end joints staggered. Plywood or panels secured to trusses with construction adhesive and No. 6d ringed shank nails, spaced 12 in. OC along each truss. Staples having equal or greater withdrawal and lateral resistance strength may be substituted for the 6d nails.

Vapor Barrier — (Optional) - Commercial asphalt saturated felt, 0.030 in. thick.

Vapor Barrier — (Optional) - Nom 0.010 in. thick commercial rosin-sized building paper.

Finish Flooring - Floor Topping Mixture* — Min 3/4 in. thickness of any Floor Topping Mixture bearing the UL Classification Marking as to Fire Resistance. See Floor- and Roof-Topping Mixtures (CCOX) category for names of Classified Companies.

Floor Mat Materials* — (Optional, Not Shown) - Floor mat material loose laid over the subfloor. Refer to manufacturer's instructions regarding the minimum thickness of floor topping over each floor mat material. LOW & BONAR INC — EnkaSonic® by Colbond a member of the Low & Bonar group Types 125, 250, 250 Plus, 400, 400 Plus, 750 and 750 Plus.

Floor Mat Reinforcement — (Optional) - Refer to manufacturer's instructions regarding minimum thickness of floor topping for use with floor mat reinforcement.

Metal Lath — (Optional) — Expanded steel diamond mesh, 2.5 lb / sq yd loose laid over floor mat material.

Fiberglass Mesh Reinforcement — (Optional) — Coated non-woven glass fiber mesh grid loose laid over floor mat material.

2. Trusses — Parallel chord trusses, spaced a max of 24 in. OC, fabricated from nom 2 by 4 lumber, with lumber oriented vertically or horizontally. Min truss depth is 12 in. Truss members secured together with min 0.0356 in. thick galv steel plates. Plates have 5/16 in. long teeth projecting perpendicular to the plane of the plate. The teeth are in pairs facing each other (made by the same punch), forming a split tooth type plate. Each tooth has a chisel point on its outside edge. These points are diagonally opposite each other for each pair. The top half of each tooth has a twist for stiffness. The pairs are repeated on approx. 7/8 in. centers with four rows of teeth per inch of plate width.

3. Gypsum Board* — Three layers of 5/8 in. thick by 4 ft wide gypsum board. Top layer boards installed with the long dimension perpendicular to trusses with end joints located under bottom of trusses. End joints in adjacent rows shall be staggered on adjacent trusses. Top layer boards secured to bottom chord of trusses with 1-5/8 in. long Type S bugle head screws, spaced max 8 in. OC. Screws located 1-1/2 to 2 in., and 3/4 in. from side and end joints, respectively. Bottom two layers of gypsum board installed perpendicular to furring channels with end joints centered on the furring channels. Middle layer boards secured to each furring channel with 1 or 1-1/4 in. long Type S-12 bugle head steel screws spaced max 8 in. OC. Screws located 1-1/2 to 2 in. and 5/8 to 3/4 in. from side and end joints, respectively. Face layer boards secured to each furring channel through the middle layer with 1-5/8 or 1-7/8 in. long Type S-12 bugle head steel screws, spaced a max of 8 in. OC. https://iq.ulprospector.com/en/profile?e=14322 7/10 10/27/2020 BXUV.L577 | UL Product iQ Screws located 1-1/2 to 2 in. and 5/8 to 3/4 in. from side and end joints, respectively. End joints and side joints of the face layer boards shall be staggered a min of 16 in. from the joints in the middle layer. If end joints of the face layer boards are not centered on the furring channels, the end of boards at the end joint shall be attached to the middle layer boards with 1-1/2 in. long Type G steel screws spaced 8 in. OC and located 1-1/2 in. from the end joint. When Steel Framing Members (Item 4A) are used - Three layers of 5/8 in. thick by 4 ft wide gypsum board installed with long dimension perpendicular to furring channels Item 4A. Top layer secured with 1 or 1-1/4 in. long Type S bugle head screws, spaced max 8 in. OC. Screws located 1- 1/2 to 2 in., and 3/4 in. from side and end joints, respectively. Middle layer boards secured to furring channels with 1-5/8 or 1- 7/8 in. long Type S-12 bugle head steel screws spaced max 8 in. OC. Screws located 1-1/2 to 2 in. and 5/8 to 3/4 in. from side and end joints, respectively. Face layer boards secured to each furring channels with 2-1/4 in. long Type S-12 bugle head steel screws, spaced a max of 8 in. OC. Screws located 1-1/2 to 2 in. and 5/8 to 3/4 in. from side and end joints, respectively. Butted end joints shall be staggered minimum 2 ft. within the assembly. Additional furring channels constructed as per Item 4A shall be used to support each end of each gypsum board. These additional furring channels shall be attached to underside of the truss with Genie clips as described in Item 4A. Screw spacing along the gypsum board butt joint shall be 8 in. OC. Butted side joints shall be offset min 16 in. When Steel Framing Members (Item 4B) are used, three layers of nom 5/8 in. thick, 4 ft wide gypsum board is installed with long dimensions perpendicular to furring channels (item 4B). Top layer secured to furring channels with nom 1 in. long Type S bugle-head steel screws spaced 8 in. OC in the field of the board. Screws located 1-1/2 to 2 in., and 3/4 in. from side and end joints, respectively. Middle layer boards secured to furring channels with 1-5/8 or 1-7/8 in. long Type S-12 bugle head steel screws spaced max 8 in. OC. Screws located 1-1/2 to 2 in. and 5/8 to 3/4 in. from side and end joints, respectively. Face layer boards secured to each furring channels with 2-1/4 in. long Type S-12 bugle head steel screws, spaced a max of 8 in. OC. Screws located 1-1/2 to 2 in. and 5/8 to 3/4 in. from side and end joints, respectively. Gypsum board butted end joints shall be staggered minimum 48 in. and centered over main furring channels. At the gypsum board butt joints, each end of each gypsum board shall be supported by a single length of furring channel equal to the width of the gypsum board plus 3 in. on each end. The two support furring channels shall be spaced approximately 3 in. in from joint. Screw spacing along the gypsum board butt joint and along both additional channels shall be 8 in. OC. Additional screws shall be placed in the adjacent section of gypsum board into the aforementioned 3 in. extension of the extra butt joint channels as well as into the main channel that runs between. Butt joint furring channels shall be attached with one RESILMOUNT Sound Isolation Clip at each end of the channel. When Steel Framing Members (Item 4C) are used, three layers of nom 5/8 in. thick, 4 ft wide gypsum board is installed with long dimensions perpendicular to furring channels (item 4C). Top layer secured to furring channels with nom 1 in. long Type S bugle-head steel screws spaced 8 in. OC in the field of the board. Screws located 1-1/2 to 2 in., and 3/4 in. from side and end joints, respectively. Middle layer boards secured to furring channels with 1-5/8 or 1-7/8 in. long Type S-12 bugle head steel screws spaced max 8 in. OC. Screws located 1-1/2 to 2 in. and 5/8 to 3/4 in. from side and end joints, respectively. Face layer boards secured to each furring channels with 2- 1/4 in. long Type S-12 bugle head steel screws, spaced a max of 8 in. OC. Screws located 1-1/2 to 2 in. and 5/8 to 3/4 in. from side and end joints, respectively. Gypsum board butted end joints shall be staggered minimum 48 in. and centered over main furring channels. At the gypsum board butt joints, an additional single length of furring channel shall be installed and be spaced approximately 3 in. from the butt joint (6 in. from the continuous furring channels) to support the floating end of the gypsum board. Each of these shorter sections of furring channel shall extend one truss beyond the width of the gypsum panel and be attached to the adjacent trusses with one SonusClip at every truss involved with the butt joint.

CGC INC — Types C, IP-X2, IPC-AR, ULIX

UNITED STATES GYPSUM CO — Types C, IP-X2, IPC-AR, ULIX

USG BORAL DRYWALL SFZ LLC — Type C

USG MEXICO S A DE C V — Types C, IP-X2, IPC-AR

4. Furring Channels — Resilient channels, 1/2 in. deep, or inverted hat type furring channels, 7/8 in. deep, formed from 0.019 in. thick galv steel, spaced 12 in. OC perpendicular to trusses. Channels secured to each truss with 1-7/8 in. long Type S steel screws.

4A. Steel Framing Members* — (Not Shown) — As an alternate to Item 4. a. Furring Channels — Formed of No. 25 MSG galv steel, 2-3/8 in. wide by 7/8 in. deep, spaced 12 in. OC perpendicular to wood structural members. Channels secured to trusses as described in Item b. Ends of adjoining channels overlapped 6 in. and tied together with double strand of No. 18 AWG galv steel wire near each end of overlap. https://iq.ulprospector.com/en/profile?e=14322 8/10 10/27/2020 BXUV.L577 | UL Product iQ b. Steel Framing Members* — Used to attach furring channels (Item a) to the trusses (Item 2). Clips spaced at 48" OC and secured to the bottom of the trusses with one 2-1/2 in. Coarse Drywall Screw with 1 in. diam washer through the center hole. Furring channels are then friction fitted into clips. As an alternate, ends of channels are overlapped 6" and tied together with double strand of No. 18 AWG galvanized steel wire. Additional clips are required to hold the Gypsum Butt joints as described in item 3. PLITEQ INC — Type GENIECLIP

4B. Steel Framing Members* — (Not Shown) — As an alternate to Item 4. a. Furring Channels — Formed of No. 25 MSG galv steel, 2-5/8 in. wide by 7/8 in deep, spaced 12 in OC, perpendicular to wood structural members. Channels secured to trusses as described in Item b. Ends of adjoining channels overlapped 6 in. and tied together with double strand of No. 18 AWG galv steel wire near each end of overlap.

b. Steel Framing Members* — Used to attach furring channels (Item a) to the trusses (Item 2). Clips spaced at 24" OC and secured to the bottom of the trusses with one No. 10 x 2-1/2 Coarse Drywall Screw through the center hole. Furring channels are then friction fitted into clips. As an alternate, ends of channels are overlapped 6" and screwed with four No. 8 x 1/2 Self Drilling screws (2 per side 1 in. and 4 in. from overlap edge). Additional clips are required to hold the Gypsum Butt joints as described in item 3. STUDCO BUILDING SYSTEMS — RESILMOUNT Sound Isolation Clips - Type A237R

4C. Steel Framing Members — (Not Shown) — As an alternate to Item 4. a. Furring Channels — Formed of No. 25 MSG galv steel, 2-1/2 in. wide by 7/8 in deep, spaced 12 in OC, perpendicular to wood structural members. Channels secured to trusses as described in Item b. Ends of adjoining channels overlapped 6 in. and tied together with double strand of No. 18 AWG galv steel wire near each end of overlap.

b. Steel Framing Members* — Used to attach furring channels (Item a) to the trusses (Item 2). Clips spaced at 24" OC and secured to the bottom of the trusses with one No. 10 x 2-1/2 Coarse Drywall Screw through the center hole. Furring channels are then friction fitted into clips. As an alternate, ends of channels are overlapped 6" and screwed with four No. 8 x 1/2 Self Drilling screws (2 per side 1 in. and 4 in. from overlap edge). Additional clips are required to hold the Gypsum Butt joints as described in item 3. REGUPOL AMERICA — Type SonusClip

4D. Steel Framing Members* — (Optional - Not Shown) — Used to attach resilient channels (Item 4) to trusses (Item 2). Clips spaced 48 in. OC and secured to trusses with one No. 8 x 2-1/2 in. coarse drywall screw through center grommet hole. Channels secured to clips with one #10 x 1/2 in. pan-head self-drilling screw. Ends of adjoining channels overlapped 6 in. and secured together with two #8 15 x 1/2 in. Philips Modified screws spaced 2-1/2 in. from the center of the overlap. Gypsum board butt joints require additional resilient channels spaced 1-1/2 in. from the butt joint on either side. One edge of the extra channels will extend to an adjacent truss where it is secured with a clip. KEENE BUILDING PRODUCTS CO INC — Type RC+ Assurance Clip

5. Batts and Blankets* — Any glass fiber or mineral wool insulation bearing the UL Classification Marking as to Surface Burning Characteristics and/or Fire Resistance. Insulation secured against the subflooring, held suspended in the concealed space or draped over the resilient channels (or furring channels) and gypsum panel membrane. There is no limit in the overall thickness of insulation.

5A. Loose Fill Material* — As an alternate to Item 5, any loose fill material bearing the UL Classification Marking for Surface Burning Characteristics. There is no limit in the overall thickness of insulation.

https://iq.ulprospector.com/en/profile?e=14322 9/10 10/27/2020 BXUV.L577 | UL Product iQ 6. Finishing System — (Not Shown) — Vinyl, dry or premixed joint compound, applied in two coats to joints and screw-heads. Nom 2 in. wide paper tape embedded in first layer of compound over all joints. As an alternate, nom 3/32 in. thick veneer plaster may be applied to the entire surface of gypsum board.

* Indicates such products shall bear the UL or cUL Certification Mark for jurisdictions employing the UL or cUL Certification (such as Canada), respectively.

Last Updated on 2020-07-01

The appearance of a company's name or product in this database does not in itself assure that products so identified have been manufactured under UL's Follow-Up Service. Only those products bearing the UL Mark should be considered to be Certified and covered under UL's Follow-Up Service. Always look for the Mark on the product.

UL permits the reproduction of the material contained in the Online Certification Directory subject to the following conditions: 1. The Guide Information, Assemblies, Constructions, Designs, Systems, and/or Certifications (files) must be presented in their entirety and in a non-misleading manner, without any manipulation of the data (or drawings). 2. The statement "Reprinted from the Online Certifications Directory with permission from UL" must appear adjacent to the extracted material. In addition, the reprinted material must include a copyright notice in the following format: "© 2020 UL LLC"

https://iq.ulprospector.com/en/profile?e=14322 10/10 10/27/2020 BXUV.P522 | UL Product iQ

BXUV.P522

Design/System/Construction/Assembly Usage Disclaimer

Authorities Having Jurisdiction should be consulted in all cases as to the particular requirements covering the installation and use of UL Certified products, equipment, system, devices, and materials. Authorities Having Jurisdiction should be consulted before construction. Fire resistance assemblies and products are developed by the design submitter and have been investigated by UL for compliance with applicable requirements. The published information cannot always address every construction nuance encountered in the field. When field issues arise, it is recommended the first contact for assistance be the technical service staff provided by the product manufacturer noted for the design. Users of fire resistance assemblies are advised to consult the general Guide Information for each product category and each group of assemblies. The Guide Information includes specifics concerning alternate materials and alternate methods of construction. Only products which bear UL's Mark are considered Certified.

BXUV - Fire Resistance Ratings - ANSI/UL 263 Certified for United States BXUV7 - Fire Resistance Ratings - CAN/ULC-S101 Certified for Canada See General Information for Fire-resistance Ratings - ANSI/UL 263 Certified for United States Design Criteria and Allowable Variances

See General Information for Fire Resistance Ratings - CAN/ULC-S101 Certified for Canada Design Criteria and Allowable Variances Design No. P522

May 05, 2020 Unrestrained Assembly Rating — 1 Hr Finish Rating — 25 Min (See Items 3 or 3A ) This design was evaluated using a load design method other than the Limit States Design Method (e.g., Working Stress Design Method). For jurisdictions employing the Limit States Design Method, such as Canada, a load restriction factor shall be used — See Guide BXUV or BXUV7

* Indicates such products shall bear the UL or cUL Certification Mark for jurisdictions employing the UL or cUL Certification (such as Canada), respectively.

https://iq.ulprospector.com/en/profile?e=14619 1/11 10/27/2020 BXUV.P522 | UL Product iQ

1. Roofing System* — Any UL Class A, B or C Roofing System (TGFU) or Prepared Roof Covering (TFWZ) acceptable for use over nom 15/32 in. thick wood structural panels, min. grade "C-D" or "Sheathing". Nom 15/32 in. thick wood structural panels secured to trusses with No. 6d ringed shank nails spaced 12 in. OC along each truss. Staples having equal or greater withdrawal and lateral resistance strength may be substituted for the 6d nails. Construction adhesive may be used with either the nails or staples.

https://iq.ulprospector.com/en/profile?e=14619 2/11 10/27/2020 BXUV.P522 | UL Product iQ 2. Trusses — Pitched or parallel chord wood trusses, spaced a max of 24 in. OC, fabricated from nom 2 by 4 lumber, with lumber oriented vertically or horizontally. Truss members secured together with min. 0.0356 in. thick galv steel plates. Plates have 5/16 in. long teeth projecting perpendicular to the plane of the plate. The teeth are in pairs facing each other (made by the same punch), forming a split tooth type plate. Each tooth has a chisel point on its outside edge. These points are diagonally opposite each other for each pair. The top half of each tooth has a twist for stiffness. The pairs are repeated on approximately 7/8 in. centers with four rows of teeth per inch of plate width. Where the truss intersects with the interior face of the exterior walls, the min truss depth shall be 5-1/4 in. with a min roof slope of 3/12 and a min. area in the plane of the truss of 21 sq/ft. Where the truss intersects with the interior face of the exterior walls, the min truss depth may be reduced to 3 in. if the batts and blankets ( Item 3) are used as shown in the above illustration (Alternate Insulation Placement) and are firmly packed against the intersection of the bottom chords and the plywood sheathing.

3. Batts and Blankets* — (Optional) — Required when Item 6B is used — Glass fiber insulation, secured to the wood structural panels with staples spaced 12 in. OC or to the trusses with 0.090 in. diam galv steel wires spaced 12 in. OC. Any glass fiber insulation bearing the UL Classification Marking as to Surface Burning Characteristics and/or Fire Resistance, having a min density of 0.5 pcf. As an option, the insulation may be fitted in the concealed space, draped over the resilient channel/gypsum board ceiling membrane when resilient channels and gypsum board attachment is modified as specified in Items 6 and 7. When Steel Framing Members (Item 6B) are used, max 3-1/2 in. thick insulation shall be draped over the furring channels (Item 6Ba) and gypsum board ceiling membrane, and friction-fitted between trusses and Steel Framing Members (Item 6Bd). The finished rating has only been determined when the insulation is secured to the decking.

3A. Fiber, Sprayed* — As an alternate to Item 3 (not evaluated for use with Item 6B) — Any thickness of spray-applied cellulose insulation material, having a min density of 0.5 lb/ft3, applied with water, over the resilient channel/gypsum board ceiling membrane when resilient channels and gypsum board attachment is modified as specified in Items 6 and 7. Fiber, Sprayed is applied with moisture in accordance with the application instructions supplied with the product. The finish rating when Fiber Sprayed is used has not been determined. Alternate application method: The fiber is applied without water or adhesive in accordance with the application instructions supplied with a minimum density of 0.5 lb/ft3 over the resilient channel/gypsum board ceiling membrane when resilient channels and gypsum board attachment is modified as specified in Items 6 and 7. Alternate application method: The fiber is applied without water or adhesive to a nominal density of 3.5 lb/ft3 behind netting (Item 9) stapled to the rafters. The netting is stapled at both lower edges of the rafters creating a cavity to accept the cellulose fiber. U S GREENFIBER L L C — INS735, INS745, INS750LD, and SANCTUARY for use with wet or dry application. INS510LD, INS515LD, INS541LD, INS735, INS765LD, and INS773LD are to be used for dry application only.

3B. Foamed Plastic* — (As an alternate to Item 3 or 3A, Not Shown) — Spray foam insulation applied directly to the underside of the underside of the roofing system (Item 1). Spray foam insulation installed to a maximum thickness of 10 in. at a nominal 0.5 lb/ft3 density, while maintaining a minimum 8-1/2 in. clearance between the spray foam insulation and the gypsum board (Item 7). When spray foam insulation is used, resilient channels (Item 6) shall be installed maximum 12 in. OC, with channels adjacent to butt joints of gypsum board (Item 7) installed at 6 in. OC to allow for maximum 3 in. spacing off ends of the gypsum board joints. Gypsum board (Item 7) to be installed using 1-1/4 in. long Type S screws, spaced maximum 8 in. OC, and butted end joints shall be staggered min. 2 ft within the assembly, and occur midway between the continuous furring channels. If used with a fire damper (Items 5 through 5K) in the concealed space, minimum 1 in. clearance to be maintained between damper housing and spray foam insulation. Not evaluated for use with Items 6A through 6F. SES FOAM INC — Sucraseal

3C. Cavity Insulation - Batts and Blankets* or Fiber, Sprayed* — (As described above) in Items 3 and 3A — (For Use with Item 7B, Not Shown) — Min. 3-1/2 in thick with no limit on maximum thickness fitted in the concealed space, draped over the resilient channel (Item 6G)/gypsum board (Item 7B) ceiling membrane.

3D. Foamed Plastic* — (As alternate to Item 3, 3A, or 3B, Not Shown) — Spray foam insulation applied directly to the underside of the roofing system (Item 1). Spray foam insulation installed to a maximum thickness of 10 in. at a nominal 0.5 lb/ft3 or 2.0 lb/ft3 density, depending on the product installed. When spray foam insulation is installed, resilient channels (Item 6) shall be installed maximum 12 in. OC, with channels adjacent to butt joints of gypsum board (Item 7) spaced maximum 3 in. away from gypsum butt joints. Gypsum board (Item 7) to be installed using minimum 1-1/4 in. long Type S screws, spaced https://iq.ulprospector.com/en/profile?e=14619 3/11 10/27/2020 BXUV.P522 | UL Product iQ maximum 8 in. OC, and butted end joints shall be staggered min. 2 ft within the assembly, and occur midway between the continuous furring channels. If used with a fire damper (Items 5 through 5H) in the concealed space, minimum 1 in. clearance to be maintained between damper housing and spray foam insulation. Not evaluated for use with Items 6A through 6F. BASF CORP — Enertite® NM, Enertite® G, FE178®, Spraytite® 178, Spraytite® 81206, Walltite® 200, Walltite® US, Walltite® US-N, and Walltite® HP+

3E. Foamed Plastic* — (As an alternate to Item 3, 3A, 3B, 3C, or 3D, Not Shown) — Spray foam insulation applied directly to the underside of the underside of the roofing system (Item 1). Spray foam insulation installed to a maximum thickness of 17 in. at a nominal 0.5 lb/ft3 density, while maintaining a minimum 1-1/2 in. clearance between the spray foam insulation and the gypsum board (Item 7). When spray foam insulation is used, resilient channels (Item 6) shall be installed maximum 12 in. OC, with channels adjacent to butt joints of gypsum board (Item 7) installed at 6 in. OC to allow for maximum 3 in. spacing off ends of the gypsum board joints. Gypsum board (Item 7) to be installed using 1-1/4 in. long Type S screws, spaced maximum 8 in. OC, and butted end joints shall be staggered min. 2 ft within the assembly, and occur midway between the continuous furring channels. If used with a fire damper (Items 5 through 5K) in the concealed space, no clearance is necessary between damper housing and spray foam insulation. Not evaluated for use with Items 6A through 6F. SES FOAM INC — EasySeal.5

3F. Foamed Plastic* — (As alternate to Item 3 - not to be used in combination with any alternates to item 3) — Spray foam insulation applied directly to the underside of the roofing system (Item 1). Spray foam insulation installed to a maximum thickness of 11 in. at a nominal 1.0 lb/ft3 - 2.5 lb/ft3 density, while maintaining a minimum 7 in. clearance between the spray foam insulation and the gypsum board (Item 7). When spray foam insulation is installed, resilient channels (Item 6) shall be installed maximum 12 in. OC, with channels adjacent to butt joints of gypsum board spaced maximum 3 in. away from gypsum butt joints. Gypsum board to be installed using minimum 1-1/4 in. long Type S screws, spaced maximum 8 in. OC, and butted end joints shall be staggered min. 2 ft within the assembly, and occur midway between the continuous furring channels. If used with a fire damper (Items 5 through 5K) in the concealed space, no clearance is necessary between damper housing and spray foam insulation. Only for use with item 6 not evaluated for use with alternates to item 6. CARLISLE SPRAY FOAM INSULATION — SealTite Pro Closed Cell (CC), SealTite Pro Open Cell (OC), SealTite Pro OCX, SealTite Pro No Trim, and SealTite Pro One Zero.

4. Air Duct* — Any UL Class 0 or Class 1 flexible air duct installed in accordance with the instructions provided by the damper manufacturer.

5. Ceiling Damper* — Max nom area, 324 sq in. Max square size, 18 in. by 18 in. rectangular sizes not to exceed 324 sq in. with a max width of 18 in. Max damper height is 14 in. Installed in accordance with manufacturers installation instructions provided with the damper. Max damper openings not to exceed 162 sq in. per 100 sq ft of ceiling area. C&S AIR PRODUCTS — Model RD-521

POTTORFF — Model CFD-521

5A. Alternate Ceiling Damper* — Max nom area, 196 sq in. Max square size, 14 in. by 14 in. Rectangular sizes not to exceed 196 sq in. with a max width of 26 in. Max overall damper height is 7 in. Installed in accordance with the manufacturers installation instructions provided with the damper. Max damper openings not to exceed 98 sq in. per 100 sq ft of ceiling area. C&S AIR PRODUCTS — Model RD-521-BT

POTTORFF — Model CFD-521-BT.

5B. Alternate Ceiling Damper* — Max nom area shall be 256 sq in. with the length not to exceed 24 in. and the width not to exceed 20 in. Max height of damper shall be 17 in. Aggregate damper openings shall not exceed 128 sq in. per 100 sq ft of https://iq.ulprospector.com/en/profile?e=14619 4/11 10/27/2020 BXUV.P522 | UL Product iQ ceiling area. Damper installed in accordance with the manufacturers installation instructions provided with the damper. A steel grille shall be installed in accordance with installation instructions. C&S AIR PRODUCTS — Model RD-521-IP, RD-521-NP

POTTORFF — Models CFD-521-IP, CFD-521-NP

5C. Alternate Ceiling Damper* — Ceiling damper & fan assembly. Max nom area shall be 75 sq in. with the length not to exceed 8-9/16 in. and the width not to exceed 8-3/4 in. Max height of damper shall be 9-7/8 in. Aggregate damper openings shall not exceed 38 sq in. per 100 sq ft of ceiling area. Damper shall be installed in combination with one of the fan models described in, and in accordance with, the manufacturers installation instructions provided with the damper. A plastic grille shall be installed in accordance with installation instructions. DELTA ELECTRONICS INC — Models CRD2, GBR-CRD, ITG-CRD

5D. Alternate Ceiling Damper* — Ceiling damper & fan assembly for use with min 18 in. deep trusses. Max nom area shall be 75 sq in. with the length not to exceed 9-1/4 in. and the width not to exceed 9-3/4 in. Max height of damper shall be 9-7/8 in. Aggregate damper openings shall not exceed 45 sq in. per 100 sq ft of ceiling area. Damper shall be installed in combination with one of the fan models described in, and in accordance with, the manufacturer's installation instructions provided with the damper. A plastic grille shall be installed in accordance with installation instructions. DELTA ELECTRONICS INC — Model SIG-CRD

5E. Alternate Ceiling Damper* — For use with min 18 in. deep trusses. Max nom area shall be 144 sq in. with the length not to exceed 14 in. and the width not to exceed 12 in. Max height of damper shall be 17-7/8 in. Aggregate damper openings shall not exceed 74 sq in. per 100 sq ft of ceiling area. Damper installed in accordance with the manufacturers installation instructions provided with the damper. A steel grille shall be installed in accordance with installation instructions. C&S AIR PRODUCTS — Model RD-521-90, RD-521-NP90

POTTORFF — Models CFD-521-90, CFD-521-90NP

5F. Alternate Ceiling Damper* — Ceiling damper & fan assembly for use with min 18 in. deep trusses. Max nom area shall be 131 sq in. with the length not to exceed 11-1/16 in. and the width not to exceed 11-7/8 in. Aggregate damper openings shall not exceed 66 sq in. per 100 sq ft of ceiling area. Damper shall be installed in combination with one of the fan models described in, and in accordance with, the manufacturer's installation instructions provided with the damper. A plastic grille shall be installed in accordance with installation instructions. DELTA ELECTRONICS INC — Model SMT-CRD

5G. Alternate Ceiling Damper* — Ceiling damper & fan assembly for use with min 18 in. deep trusses. Max nom area shall be 103 sq in. with the length not to exceed 10-1/8 in. and the width not to exceed 10-1/8 in. Aggregate damper openings shall not exceed 52 sq in. per 100 sq ft of ceiling area. Damper shall be installed in combination with one of the fan models described in, and in accordance with, the manufacturer's installation instructions provided with the damper. A plastic grille shall be installed in accordance with installation instructions. PANASONIC CORPORATION, PANASONIC CORPORATION OF NORTH AMERICA — Model PC-RD05C5

5H. Alternate Ceiling Damper* — Ceiling damper & fan assembly for use with min 18 in. deep trusses. Max nom area shall be 113 sq in. with the length not to exceed 10-1/8 in. and the width not to exceed 11-1/8 in. Aggregate damper openings shall not exceed 57 sq in. per 100 sq ft of ceiling area. Damper shall be installed in combination with one of the fan models

https://iq.ulprospector.com/en/profile?e=14619 5/11 10/27/2020 BXUV.P522 | UL Product iQ described in, and in accordance with, the manufacturer's installation instructions provided with the damper. A plastic grille shall be installed in accordance with installation instructions. BROAN-NUTONE L L C — Model RDFUWT

5I. Alternate Ceiling Damper* — Ceiling damper & fan assembly for use with min 18 in. deep trusses. Max nom area shall be 79 sq in. with the length not to exceed 10 in. and the width not to exceed 7-15/16 in. Aggregate damper openings shall not exceed 40 sq in. per 100 sq ft of ceiling area. Damper shall be installed in combination with one of the fan models described in, and in accordance with, the manufacturer's installation instructions provided with the damper. A metallic grille shall be installed in accordance with installation instructions. BROAN-NUTONE L L C — Models RDJ1 and RDH

5J. Alternate Ceiling Damper* — Ceiling damper & fan assembly for use with min 18 in. deep trusses. Max nom area shall be 87 sq in. with the length not to exceed 9 in. and the width not to exceed 9-11/16 in. Aggregate damper openings shall not exceed 44 sq in. per 100 sq ft of ceiling area. Damper shall be installed in combination with one of the fan models described in, and in accordance with, the manufacturer's installation instructions provided with the damper. A plastic grille shall be installed in accordance with installation instructions. BROAN-NUTONE L L C — Model RDMWT

5K. Alternate Ceiling Damper* — Ceiling damper & fan assembly for use with min 18 in. deep trusses. Max nom area shall be 87 sq in. with the length not to exceed 9 in. and the width not to exceed 9-11/16 in. Aggregate damper openings shall not exceed 44 sq in. per 100 sq ft of ceiling area. Damper shall be installed in combination with one of the fan models described in, and in accordance with, the manufacturer's installation instructions provided with the damper. A plastic grille shall be installed in accordance with installation instructions. BROAN-NUTONE L L C — Model RDMWT2

6. Furring Channels — Resilient channels formed of 25 MSG thick galv steel. Installed perpendicular to the trusses (Item 2), spaced a max of 16 in. OC when no insulation (Item 3 or 3A) is fitted in the concealed spaced, or a max of 12 in. OC when insulation (Item 3 or 3A) is fitted in the concealed space, draped over the resilient channel/gypsum board ceiling membrane, or when insulation (Item 3B, 3D or 3E) is applied to the underside of the roofing system (Item 1). Two courses of resilient channel positioned 6 in. OC at wallboard butt-joints (3 in. from each end of wallboard). Channels oriented opposite at wallboard butt-joints. Channel splices overlapped 4 in. beneath wood trusses. Channels secured to each truss with 1-1/4 in. long Type S screws.

6A. Steel Framing Members* — (Not Shown) — As an alternate to Item 6, furring channels and Steel Framing Members as described below: a. Furring Channels — Formed of No. 25 MSG galv steel. 2-9/16 in. or 2-23/32 in. wide by 7/8 in. deep, spaced 16 in. OC perpendicular to trusses when no insulation (Items 3 or 3A) is fitted in the concealed space or 12 in. OC when insulation (Items 3 or 3A) is fitted in the concealed space, draped over the furring channel/gypsum board ceiling membrane or 24 in. OC when insulation (Items 3 or 3A) is fitted in the concealed space, draped over the furring channel/gypsum board ceiling membrane and a second layer of gypsum board is attached as described in Item 7 for steel framing members. Channels secured to trusses as described in Item 6Ab. Ends of adjoining channels overlapped 6 in. and tied together with double strand of No. 18 SWG galv steel wire near each end of overlap.

b. Steel Framing Members — Used to attach furring channels (Item a) to trusses (Item 2). Clips spaced 48 in. OC. RSIC-1 and RSIC-1 (2.75) clips secured to alternating trusses with No. 8 by 2-1/2 in. coarse drywall screw through the center grommet. RSIC-V and RSIC-V (2.75) clips secured to alternating trusses with No. 8 by 1-1/2 in. coarse drywall screw through the center hole. Furring channels are friction fitted into clips. RSIC-1 and RSIC-V clips for use with 2-9/16 in. wide furring channels. RSIC-1 (2.75) and RSIC-V (2.75) clips for use with 2-23/32 in. wide furring channels. Adjoining channels are overlapped as described in Item 6Aa. As an alternate, ends of adjoining channels may be overlapped 6 in. and secured together with two self-tapping No. 6 framing screws, min. 7/16 in. long at the midpoint of the overlap, https://iq.ulprospector.com/en/profile?e=14619 6/11 10/27/2020 BXUV.P522 | UL Product iQ with one screw on each flange of the channel. Additional clips required to hold furring channel that supports the gypsum board butt joints, as described in Item 7. PAC INTERNATIONAL L L C — Types RSIC-1, RSIC-V, RSIC-1 (2.75), RSIC-V (2.75).

6B. Steel Framing Members* — (Not Shown) — As an alternate to Items 6 and 6A. a. Furring Channels — Hat-shaped furring channels, 7/8 in. deep by 2-5/8 in. wide at the base and 1-1/4 in. wide at the face, formed from No. 25 ga. galv steel, spaced max 16 in. OC perpendicular to trusses and Cold Rolled Channels (Item 6Bb). Furring channels secured to Cold Rolled Channels at every intersection with a 1/2 in. pan head self-drilling screw through each furring channel leg. Ends of adjoining channels overlapped 4 in. and tied together with two double strand No. 18 SWG galv steel wire ties, one at each end of overlap. Supplemental furring channels at base layer and outer layer gypsum board butt joints are not required. Batts and Blankets draped over furring channels as described in Item 3. Two layers of gypsum board attached to furring channels as described in Item 7.

b. Cold Rolled Channels — 1-1/2 in. by 1/2 in., formed from No. 16 ga. galv steel, positioned vertically and parallel to trusses, friction-fitted into the channel caddy on the Steel Framing Members (Item 6Bd). Adjoining lengths of cold rolled channels lapped min. 6 in. and wire-tied together with two double strand 18 SWG galv steel wire ties, one at each end of overlap.

c. Blocking — Where truss design does not permit direct, full contact of the hanger bracket, a piece of nominal 2 by 4 in. lumber (blocking), min. 6 in. long to permit full contact of the hanger bracket, to be secured vertically to the side of the truss (Item 2) at the top and bottom of the blocking at each Steel Framing Member (Item 6Bd) location.

d. Steel Framing Members* — Hangers spaced 48 in. OC. max along truss, and secured to the Blocking (Item 6Bc) on alternating trusses with a single 5/16 in. by 2 in. hex head lag bolt or four #6 1-1/4 in. drywall screws through mounting hole(s) on the hanger bracket. The two 1/4 in. long steel teeth on the hanger are embedded in the side of the blocking. Hanger positioned on blocking and leveling bolt height adjusted such that furring channels are flush with bottom of trusses before gypsum board installation. Spring gauge of hanger chosen per manufacturer's instructions. KINETICS NOISE CONTROL INC — Type ICW.

6C. Steel Framing Members* — (Not Shown) — As an alternate to Items 6, 6A and 6B. a. Furring Channels — Formed of No. 25 MSG galv steel, 2-3/8 in. wide by 7/8 in. deep installed perpendicular to wood structural members. Channels spaced a max of 16 in. OC when no insulation (Item 3 or 3A) is fitted in the concealed space or a max of 12 in. OC when insulation (Item 3 or 3A) is fitted in the concealed space. Channels secured to trusses as described in Item 6Cb. Ends of adjoining channels overlapped 6 in. and tied together with double strand of No. 18 AWG galvanized steel wire near each end of overlap.

b. Steel Framing Members* — Used to attach furring channels (Item 6Ca) to trusses (Item 2). Clips secured to the bottom chord of each truss (24 in. OC) with one No. 8 by 2-1/2 in. long coarse drywall screw through center grommet. Furring channels are friction fitted into clips. Adjoining channels are overlapped as described in Item 6Ca. As an alternate, ends of adjoining channels may be overlapped 6 in. and secured together with two self-tapping No. 6 framing screws, min 7/16 in. long at the midpoint of the overlap, with one screw on each flange of the channel. Additional clips required to hold furring channel that supports the gypsum board butt joints, as described in Item 7. PLITEQ INC — Type Genie Clip

6D. Steel Framing Members* — (Not Shown) — As an alternate to Items 6, 6A, 6B and 6C. a. Main runners — Installed perpendicular to trusses — Nom 10 or 12 ft long, 15/16 in. or 1-1/2 in. wide face, spaced 4 ft OC. Main runners hung a min of 2 in. from bottom chord of trusses with 12 SWG galv steel wire. Wires located a max of 48 in. OC.

b. Cross tees or channels — Nom 4 ft long, 15/16 in. or 1-1/2 in. wide face or cross channels, nom 4 ft long, 1-1/2 wide face, installed perpendicular to the main runners, spaced 16 in. OC. Additional cross tees or channels used at 8 in. https://iq.ulprospector.com/en/profile?e=14619 7/11 10/27/2020 BXUV.P522 | UL Product iQ from each side of butted gypsum board end joints. The cross tees or channels may be riveted or screw-attached to the wall angle or channel to facilitate the ceiling installation.

c. Wall angles or channels — Used to support steel framing member ends and for screw-attachment of the gypsum wallboard — Min 0.016 in. thick painted or galvanized steel angle with 1 in. legs or min. 0.016 in. thick painted or galvanized steel channel with a 1 by 1-1/2 by 1 in. profile, attached to walls at perimeter of ceiling with fasteners 16 in. OC. CGC INC — Type DGL or RX

USG INTERIORS LLC — Type DGL or RX

6E. Alternate Steel Framing Members* — (Not Shown) — As an alternate to items 6, 6A, 6B, and 6C, furring channels and Steel Framing Members as described below. a. Furring Channels — Formed of No. 25 MSG galv steel, 2-5/8 in. wide by 7/8 in deep, spaced 16 in OC, perpendicular to trusses. When insulation, Items 3 or 3A is used, the furring channel spacing shall be reduced to 12 in. OC. Channels secured to joists as described in Item b.

b. Steel Framing Members* — Used to attach furring channels (Item a) to the wood trusses (Item 2). Clips spaced at 48" OC and secured to the bottom of the trusses with one 2 in. Coarse Drywall Screw with 1 in. diam washer through the center hole. Furring channels are then friction fitted into clips. Ends of channels are overlapped 6" and tied together with double strand of No. 18 AWG galvanized steel wire. Additional clips are required to hold the Gypsum Butt joints as described in Item 7. STUDCO BUILDING SYSTEMS — RESILMOUNT Sound Isolation Clips - Type A237 or A237R

6F. Steel Framing Members* — (Not Shown) — As an alternate to Items 6 through 6E- Not for use with Items 3 or 3A. Main runners nom 12 ft long, spaced 72 in. OC. Main runners suspended by min 12 SWG galv steel hanger wires spaced 48 in. OC. Cross tees, nom 6 ft long, installed perpendicular to main runners and spaced 24 in. OC. Additional 6 ft long cross tees required at each gypsum board end joint with butted gypsum board end joints centered between cross tees spaced 8 in. OC. The main runners and cross tees may be riveted or screw attached to the wall angle or channel to facilitate the ceiling installation. USG INTERIORS LLC — Type DGL or RX

6G. Resilient Channels — For Use With Item 7B - Formed from min 25 MSG galv steel installed perpendicular to trusses and spaced 16 in. OC. Channels secured to each truss with 1-5/8 in. long Type S bugle head steel screws. Channels overlapped 4 in. at splices. Two channels, spaced 6 in. OC, oriented opposite each gypsum panel end joint. Additional channels shall extend min 6 in. beyond each side edge of panel. Insulation, Item 3C is applied over the resilient channel/gypsum panel ceiling membrane.

6H. Alternate Steel Framing Members* — (Not Shown) — As an alternate to items 6 through 6G, furring channels and Steel Framing Members as described below. a. Furring Channels — Formed of No. 25 MSG galv steel, 2-1/2 in. wide by 7/8 in deep, spaced 16 in OC, perpendicular to trusses. When insulation, Items 3 or 3A is used, the furring channel spacing shall be reduced to 12 in. OC. Channels secured to joists as described in Item b.

b. Steel Framing Members* — Used to attach furring channels (Item a) to the wood trusses (Item 2). Clips spaced at 48" OC and secured to the bottom of the trusses with one 2-1/2 in. Coarse Drywall Screw with 1 in. diam washer through the center hole. Furring channels are then friction fitted into clips. Ends of channels are overlapped 6" and tied together with double strand of No. 18 AWG galvanized steel wire. Additional clips are required to hold the Gypsum Butt joints as described in Item 7. REGUPOL AMERICA — Type SonusClip

https://iq.ulprospector.com/en/profile?e=14619 8/11 10/27/2020 BXUV.P522 | UL Product iQ 7. Gypsum Board* — One layer of nom 5/8 in. thick by 48 in. wide boards, installed with long dimension parallel to trusses. Attached to the resilient channels using 1 in. long Type S bugle-head screws. Screws spaced a max of 12 in. OC along butted end-joints and in the field when no insulation (Item 3 or 3A) is fitted in the concealed spaced, or a max of 8 in. OC along butted end-joints and in the field when insulation (Item 3 or 3A ) is fitted in the concealed space, draped over the resilient channel/gypsum board ceiling membrane. When insulation (Item 3B, 3D or 3E) is installed in the concealed space, spray- applied to the underside of the roofing system (Item 1), screws are spaced a max of 8 in. OC along resilient channels, fasteners are increased in length to 1-1/4 in, and gypsum board butt joints shall be staggered min. 2 ft within the assembly, and occur between the main furring channels. When Steel Framing Members* (Item 6A or 6C) are used, sheets installed with long dimension perpendicular to furring channels and side joints of sheet located beneath trusses. Gypsum board screws are driven through channel spaced 12 in. OC in the field when no insulation (Item 3 or 3A) is fitted in the concealed space, or 8 in. OC in the field when insulation (Item 3 or 3A) is fitted in the concealed space, draped over the furring channel/gypsum board ceiling membrane. Gypsum board butt joints shall be staggered min. 2 ft within the assembly, and occur between the main furring channels. At the gypsum board butt joints, each end of the gypsum board shall be supported by a single length of furring channel equal to the width of the wallboard plus 6 in. on each end. The furring channels shall be spaced approximately 3-1/2 in. OC, and be attached to the trusses with one clip at each end of the channel. Screw spacing along the butt joint to attach the gypsum board to the furring channels shall be 8 in. OC. Second (outer) layer of gypsum board required when furring channels (Item 6A, a) are spaced 24 in. OC and insulation is fitted in the concealed space, draped over the furring channel/gypsum board ceiling membrane. Outer layer of gypsum board attached to the furring channels using 1-5/8 in. long Type S bugle-head screws spaced 8 in. OC at butted joints and 12 in. OC in the field. Butted end joints of outer layer to be offset a minimum of 8 in. from base layer end joints. Butted side joints of outer layer to be offset minimum 18 in. from butted side joints of base layer.

When Steel Framing Members (Item 6B) are used, two layers of nom 5/8 in. thick, 4 ft wide gypsum board are installed with long dimensions perpendicular to furring channels (Item 6Ba). Base layer attached to the furring channels using 1 in. long Type S bugle head steel screws spaced 8 in. OC along butted end joints and 12 in. OC in the field of the board. Butted end joints centered on the continuous furring channels. Butted base layer end joints to be offset a min of 16 in. in adjacent courses. Outer layer attached to the furring channels using 1-5/8 in. long Type S bugle head steel screws spaced 8 in. OC at butted end joints and 12 in. OC in the field. Butted end joints centered on the continuous furring channels and offset a min of 16 in. from butted end joints of base layer. Butted side joints of outer layer to be offset min 16 in. from butted side joints of base layer.

When Steel Framing Members (Item 6C) are used, one layer of nom 5/8 in. thick, 4 ft wide gypsum board is installed with long dimensions perpendicular to furring channels. Gypsum board secured to furring channels with nom 1 in. long Type S bugle-head steel screws spaced 8 in. OC in the field of the board. Gypsum board butted end joints shall be staggered minimum 72 in. At the gypsum board butt joints, each end of each gypsum board shall be supported by a single length of furring channel equal to the width of the gypsum board plus 3 in. on each end, spaced approximately 2 in. in from joint. Screw spacing along the gypsum board butt joint shall be 8 in. OC. Butt joint furring channels shall be attached with a RESILMOUNT Sound Isolation Clip secured to underside of every truss that is located over the butt joint. Over all Gypsum Board side joints, approximately 20 in. lengths of furring channel shall be installed parallel to trusses (Item 2) between main furring channels. Side joint furring channels shall be attached to underside of the joist with RESILMOUNT Sound Isolation Clips - located approximately 2 in. from each end of the approximate 20 in. length of channel. Both Gypsum Boards at side joints fastened into channel with screws spaced 8 in. OC, approximately 1/2 in. from joint edge.

When Steel Framing Members (Item 6E) are used, one layer of nom 5/8 in. thick, 4 ft wide gypsum board is installed with long dimensions perpendicular to furring channels. Gypsum board secured to furring channels with nom 1 in. long Type S bugle-head steel screws spaced 8 in. OC in the field of the board. Gypsum board butted end joints shall be staggered minimum 48 in. and centered over main furring channels. At the gypsum board butt joints, each end of each gypsum board shall be supported by a single length of furring channel equal to the width of the gypsum board plus 3 in. on each end. The two support furring channels shall be spaced approximately 3 in. in from end joint. Screw spacing along the gypsum board butt joint and along both additional channels shall be 8 in. OC. Additional screws shall be placed in the adjacent section of gypsum board into the aforementioned 3 in. extension of the extra butt joint channels as well as into the main channel that runs between. Butt joint furring channels shall be attached with one RESILMOUNT Sound Isolation Clip at each end of the channel.

When alternate Steel Framing Members* (Item 6F) are used, one layer of nom 5/8 in. thick, 4 ft wide gypsum board sheets installed with long dimension (side joints) perpendicular to the 6 ft long cross tees with the end joints staggered min 4 ft and centered between cross tees which are spaced 8 in. OC. Gypsum board side joints may occur beneath or between main runners. Prior to installation of the gypsum board sheets, backer strips consisting of nom 7-3/4 in. wide pieces of gypsum board are to be laid atop the cross tee flanges and centered over each butted end joint location. The backer strips are to be secured to the flanges of the cross tees at opposite corners of the backer strip with hold down clips to prevent the backer strips from being uplifted during screw-attachment of the gypsum board sheets. Gypsum board fastened to cross tees with 1 in. drywall screws spaced 1 in. and 4 in. from the side joints and max 8 in. OC in the field of the board. The butted end joints are to be secured to the backer strip with No. 10 by 1-1/2 in. long Type G laminating screws located 1 in. from each side of the butted end joint and spaced 1 in. and 4 in. from the side joints and max 8 in. OC in the field of the board.

When Steel Framing Members (Item 6H) are used, one layer of nom 5/8 in. thick, 4 ft wide gypsum board is installed with long dimensions perpendicular to furring channels. Gypsum board secured to furring channels with nom 1 in. long Type S bugle-head steel screws spaced 8 in. OC in the field of the board. Gypsum board butted end joints shall be staggered minimum 48 in. and centered over main furring channels. At the gypsum board butt joints, an additional single length of furring channel shall be installed and be spaced https://iq.ulprospector.com/en/profile?e=14619 9/11 10/27/2020 BXUV.P522 | UL Product iQ approximately 3 in. from the butt joint (6 in. from the continuous furring channels) to support the floating end of the gypsum board. Each of these shorter sections of furring channel shall extend one truss beyond the width of the gypsum panel and be attached to the adjacent trusses with one SonusClip at every truss involved with the butt joint.

CGC INC — Types C, IP-X2, IPC-AR

UNITED STATES GYPSUM CO — Types C, IP-X2, IPC-AR

USG BORAL DRYWALL SFZ LLC — Type C

USG MEXICO S A DE C V — Types C, IP-X2, IPC-AR

7A. Gypsum Board* — For use with Steel Framing Members (Item 6D) when Batts and Blankets* (Item 3) are not used - One layer of nom 5/8 in. thick by 48 in. wide boards, installed with long dimension parallel to the main runners. Gypsum board fastened to each cross tee or channel with five wallboard screws, with one screw located at the midspan of the cross tee or channel, one screw located 12 in. from and on each side of the cross tee or channel mid span and one screw located 1-1/2 in. from each gypsum board side joint. Except at wallboard end joints, wallboard screws shall be located on alternating sides of cross tee flange. At gypsum board end joints, gypsum board screws shall be located 1/2 in. from the joint. Gypsum board fastened to main runners with wallboard screws 1/2 in. from side joints, midway between intersections with cross tees or channels (16 in. OC). End joints of adjacent gypsum board sheets shall be staggered not less than 32 in. Gypsum board sheets screw attached to leg of wall angle with wallboard screws spaced 12 in. OC. Joints treated as described in Item 7. For use with Steel Framing Members* (Item 6D) when Batts and Blankets* (Item 3) are used - Ratings limited to 1 Hour - 5/8 in. thick, 4 ft wide; installed with long dimension perpendicular to cross tees with side joints centered along main runners and end joints centered along cross tees. Fastened to cross tees with 1 in. long steel gypsum board screws spaced 8 in. OC in the field and 8 in. OC along end joints. Fastened to main runners with 1 in. long gypsum board screws spaced midway between cross tees. Screws along sides and ends of boards spaced 3/8 to 1/2 in. from board edge. End joints of the sheets shall be staggered with spacing between joints on adjacent boards not less than 4 ft OC. CGC INC — Type C or IP-X2

UNITED STATES GYPSUM CO — Type C or IP-X2

USG BORAL DRYWALL SFZ LLC — Type C

USG MEXICO S A DE C V — Type C or IP-X2

7B. Gypsum Board* — For use with Items 3C and 6G. Nom 5/8 in. thick, 48 in. wide gypsum panels installed with long dimension perpendicular to resilient channels. Gypsum panels secured with 1 in. long Type S bugle head steel screws spaced 8 in. OC and located a min of 1/2 in. from side joints and 3 in. from the end joints. Finish Rating with this ceiling system is 20 min. CGC INC — Type ULIX

UNITED STATES GYPSUM CO — Type ULIX

8. Finishing System — (Not Shown) — Vinyl, dry or premixed joint compound, applied in two coats to joints and screw-heads; paper tape, 2 in. wide, embedded in first layer of compound over all joints. As an alternate, nom 3/32 in. thick veneer plaster may be applied to the entire surface of gypsum board. Alternate Ceiling Membrane — Not Shown.

9. Netting — Fibrous, woven netting material fastened to underside of each joist with staples, with side joints overlapped.

https://iq.ulprospector.com/en/profile?e=14619 10/11 10/27/2020 BXUV.P522 | UL Product iQ * Indicates such products shall bear the UL or cUL Certification Mark for jurisdictions employing the UL or cUL Certification (such as Canada), respectively.

Last Updated on 2020-05-05

The appearance of a company's name or product in this database does not in itself assure that products so identified have been manufactured under UL's Follow-Up Service. Only those products bearing the UL Mark should be considered to be Certified and covered under UL's Follow-Up Service. Always look for the Mark on the product.

UL permits the reproduction of the material contained in the Online Certification Directory subject to the following conditions: 1. The Guide Information, Assemblies, Constructions, Designs, Systems, and/or Certifications (files) must be presented in their entirety and in a non-misleading manner, without any manipulation of the data (or drawings). 2. The statement "Reprinted from the Online Certifications Directory with permission from UL" must appear adjacent to the extracted material. In addition, the reprinted material must include a copyright notice in the following format: "© 2020 UL LLC"

https://iq.ulprospector.com/en/profile?e=14619 11/11 7/13/2020 BXUV.U301 | UL Product iQ

BXUV.U301

Design/System/Construction/Assembly Usage Disclaimer

Authorities Having Jurisdiction should be consulted in all cases as to the particular requirements covering the installation and use of UL Certified products, equipment, system, devices, and materials. Authorities Having Jurisdiction should be consulted before construction. Fire resistance assemblies and products are developed by the design submitter and have been investigated by UL for compliance with applicable requirements. The published information cannot always address every construction nuance encountered in the field. When field issues arise, it is recommended the first contact for assistance be the technical service staff provided by the product manufacturer noted for the design. Users of fire resistance assemblies are advised to consult the general Guide Information for each product category and each group of assemblies. The Guide Information includes specifics concerning alternate materials and alternate methods of construction. Only products which bear UL's Mark are considered Certified.

BXUV - Fire Resistance Ratings - ANSI/UL 263 Certified for United States BXUV7 - Fire Resistance Ratings - CAN/ULC-S101 Certified for Canada See General Information for Fire-resistance Ratings - ANSI/UL 263 Certified for United States Design Criteria and Allowable Variances

See General Information for Fire Resistance Ratings - CAN/ULC-S101 Certified for Canada Design Criteria and Allowable Variances Design No. U301

June 18, 2020 Bearing Wall Rating — 2 Hr. Finish Rating — 66 Min. This design was evaluated using a load design method other than the Limit States Design Method (e.g., Working Stress Design Method). For jurisdictions employing the Limit States Design Method, such as Canada, a load restriction factor shall be used — See Guide BXUV or BXUV7

https://iq.ulprospector.com/en/profile?e=14884 1/10 7/13/2020 BXUV.U301 | UL Product iQ * Indicates such products shall bear the UL or cUL Certification Mark for jurisdictions employing the UL or cUL Certification (such as Canada), respectively.

1. Nailheads — Exposed or covered with joint compound.

2. Joints — Exposed joints covered with joint compound and paper tape. Joint compound and paper tape may be omitted when square edge boards are used. As an alternate, nom 3/32 in. thick gypsum veneer plaster may be applied to the entire surface of Classified veneer baseboard with the joints reinforced with paper tape.

3. Nails — 6d cement coated nails 1-7/8 in. long, 0.0915 in. shank diam, 1/4 in. diam heads, and 8d cement coated nails 2-3/8 in. long, 0.113 in. shank diam, 9/32 in. diam heads.

4. Gypsum Board* — 5/8 in. thick, two layers applied either horizontally or vertically. Inner layer attached to studs with the 1-7/8 in. nails spaced 6 in. OC. Outer layer attached to studs over inner layer with the 2-3/8 in. long nails spaced 8 in. OC. Vertical joints located over studs. All joints in face layers staggered with joints in base layers. Joints of each base layer offset with joints of base layer on opposite side. When used in widths other than 48 in., gypsum board to be installed horizontally.

When Steel Framing Members* (Item 6, 6A, 6B, or 6C) are used, base layer attached to furring channels with 1 in. long Type S bugle-head steel screws spaced max 24 in. OC; face layer attached with 1-5/8 in. long Type S bugle-head steel screws spaced max 12 in. OC.

AMERICAN GYPSUM CO — Types AGX-1, M-Glass, AG-C, AGX-11, LightRoc

BEIJING NEW BUILDING MATERIALS PUBLIC LTD CO — Type DBX-1

CABOT MANUFACTURING ULC — Type X, 5/8 Type X, Moisture Resistant Type X, Gypsum Sheathing Type X, Mold & Mildew Resistant Type X and Mold & Mildew Resistant AR Type X, Type Blueglass Exterior Sheathing

CERTAINTEED GYPSUM INC — Types EGRG, GlasRoc, GlasRoc-2, Type C, Type X, Type X-1

CGC INC — Types AR, C, IP-AR, IP-X1, IP-X2, IPC-AR, SCX, SHX, ULIX, ULX, USGX, WRC, WRX https://iq.ulprospector.com/en/profile?e=14884 2/10 7/13/2020 BXUV.U301 | UL Product iQ

CONTINENTAL BUILDING PRODUCTS OPERATING CO, L L C — Types LGFC2A, LGFC6A, LGFC-C/A, LGFC-WD, LGLLX, CLLX

GEORGIA-PACIFIC GYPSUM L L C — Types 5, 6, 9, C, DAP, DD, DA, DAPC, DGG, DS, GPFS6. LS, TG-C, Type X, Veneer Plaster Base-Type X, Water Rated-Type X, Sheathing Type-X, Soffit-Type X, GreenGlass Type X, Type LWX, Veneer Plaster Base-Type LWX, Water Rated-Type LWX, Sheathing Type-LWX, Soffit-Type LWX, Type DGLW, Water Rated-Type DGLW, Sheathing Type- DGLW, Soffit-Type DGLW, Type LW2X, Veneer Plaster Base - Type LW2X, Water Rated - Type LW2X, Sheathing - Type LW2X, Soffit - Type LW2X, Type DGL2W, Water Rated - Type DGL2W, Sheathing - Type DGL2W

NATIONAL GYPSUM CO — Types eXP-C, FSK, FSK-C, FSK-G, FSW, FSW-3, FSW-5, FSW-6, FSW-8, FSW-C, FSW-G, FSMR-C, FSL, RSX

NATIONAL GYPSUM CO — Riyadh, Saudi Arabia — Type FR, or WR.

PABCO BUILDING PRODUCTS L L C, DBA PABCO GYPSUM — Types C, PG-2, PG-3, PG-3W, PG-4, PG-5, PG-5W, PG-5WS, PG-9, PG-11, PG-C or PGS-WRS

PANEL REY S A — Types PRC, PRC2, PRX, RHX, MDX, ETX, GREX, GRIX

SIAM GYPSUM INDUSTRY (SARABURI) CO LTD — Type EX-1

THAI GYPSUM PRODUCTS PCL — Type C or Type X

UNITED STATES GYPSUM CO — Types AR, C, FRX-G, IP-AR, IP-X1, IP-X2, IPC-AR, SCX, SHX, ULIX, ULX, USGX, WRC, WRX

USG BORAL DRYWALL SFZ LLC — Types C, SCX, USGX

USG MEXICO S A DE C V — Types AR, C, IP-AR, IP-X1, IP-X2, IPC-AR, SCX, SHX, ULX, USGX, WRC, WRX

4A. Gypsum Board* — (As an alternate to Item 4) — Nom 3/4 in. thick, installed as described in Item 4. CGC INC — Types AR, IP-AR

UNITED STATES GYPSUM CO — Types AR, IP-AR

USG MEXICO S A DE C V — Types AR, IP-AR

https://iq.ulprospector.com/en/profile?e=14884 3/10 7/13/2020 BXUV.U301 | UL Product iQ 4B. Gypsum Board* — (As an alternate to Items 4 and 4A) — 5/8 in. thick, 2 ft wide, tongue and groove edge, applied horizontally as the outer layer to one side of the assembly. Secured as described in Item 4. Joint covering (Item 2) not required. CGC INC — Type SHX

UNITED STATES GYPSUM CO — Type SHX

USG MEXICO S A DE C V — Type SHX

4C. Gypsum Board* — (As an alternate to Items 4, 4A or 4B — Not Shown) — For Direct Application to Studs Only- For use on one or both sides of the wall as the base layer or one or both sides of the wall as the face layer. Nom 5/8 in. thick lead backed gypsum panels with beveled, square or tapered edges, applied vertically. Vertical joints centered over studs and staggered min 1 stud cavity on opposite sides of studs. Wallboard secured to studs with 1-5/8 in. long Type W coarse thread gypsum panel steel screws spaced 8 in. OC at perimeter and in the field when applied as the base layer. When applied as the face layer screw length to be increased to 2-1/2 in. Lead batten strips required behind vertical joints of lead backed gypsum wallboard and optional at remaining stud locations. Lead batten strips, min 1-1/2 in. wide, max 10 ft long with a max thickness of 0.125 in. placed on the face of studs and attached to the stud with two 1 in. long Type S-12 pan head steel screws, F4j.one at the top of the strip and one at the bottom of the strip. Lead discs or tabs may be used in lieu of or in addition to the lead batten strips or optional at other locations. Max 3/4 in. diam by max 0.125 in. thick lead discs compression fitted or adhered over steel screw heads or max 1/2 in. by 1-1/4 in. by max 0.125 in. thick lead tabs placed on gypsum boards underneath screw locations prior to the installation of the screws. Lead batten strips to have a purity of 99.9% meeting the Federal specification QQ-L-201f, Grade "C". Fasteners for face layer gypsum panels (Items 4, 4A or 4B) when installed over lead backed board to be min 2-1/2 in. Type S-12 bugle head steel screws spaced as described in Item 4. RAY-BAR ENGINEERING CORP — Type RB-LBG.

4D. Gypsum Board* — As an Alternate to Item 4 — 5/8 in. thick applied either horizontally or vertically. Inner layers fastened to framing with 1-1/4 in. long Type W coarse thread gypsum panel steel screws spaced a max 8 in. OC, with last screw 1 in. from edge of board. Outer layers fastened to framing with 1-7/8 in. long Type W coarse thread gypsum panel steel screws spaced a max 8 in. OC, with last screw 1 in. from edge of board. When used in widths other than 48 in., gypsum board to be installed horizontally. All joints in face layers staggered with joints in base layers. Joints of each base layer offset with joints of base layer on opposite side. AMERICAN GYPSUM CO — Types AGX-1, M-Glass, AG-C, LightRoc

4E. Gypsum Board* — (As an alternate to Items 4 through 4D) — 5/8 in. thick, 4 ft. wide, paper surfaced applied vertically and secured as described in Item 4. GEORGIA-PACIFIC GYPSUM L L C — Type X ComfortGuard Sound Deadening Gypsum Board

4F. Gypsum Board* — (As an alternate to Item 4) — Not to be used with item 6, 6A, 6B or 6C. 5/8 in. thick, 4 ft. wide, paper surfaced, applied vertically and secured as described in Item 4. NATIONAL GYPSUM CO — Type SBWB

4G. Gypsum Board * — (As an alternate to Items 4 through 4F) — Nominal 5/8 in. thick, 4 ft wide panels, applied vertically and secured as described in Item 4. https://iq.ulprospector.com/en/profile?e=14884 4/10 7/13/2020 BXUV.U301 | UL Product iQ PABCO BUILDING PRODUCTS L L C, DBA PABCO GYPSUM — Types QuietRock ES

4H. Gypsum Board* — (As an alternate to Item 4) — Not to be used with item 6, 6A, 6B, or 6C. 5/8 in. thick, 4 ft. wide, paper surfaced, applied vertically or horizontally and secured as described in Item 4. CERTAINTEED GYPSUM INC — Type SilentFX

4I. Gypsum Board* — (As an alternate to item 4) — 5/8 in. thick, two layers applied either horizontally or vertically. Inner layer attached to studs with 1-1/4 in. long Type W steel screws spaced 8 in. OC. Outer layer attached to studs over inner layer with 2 in. long Type W steel screws spaced 8 in. OC offset 6 in. from base layer. Vertical joints located over studs. Vertical and horizontal joints between inner and outer layers staggered. Outer layer joints covered with joint tape and compound, screwheads covered with joint compound. As an alternate to the joint compound nom 3/32 in. thick gypsum veneer plaster may be applied to the entire surface of Classified veneer baseboard. Joints reinforced. Wallboard other than 48 in. wide must be applied horizontally. The SoundBreak XP Type X Gypsum Board is not to be used with Item 6, 6A, 6B, or 6C. NATIONAL GYPSUM CO — Types eXP-C, FSK, FSK-C, FSK-G, FSW, FSW-3, FSW-5, FSW-6, FSW-C, FSW-G, FSMR-C, SBWB

4J. Gypsum Board* — (As an alternate to Items 4) — For Direct Application to Studs Only- For use as the base layer or as the face layer. Nom 5/8 in. thick lead backed gypsum panels with beveled, square or tapered edges, applied vertically. Vertical joints centered over studs and staggered min 1 stud cavity on opposite sides of studs. Wallboard secured to studs with 1-5/8 in. long Type W coarse thread gypsum panel steel screws spaced 8 in. OC at perimeter and in the field when applied as the base layer. When applied as the face layer screw length to be increased to 2-1/2 in. Lead batten strips required behind vertical joints of lead backed gypsum wallboard and optional at remaining stud locations. Lead batten strips, min 2 in. wide, max 10 ft long with a max thickness of 0.140 in. placed on the face of studs and attached to the stud with two 1 in. long Type S-8 pan head steel screws, one at the top of the strip and one at the bottom of the strip. Lead discs, max 5/16 in. diam by max 0.140 in. thick. compression fitted or adhered over the screw heads. Lead batten strips and discs to have a purity of 99.5% meeting the Federal specification QQ-L-201f, Grades "B, C or D". Fasteners for face layer gypsum panels (Items 4, 4A or 4B) when installed over lead backed board to be min 2-1/2 in. Type S-12 bugle head steel screws spaced as described in Item 4. MAYCO INDUSTRIES INC — "X-Ray Shielded Gypsum"

4K. Gypsum Board* — For use with Item 7 — 5/8 in. thick, two layers applied vertically. Inner layer attached to resilient channels with 1 in. long steel screws spaced 8 in. OC. Outer layer attached to resilient channels over inner layer with 1-5/8 in. long steel screws spaced 8 in. OC. All joints in face layers staggered with joints in base layers. Joints of each base layer offset with joints of base layer on opposite side. Insulation, Items 8 or 9 is required. AMERICAN GYPSUM CO — Types AGX-1, M-Glass, AG-C, AGX-11

4L. Gypsum Board* — (As an alternate to Items 4) — For Direct Application to Studs Only- For use as the base layer or as the face layer. Nom 5/8 in. thick lead backed gypsum panels with beveled, square or tapered edges, applied vertically. Vertical joints centered over studs and staggered min 1 stud cavity on opposite sides of studs. Wallboard secured to studs with 1-5/8 in. long Type W coarse thread gypsum panel steel screws spaced 8 in. OC at perimeter and in the field when applied as the base layer. When applied as the face layer screw length to be increased to 2-1/2 in. Lead batten strips required behind vertical joints of lead backed gypsum wallboard and optional at remaining stud locations. Lead batten strips, min 2 in. wide, max 8 ft long with a max thickness of 0.14 in. placed on the face of studs and attached to the stud with construction adhesive and two 1 in. long Type S-12 pan head steel screws, one at the top of the strip and one at the bottom of the strip. Lead discs, nominal 3/8 in. https://iq.ulprospector.com/en/profile?e=14884 5/10 7/13/2020 BXUV.U301 | UL Product iQ diam by max 0.085 in. thick. compression fitted or adhered over the screw heads. Lead batten strips and discs to have a purity of 99.9% meeting the Federal specification QQ-L-201f, Grade "C". Fasteners for face layer gypsum panels (Items 4, 4A or 4B) when installed over lead backed board to be min 2-1/2 in. Type S-12 bugle head steel screws spaced as described in Item 4. RADIATION PROTECTION PRODUCTS INC — Type RPP - Lead Lined Drywall

4M. Gypsum Board* — (As an alternate to Item 4) — 5/8 in. thick, 4 ft. wide, two layers applied vertically with vertical joints centered over studs and staggered one stud cavity on opposite sides of studs. Secured as described in Item 4. CERTAINTEED GYPSUM INC — 5/8" Easi-Lite Type X

4N. Gypsum Board* — (As an alternate to 5/8 in. Type FSW in Items 4 or 4I) — Nom. 5/16 in. thick gypsum panels applied vertically or horizontally. Two layers of 5/16 in. for every single layer of 5/8 in. gypsum board described in Item 4 or 4I. Horizontal joints on the same side need not be staggered. Inner layer of each double 5/16 in. layer attached with fasteners, as described in item 4 or 4I, spaced 24 in. OC. Outer layer of each double 5/16 in. layer attached per Item 4 or 4I. NATIONAL GYPSUM CO — Type FSW

4O. Wall and Partition Facings and Accessories* — (As an alternate to Items 4 through 4N) — Nominal 5/8 in. thick, 4 ft wide panels, applied vertically and secured as described in Item 4. PABCO BUILDING PRODUCTS L L C, DBA PABCO GYPSUM — Type QuietRock 527

4P. Gypsum Board* — (As an alternate to Item 4) — 5/8 in. thick, two layers applied either horizontally or vertically. Inner layer attached to studs with 1-1/4 in. long Type W steel screws spaced 10 in. OC with the last two screws 4 and 1 in. from the edges of the board. Outer layer attached to studs over inner layer with 1-7/8 in. long Type W steel screws spaced 10 in. OC offset 5 in. from base layer with the last two screws 4 and 1 in. from the edges of the board. Vertical joints located over studs. Vertical and horizontal joints between inner and outer layers staggered. Outer layer joints covered with joint tape and compound, screwheads covered with joint compound. When used in widths other than 48 in., gypsum panels are to be installed horizontally. CONTINENTAL BUILDING PRODUCTS OPERATING CO, L L C — Type LGFC6A, Type LGFC2A, Type LGFC-C/A, Type LGFC-WD, Type LGLLX

4Q. Gypsum Board* — (As an alternate to Item 4. For use with Item 13) — Any 5/8 in. thick, 4 ft. wide, Gypsum Board UL Classified for Fire Resistance (CKNX) eligible for use in Design Nos. U305 and L501 or G512. Two layers, applied either horizontally or vertically, and screwed to studs with 1-5/8 in. long Type W coarse thread steel screws at 8 in. OC at perimeter and in the field with the last two screws 4 and 3/4 in. from the edges of the board when applied as the base layer. For the face layer, screw length to be increased to 2-1/2 in. All joints in face layers staggered with joints in base layers. When used in widths other than 48 in., gypsum panels are to be installed horizontally.

4R. Gypsum Board* — As an Alternate to Item 4 — 5/8 in. thick applied either horizontally or vertically. Inner layers fastened to framing with 1-1/4 in. long Type W coarse thread gypsum panel steel screws spaced a max 8 in. OC, with last screw 1 in. from edge of board. Outer layers fastened to framing with 1-7/8 in. long Type W coarse thread gypsum panel steel screws spaced a max 8 in. OC, with last screw 1 in. from edge of board. When used in widths other than 48 in., gypsum board to be installed horizontally. All joints in face layers staggered with joints in base layers. Joints of each base layer offset with joints of base layer on opposite side. CERTAINTEED GYPSUM INC — Types EGRG, GlasRoc, GlasRoc-2, Type C, Type X, Type X-1, Easi-Lite Type X, SilentFX https://iq.ulprospector.com/en/profile?e=14884 6/10 7/13/2020 BXUV.U301 | UL Product iQ

4S. Gypsum Board* — (As an alternate to Item 4. For use with Item 13A) — 5/8 in. thick, two layers applied vertically. Inner layer attached to studs with the 1-7/8 in. nails spaced 6 in. OC. Outer layer attached to studs over inner layer with the 2-3/8 in. long nails spaced 8 in. OC. Vertical joints located over studs. All joints in face layers staggered with joints in base layers. Joints of each base layer offset with joints of base layer on opposite side. UNITED STATES GYPSUM CO — Type SCX

5. Molded Plastic* — Not Shown, Optional — Solid vinyl siding mechanically secured over the outer layer to framing members in accordance with manufacturer's recommended installation details. ALSIDE, DIV OF ASSOCIATED MATERIALS INC

GENTEK BUILDING PRODUCTS LTD

VYTEC CORP

6. Steel Framing Members* — (Optional, Not Shown) — Furring channels and Steel Framing Members as described below: A. Furring Channels — Formed of No. 25 MSG galv steel. 2-9/16 in. or 2-23/32 in. wide by 7/8 in. deep, spaced 24 in. OC perpendicular to studs. Channels secured to studs as described in Item b. Ends of adjoining channels are overlapped 6 in. and tied together with double strand of No. 18 SWG galv steel wire near each end of overlap. As an alternate, ends of adjoining channels may be overlapped 6 in. and secured together with two self-tapping #6 framing screws, min. 7/16 in. long at the midpoint of the overlap, with one screw on each flange of the channel. Wallboard attached to furring channels as described in Item 4.

B. Steel Framing Members* — Used to attach furring channels (Item 6a) to studs. Clips spaced 48 in. OC., and secured to studs with No. 8 x 2-1/2 in. coarse drywall screw through the center grommet. Furring channels are friction fitted into clips. RSIC-1 clip for use with 2-9/16 in. wide furring channels. RSIC-1 (2.75) clip for use with 2-23/32 in. wide furring channels. PAC INTERNATIONAL L L C — Types RSIC-1, RSIC-1 (2.75)

6A. Steel Framing Members* — (Optional, Not Shown) — Furring channels and Steel Framing Members as described below: A. Furring Channels — Formed of No. 25 MSG galv steel. Spaced 24 in. OC perpendicular to studs. Channels secured to studs as described in Item b. Ends of adjoining channels overlapped 6 in. and tied together with double strand of No. 18 AWG galvanized steel wire. Gypsum board attached to furring channels as described in Item 4.

B. Steel Framing Members* — Used to attach furring channels (Item 6Aa) to studs. Clips spaced 48 in. OC., and secured to studs with 2 in. coarse drywall screw with 1 in. diam washer through the center hole. Furring channels are friction fitted into clips. STUDCO BUILDING SYSTEMS — RESILMOUNT Sound Isolation Clips - Type A237R

6B. Steel Framing Members* — (Optional, Not Shown) — Furring channels and Steel Framing Members as described below: A. Furring Channels — Formed of No. 25 MSG galv steel. Spaced 24 in. OC perpendicular to studs. Channels secured to studs as described in Item 6Bb. Ends of adjoining channels overlapped 6 in. and tied together with double strand of No. 18 AWG galvanized steel wire. Gypsum board attached to furring channels as described in Item 4. https://iq.ulprospector.com/en/profile?e=14884 7/10 7/13/2020 BXUV.U301 | UL Product iQ B. Steel Framing Members* — Used to attach furring channels (Item 6Ba) to studs. Clips spaced 48 in. OC., and secured to studs with 2-1/2 in. coarse drywall screw through the center hole. Furring channels are friction fitted into clips. REGUPOL AMERICA — Type SonusClip

6C. Steel Framing Members* — (Optional, Not Shown) —Resilient channels and Steel Framing Members as described below: a. Resilient Channels — Formed of No. 25 MSG galv steel, spaced 24 in. OC, and perpendicular to studs. Channels secured to studs as described in Item b. Ends of adjoining channels overlapped 6 in. and secured in place with two No. 8 15 x 1/2 in. Philips Modified Truss screws spaced 2-1/2 in. from the center of the overlap. Gypsum board attached to resilient channels as described in Item 4.

b. Steel Framing Members* — Used to attach resilient channels (Item 6Ca) to studs. Clips spaced 48 in. OC., and secured to studs with No. 8 x 2-1/2 in. coarse drywall screw through the center hole. Resilient channels are secured to clips with one No. 10 x 1/2 in. pan-head self-drilling screw. KEENE BUILDING PRODUCTS CO INC — Type RC+ Assurance Clip

7. Furring Channel — Optional — Not Shown — For use on one side of the wall with Item 4K — Resilient channels, 25 MSG galv steel, spaced vertically 24 in. OC, flange portion screw attached to one side of studs with 1-1/4 in. long diamond shaped point, double lead Phillips head steel screws. When resilient channels are used, insulation, Item 8 or 9 is required.

8. Batts and Blankets* — Required for use with resilient channels, Item 7, min. 3 in. thick mineral wool batts, placed to fill interior of wall, attached to the nom 4 in. face of the studs with staples placed 24 in. OC. ROCKWOOL — Type SAFEnSOUND

THERMAFIBER INC — Type SAFB, SAFB FF

9. Batts and Blankets* — (As an alternate to Item 8) — Min. 3 in. thick glass fiber batts bearing the UL Classification Marking as to Surface Burning and/or Fire Resistance, friction-fitted to fill the stud cavities. See Batts and Blankets (BKNV or BZJZ) Categories for names of Classified companies.

9A. Fiber, Sprayed* — (Optional) — As an alternate to Batts and Blankets (Item 8), Required for use with resilient channels, Item 7, Not for use with Item 6, 6A, 6B, or 6C. — Spray applied mineral wool insulation. The fiber is applied with adhesive, at a minimum density of 4.0 pcf, to completely fill the enclosed cavity in accordance with the application instructions supplied with the product. See Fiber, Sprayed (CCAZ). AMERICAN ROCKWOOL MANUFACTURING, LLC — Type Rockwool Premium Plus

10. Wall and Partition Facings and Accessories* — (Optional, Not Shown) — Nominal 1/2 in. thick, 4 ft wide panels, for optional use as an additional layer on one or both sides of the assembly. Panels attached in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. When the QR-500 or QR-510 panel is installed between the wood framing and the UL Classified gypsum board, the required UL Classified gypsum board layer(s) is/are to be installed as indicated as to fastener type and spacing, except that the required fastener length shall be increased by a minimum of 1/2 in. Not evaluated or intended as a substitute for the required layer(s) of UL Classified Gypsum Board. PABCO BUILDING PRODUCTS L L C, DBA PABCO GYPSUM — Type QuietRock QR-500 or QR-510 https://iq.ulprospector.com/en/profile?e=14884 8/10 7/13/2020 BXUV.U301 | UL Product iQ

11. Cementitious Backer Units* — (Optional Item Not Shown — For Use On Face Of 2 Hr Systems With All Standard Items Required) — 7/16 in., 1/2 in., 5/8 in., 3/4 in. or 1 in. thick, min. 32 in. wide. Applied horizontally or vertically with vertical joints centered over studs. Face layer fastened over gypsum board to studs and runners with cement board screws of adequate length to penetrate stud by a minimum of 3/8 in. for steel framing members, and a minimum of 3/4 in. for wood framing members spaced a max of 8 in. OC. NATIONAL GYPSUM CO — Type DuraBacker, PermaBase, DuraBacker Plus, or PermaBase Plus

12. Wall and Partition Facings and Accessories* — (Optional, Not Shown) - When the Wall Assembly is used as an External Wall, on the External side of the wall one of the following Wall and Partition and Facing Accessories may be used, refer to items (A) to (C) below. A. Non Insulated system with metal channels — Install moisture barrier over the Gypsum Board Item 4 and Install Acry Metal Channels vertically at a horizontal spacing not greater than 24 inches OC., over the moisture barrier. Acry Metal Channels attached through the moisture barrier and the Gypsum Board to the Wood Studs using fasteners specified by the manufacturer and fasteners spaced max., 24 in. OC. Install Acrytec Panels on Acry Metal Channels using 1-1/4" long corrosion coated stainless steel screws spaced at a max spacing of 24 inches OC, along with manufacturer's approved adhesive (3M 540 or Tremco Vulcum 116). Adhesive to be applied in a zigzag pattern along every channel. Joint treatment in between panels shall be Tremco illmod 600 pre compressed polyurethane foam sealant.

B. Insulated system with metal channels — Install moisture barrier over the Gypsum Board Item 4. Install galvanized Z girt channels specified by the manufacturer over the moisture barrier and the Gypsum Board Item 4. Z girt channels to be installed horizontally at a max. spacing of 24" OC. Z girt channels attached through the Gypsum Board and the moisture barrier to the wood studs with screws provided by the manufacturer at a max spacing of 24 inches OC. Install mineral wool insulation between the Z girts. Maximum thickness of mineral wool insulation not to exceed 6 in. As per manufacturer's instructions install Acry Metal Channels vertically over the Z girts at a max horizontal spacing of 24 in. OC. Acrytec Panels installed on Acry channel with 1-1/4" long corrosion coated stainless steel screws at a max spacing of 24 in. OC, along with manufacturers approved adhesive (3M 540 or Tremco Vulcum 116). Adhesive to be applied in a zigzag pattern along every channel. Joint treatment in between panels to be Tremco illmod 600 pre compressed polyurethane foam sealant.

C. Non insulated wood strapping system — Install moisture barrier over the Gypsum Board Item 4 and Install 1" x 3" wood strapping vertically at a horizontal spacing not greater than 24 inches OC., over the moisture barrier. 1" x 3" wood strapping attached through the moisture barrier and the Gypsum Board to the Wood studs using fasteners specified by the manufacturer and fasteners spaced max., 24 in. OC. Acrytec Panels to be installed on the 1" x 3" wood strapping using manufacturers approved stainless steel fasteners spaced at maximum 24 inches OC along with Tremco Vulcum 116 adhesive applied in a zigzag pattern along every wood strap. Joint treatment in between panels to be Tremco illmod 600 pre compressed polyurethane foam sealant.

D. Insulated Wood Strapping System — Install moisture barrier over the Gypsum Board Item 4. Install Extruded Polystyrene Insulation over moisture barrier and the Gypsum Board Item 4, max thickness of insulation not to exceed 4 inches. Install 1" x 3" wood strapping vertically at a horizontal spacing not greater than 24 inches OC. Wood strapping attached through the Insulation, the Gypsum Board and moisture barrier to the Wood Studs using fasteners specified by the manufacturer and fasteners spaced max. 24 in. OC. Acrytec Panels to be installed over the wood strapping using manufacturers approved stainless steel fasteners at a max spacing of 24 in. OC and Tremco Vulcum 116 adhesive applied in a zigzag pattern along every wood strap. Joint treatment in between panels to be Tremco illmod 600 pre compressed polyurethane foam sealant.

ACRYTEC PANEL INDUSTRIES — Nominal 5/8 inch thick Acrytec Panel.

https://iq.ulprospector.com/en/profile?e=14884 9/10 7/13/2020 BXUV.U301 | UL Product iQ 13. Foamed Plastic* — (Optional, Not Shown - For use with Item 4Q) — Spray applied, foamed plastic insulation, at any thickness from partial fill to completely filling stud cavity. SES FOAM INC — Nexseal™ 2.0 or Nexseal™ 2.0 LE Spray Foam and Sucraseal Spray Foam. For use in Bearing and Non-Load Bearing Walls.

13A. Foamed Plastic* — (Optional, Not Shown - For use with Item 4S) — Spray applied, foamed plastic insulation, to completely filling stud cavity. GACO WESTERN L L C — Types GacoEZSpray F4500, GacoProFill FR6500R, Gaco 052N, GacoOnePass F1850, GacoOnePass Low GWP F1880, and Gaco WallFoam 183M.

14. Foamed Plastic* — (Optional, Not Shown - For use over Gypsum Board, Item 4) - Polyisocyanurate foamed plastic boards, any thickness applied vertically with vertical joints located over studs. May be used with Molded Plastic, Item 5 or any exterior facing, as authorized by the Authority Having Jurisdiction and installed in accordance with the manufacturer's installation instructions. HUNTER PANELS, A DIVISION OF CARLISLE CONSTRUCTION MATERIALS, LLC — "Xci Class A", "Xci 286", "Xci Foil (Class A)", "Xci CG", "Xci Foil", "Xci CG NH", "Xci Foil NH"

15. Building Units* — (Optional, Not Shown - For use over Gypsum Board, Item 4) Polyisocyanurate composite foamed plastic boards, any thickness, applied vertically with vertical joints located over studs. May be used with Molded Plastic, Item 5 or any exterior facing, as authorized by the Authority Having Jurisdiction and installed in accordance with the manufacturer's installation instructions. HUNTER PANELS, A DIVISION OF CARLISLE CONSTRUCTION MATERIALS, LLC — "Xci NB", "Xci Ply"

* Indicates such products shall bear the UL or cUL Certification Mark for jurisdictions employing the UL or cUL Certification (such as Canada), respectively.

Last Updated on 2020-06-18

The appearance of a company's name or product in this database does not in itself assure that products so identified have been manufactured under UL's Follow-Up Service. Only those products bearing the UL Mark should be considered to be Certified and covered under UL's Follow-Up Service. Always look for the Mark on the product.

UL permits the reproduction of the material contained in the Online Certification Directory subject to the following conditions: 1. The Guide Information, Assemblies, Constructions, Designs, Systems, and/or Certifications (files) must be presented in their entirety and in a non-misleading manner, without any manipulation of the data (or drawings). 2. The statement "Reprinted from the Online Certifications Directory with permission from UL" must appear adjacent to the extracted material. In addition, the reprinted material must include a copyright notice in the following format: "© 2020 UL LLC"

https://iq.ulprospector.com/en/profile?e=14884 10/10  %;898)LUHUHVLVWDQFH5DWLQJV$16,8/ %;89)LUH5HVLVWDQFH5DWLQJV$16,8/ %;89)LUH5HVLVWDQFH5DWLQJV&$18/&6&HUWLILHGIRU &DQDGD

6HH*HQHUDO,QIRUPDWLRQIRU)LUHUHVLVWDQFH5DWLQJV$16,8/

6HH*HQHUDO,QIRUPDWLRQIRU)LUH5HVLVWDQFH5DWLQJV&$18/&6&HUWLILHGIRU&DQDGD

'HVLJQ1R8

$XJXVW

%HDULQJ:DOO5DWLQJ²+U

)LQLVK5DWLQJ²6HH,WHPV$'()*+-DQG/

67&5DWLQJ 6HH,WHP

7KLVGHVLJQZDVHYDOXDWHGXVLQJDORDGGHVLJQPHWKRGRWKHUWKDQWKH/LPLW6WDWHV'HVLJQ0HWKRG HJ:RUNLQJ6WUHVV'HVLJQ0HWKRG )RUMXULVGLFWLRQVHPSOR\LQJWKH/LPLW6WDWHV'HVLJQ0HWKRG VXFKDV&DQDGDDORDGUHVWULFWLRQIDFWRUVKDOOEHXVHG²6HH*XLGH%;89RU%;89

,QGLFDWHVVXFKSURGXFWVVKDOOEHDUWKH8/RUF8/&HUWLILFDWLRQ0DUNIRUMXULVGLFWLRQVHPSOR\LQJ WKH8/RUF8/&HUWLILFDWLRQ VXFKDV&DQDGD UHVSHFWLYHO\

KWWSGDWDEDVHXOFRPFJLELQXOZHE/,6(;7)5$0()LUH5HVLVWDQFH:L]DUGKWPO   %;898)LUHUHVLVWDQFH5DWLQJV$16,8/

:RRG6WXGV²1RPE\LQVSDFHGLQ2&PD[HIIHFWLYHO\ILUHVWRSSHG

-RLQWVDQG1DLO+HDGV²-RLQWVFRYHUHGZLWKMRLQWFRPSRXQGDQGSDSHUWDSH-RLQW FRPSRXQGDQGSDSHUWDSHPD\EHRPLWWHGZKHQVTXDUHHGJHERDUGVDUHXVHG$VDQ DOWHUQDWHQRPLQWKLFNJ\SVXPYHQHHUSODVWHUPD\EHDSSOLHGWRWKHHQWLUH VXUIDFHRI&ODVVLILHGYHQHHUEDVHERDUGZLWKWKHMRLQWVUHLQIRUFHGZLWKSDSHUWDSH 1DLOKHDGVH[SRVHGRUFRYHUHGZLWKMRLQWFRPSRXQG

*\SVXP%RDUG ²LQWKLFNSDSHURUYLQ\OVXUIDFHGZLWKEHYHOHGVTXDUHRU WDSHUHGHGJHVDSSOLHGHLWKHUKRUL]RQWDOO\RUYHUWLFDOO\*\SVXPSDQHOVQDLOHGLQ2& ZLWKGFHPHQWFRDWHGQDLOVLQORQJLQVKDQNGLDPDQGLQGLDP KHDGV:KHQXVHGLQZLGWKVRWKHUWKDQLQJ\SVXPSDQHOVDUHWREHLQVWDOOHG KRUL]RQWDOO\)RUDQDOWHUQDWHPHWKRGRIDWWDFKPHQWRIJ\SVXPSDQHOVUHIHUWR,WHP $RU%6WHHO)UDPLQJ0HPEHUV 

:KHQ,WHP%RU&6WHHO)UDPLQJ0HPEHUV DUHXVHGJ\SVXPSDQHOVDWWDFKHG WRIXUULQJFKDQQHOVZLWKLQORQJ7\SH6EXJOHKHDGVWHHOVFUHZVVSDFHGLQ2&

:KHQ,WHP$6WHHO)UDPLQJ0HPEHUV LVXVHGWZROD\HUVRIJ\SVXPSDQHOV DWWDFKHGWRIXUULQJFKDQQHOV%DVHOD\HUDWWDFKHGWRIXUULQJFKDQQHOVZLWKLQORQJ 7\SH6EXJOHKHDGVWHHOVFUHZVVSDFHGLQ2&)DFHOD\HUDWWDFKHGWRIXUULQJ FKDQQHOVZLWKLQORQJ7\SH6EXJOHKHDGVWHHOVFUHZVVSDFHGLQ2&$OO MRLQWVLQIDFHOD\HUVVWDJJHUHGZLWKMRLQWVLQEDVHOD\HUV2QHOD\HURIJ\SVXPERDUG DWWDFKHGWRRSSRVLWHVLGHRIZRRGVWXGZLWKRXWIXUULQJFKDQQHOVDVGHVFULEHGLQ,WHP

:KHQ,WHPUHVLOLHQWFKDQQHOVDUHXVHGLQWKLFNIWZLGHJ\SVXPSDQHOV DSSOLHGYHUWLFDOO\6FUHZDWWDFKHGIXUULQJFKDQQHOVZLWKLQORQJVHOIGULOOLQJVHOI WDSSLQJ7\SH6RU6VWHHOVFUHZVVSDFHGLQ2&YHUWLFDOMRLQWVORFDWHGPLGZD\ EHWZHHQVWXGV

$&$',$'5<:$//6833/,(6/7'²7\SH; ILQLVKUDWLQJPLQ 7\SH ;0RLVWXUH5HVLVWDQW7\SH;*\SVXP6KHDWKLQJ7\SH;0ROG 0LOGHZ5HVLVWDQW 7\SH;DQG0ROG 0LOGHZ5HVLVWDQW$57\SH;7\SH%OXHJODVV([WHULRU 6KHDWKLQJ

KWWSGDWDEDVHXOFRPFJLELQXOZHE/,6(;7)5$0()LUH5HVLVWDQFH:L]DUGKWPO   %;898)LUHUHVLVWDQFH5DWLQJV$16,8/ $0(5,&$1*<3680&2²7\SHV$*; ILQLVKUDWLQJPLQ 0*ODVV ILQLVK UDWLQJPLQ 7\SH$*; ILQLVKUDWLQJPLQ 7\SH/LJKW5RF ILQLVKUDWLQJ PLQ RU7\SH$*&

%(,-,1*1(:%8,/',1*0$7(5,$/638%/,&/7'&2²7\SH'%; ILQLVKUDWLQJPLQ 

&(57$,17(('*<3680,1&²7\SH7\SH6) ILQLVKUDWLQJPLQ RU )53&7\SH&7\SH;RU7\SH; ILQLVKUDWLQJPLQ 7\SH(*5*RU*ODV5RF ILQLVKUDWLQJPLQ

&*&,1&²7\SH$5 ILQLVKUDWLQJPLQ 7\SH& ILQLVKUDWLQJPLQ 7\SH,3 $5 ILQLVKUDWLQJPLQ 7\SH,3&$5 ILQLVKUDWLQJPLQ 7\SH,3; ILQLVK UDWLQJPLQ 7\SH,3; ILQLVKUDWLQJPLQ 7\SH6&; ILQLVKUDWLQJPLQ  7\SH6+; ILQLVKUDWLQJPLQ 7\SH8/; ILQLVKUDWLQJPLQ 7\SH:5& ILQLVK UDWLQJPLQ 7\SH:5; ILQLVKUDWLQJPLQ 

&217,1(17$/%8,/',1*352'8&7623(5$7,1*&2//&²7\SH /*)&$ ILQLVKUDWLQJPLQ 7\SH/*)&$7\SH/*)&&$7\SH/*)&:' 7\SH/*//; ILQLVKUDWLQJPLQ 

*(25*,$3$&,),&*<3680//&²7\SH ILQLVKUDWLQJPLQ 7\SH ILQLVKUDWLQJPLQ 7\SH ILQLVKUDWLQJPLQ 7\SH& ILQLVKUDWLQJPLQ  7\SH'** ILQLVKUDWLQJPLQ 7\SH*3)6 ILQLVKUDWLQJPLQ 7\SH*3)6 ILQLVKUDWLQJPLQ 7\SH*3)6 ILQLVKUDWLQJPLQ 7\SH'67\SH'$37\SH '' ILQLVKUDWLQJPLQ 7\SH'$7\SH'$3&7\SH/6 ILQLVKUDWLQJPLQ  7\SH;9HQHHU3ODVWHU%DVH7\SH;:DWHU5DWHG7\SH;6KHDWKLQJ7\SH; 6RIILW7\SH;7\SH/:; ILQLVKUDWLQJPLQ 9HQHHU3ODVWHU%DVH7\SH/:; ILQLVKUDWLQJPLQ :DWHU5DWHG7\SH/:; ILQLVKUDWLQJPLQ 6KHDWKLQJ 7\SH/:; ILQLVKUDWLQJPLQ 6RIILW7\SH/:; ILQLVKUDWLQJPLQ 7\SH '*/: ILQLVKUDWLQJPLQ :DWHU5DWHG7\SH'*/: ILQLVKUDWLQJPLQ  6KHDWKLQJ7\SH'*/: ILQLVKUDWLQJPLQ 6RIILW7\SH'*/: ILQLVKUDWLQJ PLQ 7\SH/:; ILQLVKUDWLQJPLQ 7\SH/:; ILQLVKUDWLQJPLQ 9HQHHU 3ODVWHU%DVH7\SH/:; ILQLVKUDWLQJPLQ :DWHU5DWHG7\SH/:; ILQLVK UDWLQJPLQ 6KHDWKLQJ7\SH/:; ILQLVKUDWLQJPLQ 6RIILW7\SH/:; ILQLVKUDWLQJPLQ 7\SH'*/: ILQLVKUDWLQJPLQ :DWHU5DWHG7\SH '*/: ILQLVKUDWLQJPLQ 6KHDWKLQJ7\SH'*/: ILQLVKUDWLQJPLQ 

1$7,21$/*<3680&2²7\SH)6. ILQLVKUDWLQJPLQ 7\SH)6.* ILQLVK UDWLQJPLQ 7\SH)6: ILQLVKUDWLQJPLQ 7\SH)6: ILQLVKUDWLQJPLQ 

KWWSGDWDEDVHXOFRPFJLELQXOZHE/,6(;7)5$0()LUH5HVLVWDQFH:L]DUGKWPO   %;898)LUHUHVLVWDQFH5DWLQJV$16,8/ 7\SH)6: ILQLVKUDWLQJPLQ 7\SH)6: ILQLVKUDWLQJPLQ 7\SH)6:* ILQLVKUDWLQJPLQ 7\SH)6.& ILQLVKUDWLQJPLQ 7\SH)6:& ILQLVKUDWLQJ PLQ 7\SH)605&7\SH)6: ILQLVKUDWLQJPLQ 7\SH)6/ ILQLVKUDWLQJ PLQ 7\SH)6:

3$%&2%8,/',1*352'8&76//&'%$3$%&2*<3680²7\SHV& 3* ILQLVKUDWLQJPLQ 3* ILQLVKUDWLQJPLQ 7\SHV3*:3*: ILQLVKUDWLQJPLQ 7\SH3* ILQLVKUDWLQJPLQ 7\SH3* ILQLVKUDWLQJ PLQ 7\SHV3*:63*:63*6:56 ILQLVKUDWLQJPLQ 7\SHV3*3* ILQLVKUDWLQJPLQ 3*RU7\SH3*&

3$1(/5(<6$²7\SH*5(;35;7\SHV5+;0';(7; ILQLVKUDWLQJ PLQ

6,$0*<3680,1'8675< 6$5$%85, &2/7'²7\SH(; ILQLVKUDWLQJ PLQ

7+$,*<3680352'8&763&/²7\SH&7\SH; ILQLVKUDWLQJPLQ

81,7('67$7(6*<3680&2²7\SH$5 ILQLVKUDWLQJPLQ 7\SH& ILQLVK UDWLQJPLQ 7\SH)5;* ILQLVKUDWLQJPLQ 7\SH,3$5 ILQLVKUDWLQJ PLQ 7\SH,3&$5 ILQLVKUDWLQJPLQ 7\SH,3; ILQLVKUDWLQJPLQ 7\SH ,3; ILQLVKUDWLQJPLQ 7\SH6+; ILQLVKUDWLQJPLQ 7\SH6&; ILQLVK UDWLQJPLQ 7\SH6*; ILQLVKUDWLQJPLQ 7\SH8/; ILQLVKUDWLQJPLQ  7\SH:5; ILQLVKUDWLQJPLQ 7\SH:5& ILQLVKUDWLQJPLQ 7\SH8/,; ILQLVKUDWLQJPLQ 

86*0(;,&26$'(&9²7\SH$5 ILQLVKUDWLQJPLQ 7\SH& ILQLVK UDWLQJPLQ 7\SH:5; ILQLVKUDWLQJPLQ 7\SH:5& ILQLVKUDWLQJPLQ  7\SH,3; ILQLVKUDWLQJPLQ 7\SH,3; ILQLVKUDWLQJPLQ 7\SH6+; ILQLVKUDWLQJPLQ 6&; ILQLVKUDWLQJPLQ 7\SH,3$5 ILQLVKUDWLQJPLQ  7\SH,3&$5 ILQLVKUDWLQJPLQ 7\SH8/; ILQLVKUDWLQJPLQ 

$*\SVXP%RDUG ² $VDQDOWHUQDWHWR,WHP ²LQWKLFNJ\SVXPSDQHOV ZLWKEHYHOHGVTXDUHRUWDSHUHGHGJHVDSSOLHGHLWKHUKRUL]RQWDOO\RUYHUWLFDOO\ *\SVXPSDQHOVIDVWHQHGWRIUDPLQJZLWKLQORQJ7\SH:FRDUVHWKUHDGJ\SVXP SDQHOVWHHOVFUHZVVSDFHGDPD[LQ2&ZLWKODVWVFUHZLQIURPHGJHRIERDUG :KHQXVHGLQZLGWKVRIRWKHUWKDQLQJ\SVXPERDUGVDUHWREHLQVWDOOHG

KWWSGDWDEDVHXOFRPFJLELQXOZHE/,6(;7)5$0()LUH5HVLVWDQFH:L]DUGKWPO   %;898)LUHUHVLVWDQFH5DWLQJV$16,8/ KRUL]RQWDOO\

$0(5,&$1*<3680&2²7\SHV$*; ILQLVKUDWLQJPLQ 0*ODVV ILQLVKUDWLQJPLQ 7\SH$*& ILQLVKUDWLQJPLQ 

&(57$,17(('*<3680,1&²7\SH&7\SH;RU7\SH; ILQLVKUDWLQJ PLQ 

&*&,1&²7\SH$5 ILQLVKUDWLQJPLQ 7\SH& ILQLVKUDWLQJPLQ 7\SH,3 $5 ILQLVKUDWLQJPLQ 7\SH,3&$5 ILQLVKUDWLQJPLQ 7\SH,3; ILQLVK UDWLQJPLQ 7\SH,3; ILQLVKUDWLQJPLQ 7\SH6&; ILQLVKUDWLQJPLQ  7\SH6+; ILQLVKUDWLQJPLQ 7\SH:5& ILQLVKUDWLQJPLQ 7\SH:5; ILQLVKUDWLQJPLQ 

81,7('67$7(6*<3680&2²7\SH$5 ILQLVKUDWLQJPLQ 7\SH6&; ILQLVKUDWLQJPLQ 7\SH6*; ILQLVKUDWLQJPLQ 7\SH& ILQLVKUDWLQJPLQ  7\SH:5; ILQLVKUDWLQJPLQ 7\SH:5& ILQLVKUDWLQJPLQ 7\SH,3; ILQLVKUDWLQJPLQ 7\SH,3; ILQLVKUDWLQJPLQ 7\SH6+; ILQLVKUDWLQJ PLQ 7\SH)5;* ILQLVKUDWLQJPLQ 7\SH,3$5 ILQLVKUDWLQJPLQ 7\SH ,3&$5 ILQLVKUDWLQJPLQ 

86*0(;,&26$'(&9²7\SH$5 ILQLVKUDWLQJPLQ 7\SH& ILQLVK UDWLQJPLQ 7\SH:5; ILQLVKUDWLQJPLQ 7\SH:5& ILQLVKUDWLQJPLQ  7\SH,3; ILQLVKUDWLQJPLQ 7\SH,3; ILQLVKUDWLQJPLQ 7\SH6+; ILQLVKUDWLQJPLQ 7\SH6&;7\SH,3$5 ILQLVKUDWLQJPLQ 7\SH,3&$5 ILQLVKUDWLQJPLQ 

%*\SVXP%RDUG ² $VDQDOWHUQDWHWR,WHP ²1RPLQWKLFNLQVWDOOHG ZLWKLQORQJFHPHQWFRDWHGQDLOVDVGHVFULEHGLQ,WHPRULQORQJ7\SH :FRDUVHWKUHDGJ\SVXPSDQHOVWHHOVFUHZVDVGHVFULEHGLQ,WHP$

&*&,1&²7\SHV$5,3$5

81,7('67$7(6*<3680&2²7\SHV$5,3$5

86*0(;,&26$'(&9²7\SHV$5,3$5

KWWSGDWDEDVHXOFRPFJLELQXOZHE/,6(;7)5$0()LUH5HVLVWDQFH:L]DUGKWPO   %;898)LUHUHVLVWDQFH5DWLQJV$16,8/ &*\SVXP%RDUG ² $VDQDOWHUQDWHWR,WHPV$DQG% ²LQWKLFNIW ZLGHWRQJXHDQGJURRYHHGJHDSSOLHGKRUL]RQWDOO\WRRQHVLGHRIWKHDVVHPEO\ ,QVWDOOHGZLWKLQORQJFHPHQWFRDWHGQDLOVDVGHVFULEHGLQ,WHPRULQ ORQJ7\SH:FRDUVHWKUHDGJ\SVXPSDQHOVWHHOVFUHZVDVGHVFULEHGLQ,WHP$-RLQW FRYHULQJ ,WHP QRWUHTXLUHG

&*&,1&²7\SH6+;

81,7('67$7(6*<3680&2²7\SH6+;

86*0(;,&26$'(&9²7\SH6+;

'*\SVXP%RDUG ² $VDQDOWHUQDWHWR,WHPV$%RU&²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

5$<%$5(1*,1((5,1*&253²7\SH5%/%* ILQLVKUDWLQJPLQ 

(*\SVXP%RDUG ² $VDQDOWHUQDWHWR,WHPV$%&DQG' ²LQ WKLFNJ\SVXPSDQHOVZLWKVTXDUHHGJHVDSSOLHGHLWKHUKRUL]RQWDOO\RUYHUWLFDOO\ *\SVXPSDQHOVIDVWHQHGWRIUDPLQJZLWKLQORQJ7\SH:FRDUVHWKUHDGJ\SVXP SDQHOVWHHOVFUHZVVSDFHGDPD[LQ2&ZLWKODVWVFUHZVDQGLQIURPHGJHRI ERDUGRUQDLOHGLQ2&ZLWKGFHPHQWFRDWHGQDLOVLQORQJLQVKDQN GLDPDQGLQGLDPKHDGV:KHQXVHGLQZLGWKVRIRWKHUWKDQLQJ\SVXP ERDUGVDUHWREHLQVWDOOHGKRUL]RQWDOO\

*(25*,$3$&,),&*<3680//&²*UHHQ*ODVV7\SH; ILQLVKUDWLQJ PLQ 

KWWSGDWDEDVHXOFRPFJLELQXOZHE/,6(;7)5$0()LUH5HVLVWDQFH:L]DUGKWPO   %;898)LUHUHVLVWDQFH5DWLQJV$16,8/ )*\SVXP%RDUG ² $VDQDOWHUQDWHWR,WHPV$%&'DQG( LQ JODVVPDWIDFHGZLWKVTXDUHHGJHVDSSOLHGHLWKHUKRUL]RQWDOO\RUYHUWLFDOO\*\SVXP SDQHOVQDLOHGLQ2&DURXQGWKHSHULPHWHUDQGLQWKHILHOGZLWKGFHPHQWFRDWHG QDLOVLQORQJLQVKDQNGLDPDQGLQGLDPKHDGV1DLOVVKDOOEH SODFHGLQFKDQGLQFKIURPKRUL]RQWDOMRLQWVDQGLQFK2&WKHUHDIWHU

&*&,1&²7\SH86*; ILQLVKUDWLQJPLQ

81,7('67$7(6*<3680&2²7\SH86*; ILQLVKUDWLQJPLQ

86*0(;,&26$'(&9²7\SH86*; ILQLVKUDWLQJPLQ

**\SVXP%RDUG ² $VDQDOWHUQDWHWR,WHPVWKURXJK) LQWKLFNSDSHU VXUIDFHGDSSOLHGYHUWLFDOO\*\SVXPSDQHOVQDLOHGLQ2&ZLWKGFHPHQWFRDWHG QDLOVLQORQJLQVKDQNGLDPDQGLQGLDPKHDGV

*(25*,$3$&,),&*<3680//&²7\SH;&RPIRUW*XDUG6RXQG'HDGHQLQJ *\SVXP%RDUG ILQLVKUDWLQJPLQ 

+*\SVXP%RDUG ² $VDQDOWHUQDWHWR,WHPV 1RWWREHXVHGZLWKLWHPVRU LQWKLFNSDSHUVXUIDFHGDSSOLHGYHUWLFDOO\RQO\*\SVXPSDQHOVQDLOHGLQ2& ZLWKGFHPHQWFRDWHGQDLOVLQORQJLQVKDQNGLDPDQGLQGLDP KHDGV

1$7,21$/*<3680&2²6RXQG%UHDN;37\SH;*\SVXP%RDUG

,*\SVXP%RDUG ² $VDQDOWHUQDWHWR,WHPVWKURXJK+QRWVKRZQ ² 1RPLQDOLQWKLFNIWZLGHSDQHOVDSSOLHGYHUWLFDOO\3DQHOVQDLOHGLQ2&ZLWK GFHPHQWFRDWHGQDLOVLQORQJLQVKDQNGLDPDQGLQGLDPKHDGV 3DQHOMRLQWVFRYHUHGZLWKSDSHUWDSHDQGWZROD\HUVRIMRLQWFRPSRXQG1DLOKHDGV FRYHUHGZLWKWZROD\HUVRIMRLQWFRPSRXQG

3$%&2%8,/',1*352'8&76//&'%$3$%&2*<3680²7\SH 4XLHW5RFN(6 ILQLVKUDWLQJPLQ 

-*\SVXP%RDUG ² $VDQDOWHUQDWHWR,WHPV 1RWWREHXVHGZLWKLWHPVRU LQWKLFNSDSHUVXUIDFHGDSSOLHGYHUWLFDOO\RQO\*\SVXPSDQHOVQDLOHGLQ2& ZLWKGFHPHQWFRDWHGQDLOVLQORQJLQVKDQNGLDPDQGLQGLDP KHDGV

KWWSGDWDEDVHXOFRPFJLELQXOZHE/,6(;7)5$0()LUH5HVLVWDQFH:L]DUGKWPO   %;898)LUHUHVLVWDQFH5DWLQJV$16,8/ &(57$,17(('*<3680,1&²7\SH6LOHQW);

.*\SVXP%RDUG ² $VDQDOWHUQDWHWR,WHP LQWKLFNJ\SVXPSDQHOV ZLWKEHYHOHGVTXDUHRUWDSHUHGHGJHVDSSOLHGHLWKHUKRUL]RQWDOO\RUYHUWLFDOO\ *\SVXPSDQHOVIDVWHQHGWRIUDPLQJZLWKLQORQJ7\SH:FRDUVHWKUHDGJ\SVXP SDQHOVWHHOVFUHZVVSDFHGDPD[LPXPLQ2&ZLWKWKHODVWVFUHZLQIURPWKHHGJH RIWKHERDUG:KHQXVHGLQZLGWKVRWKHUWKDQLQJ\SVXPSDQHOVDUHWREHLQVWDOOHG KRUL]RQWDOO\

1$7,21$/*<3680&2²7\SH)6. ILQLVKUDWLQJPLQ 7\SH)6.* ILQLVK UDWLQJPLQ 7\SH)6: ILQLVKUDWLQJPLQ 7\SH)6: ILQLVKUDWLQJPLQ  7\SH)6: ILQLVKUDWLQJPLQ 7\SH)6: ILQLVKUDWLQJPLQ 7\SH)6:* ILQLVKUDWLQJPLQ 7\SH)6.& ILQLVKUDWLQJPLQ 7\SH)6:& ILQLVKUDWLQJ PLQ 7\SH)605&7\SH)6: ILQLVKUDWLQJPLQ 

/*\SVXP%RDUG ²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

0$<&2,1'8675,(6,1&²;5D\6KLHOGHG*\SVXP

0*\SVXP%RDUG ²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

KWWSGDWDEDVHXOFRPFJLELQXOZHE/,6(;7)5$0()LUH5HVLVWDQFH:L]DUGKWPO   %;898)LUHUHVLVWDQFH5DWLQJV$16,8/ /I*UDGH&)DVWHQHUVIRUIDFHOD\HUJ\SVXPSDQHOV ,WHPV$RU% ZKHQ LQVWDOOHGRYHUOHDGEDFNHGERDUGWREHPLQLQ7\SH6EXJOHKHDGVWHHOVFUHZV VSDFHGDVGHVFULEHGLQ,WHP

5$',$7,213527(&7,21352'8&76,1&²7\SH533/HDG/LQHG 'U\ZDOO

1*\SVXP%RDUG ² $VDQDOWHUQDWHWR,WHP ²LQWKLFNIWZLGH DSSOLHGYHUWLFDOO\ZLWKYHUWLFDOMRLQWVFHQWHUHGRYHUVWXGVDQGVWDJJHUHGRQHVWXGFDYLW\ RQRSSRVLWHVLGHVRIVWXGV6HFXUHGDVGHVFULEHGLQ,WHP

&(57$,17(('*<3680,1&²(DVL/LWH7\SH; ILQLVKUDWLQJPLQ

2:DOODQG3DUWLWLRQ)DFLQJVDQG$FFHVVRULHV ² $VDQDOWHUQDWHWR,WHPQRW VKRZQ ²1RPLQDOLQWKLFNIWZLGHSDQHOVDSSOLHGYHUWLFDOO\3DQHOVQDLOHG LQ2&ZLWKGFHPHQWFRDWHGQDLOVLQORQJLQVKDQNGLDPDQGLQ GLDPKHDGV3DQHOMRLQWVFRYHUHGZLWKSDSHUWDSHDQGWZROD\HUVRIMRLQWFRPSRXQG 1DLOKHDGVFRYHUHGZLWKWZROD\HUVRIMRLQWFRPSRXQG

3$%&2%8,/',1*352'8&76//&'%$3$%&2*<3680²7\SH 4XLHW5RFN ILQLVKUDWLQJPLQ 

3*\SVXP%RDUG ² $VDQDOWHUQDWHWR,WHPQRWVKRZQ 7ZROD\HUVQRP LQWKLFNJ\SVXPSDQHOVDSSOLHGYHUWLFDOO\RUKRUL]RQWDOO\+RUL]RQWDOHGJHMRLQWV DQGKRUL]RQWDOEXWWMRLQWVRQRSSRVLWHVLGHVRIVWXGVQHHGQRWEHVWDJJHUHGRUEDFNHG E\ZRRGVWXGV+RUL]RQWDOMRLQWVRQWKHVDPHVLGHEHWZHHQIDFHDQGEDVHOD\HUVQHHG QRWEHVWDJJHUHG%DVHOD\HUJ\SVXPSDQHOVIDVWHQHGWRVWXGVZLWKLQORQJ GU\ZDOOQDLOVVSDFHGLQ2&)DFHOD\HUJ\SVXPSDQHOVIDVWHQHGWRVWXGVZLWK LQORQJGU\ZDOOQDLOVVSDFHGLQ2&VWDUWLQJZLWKDVWDJJHU

1$7,21$/*<3680&2²7\SH)6: ILQLVKUDWLQJPLQ

4*\SVXP%RDUG ² $VDQDOWHUQDWHWR,WHP ²LQWKLFNJ\SVXPSDQHOV ZLWKEHYHOHGVTXDUHRUWDSHUHGHGJHVDSSOLHGHLWKHUKRUL]RQWDOO\RUYHUWLFDOO\ *\SVXPSDQHOVIDVWHQHGWRIUDPLQJZLWKLQORQJ7\SH:FRDUVHWKUHDGJ\SVXP SDQHOVWHHOVFUHZVVSDFHGDPD[LPXPLQ2&ZLWKWKHODVWWZRVFUHZVDQGLQ IURPWKHHGJHVRIWKHERDUG:KHQXVHGLQZLGWKVRWKHUWKDQLQJ\SVXPSDQHOVDUH WREHLQVWDOOHGKRUL]RQWDOO\

&217,1(17$/%8,/',1*352'8&7623(5$7,1*&2//&²7\SH /*)&$ ILQLVKUDWLQJPLQ 7\SH/*)&$7\SH/*)&&$7\SH/*)&:' 7\SH/*//;

KWWSGDWDEDVHXOFRPFJLELQXOZHE/,6(;7)5$0()LUH5HVLVWDQFH:L]DUGKWPO   %;898)LUHUHVLVWDQFH5DWLQJV$16,8/ 6WHHO&RUQHU)DVWHQHUV² 2SWLRQDO ²)RUXVHDWZDOOFRUQHUV&KDQQHOVKDSHG LQORQJE\LQKLJKRQWKHEDFNVLGHZLWKWZRLQZLGHFOHDWVSURWUXGLQJLQWR WKHLQZLGHFKDQQHOIDEULFDWHGIURPJDXJHJDOYVWHHO)DVWHQHUVDSSOLHGRQO\WR WKHHQGRUFXWHGJH QRWDORQJWDSHUHGHGJHV RIWKHJ\SVXPERDUGQRJUHDWHUWKDQ LQIURPFRUQHURIJ\SVXPERDUGPD[VSDFLQJLQ2&1DLOHGWRDGMDFHQWVWXG WKURXJKWDEXVLQJRQH1RGFHPHQWFRDWHGQDLOSHUIDVWHQHU&RUQHUVRIZDOOERDUG VKDOOEHQDLOHGWRWRSDQGERWWRPSODWHXVLQJ1RGFHPHQWFRDWHGQDLOV

%DWWVDQG%ODQNHWV ² 2SWLRQDO5HTXLUHGZKHQ,WHP$LVXVHG 5& *ODVV ILEHURUPLQHUDOZRROLQVXODWLRQ3ODFHGWRFRPSOHWHO\RUSDUWLDOO\ILOOWKHVWXGFDYLWLHV :KHQ,WHP$LVXVHGJODVVILEHURUPLQHUDOZRROLQVXODWLRQVKDOOEHIULFWLRQILWWHGWR FRPSOHWHO\ILOOWKHVWXGFDYLWLHV

&(57$,17(('&253

.1$8),168/$7,21//&

-2+160$19,//(,17(51$7,21$/,1&

.1$8),168/$7,21//&

0$1621,168/$7,21,1&

2:(16&251,1*+7,1&',92)2:(16&251,1*²&RUQLQJ)LEHUJODV &RUS

52&.:22/0$18)$&785,1*&2²'HOWD%RDUG

52;8/,1&²$FRXVWLFDO)LUH%DWWV

7+(50$),%(5,1&²7\SH6$)%

$)LEHU6SUD\HG ² 1RWVKRZQ1RWIRUXVHZLWK,WHP $VDQDOWHUQDWHWR %DWWVDQG%ODQNHWV ,WHP ²6SUD\DSSOLHGFHOOXORVHPDWHULDO7KHILEHULVDSSOLHG ZLWKZDWHUWRFRPSOHWHO\ILOOWKHHQFORVHGFDYLW\LQDFFRUGDQFHZLWKWKHDSSOLFDWLRQ LQVWUXFWLRQVVXSSOLHGZLWKWKHSURGXFWZLWKDQRPLQDOGU\GHQVLW\RIOEIW $OWHUQDWH$SSOLFDWLRQ0HWKRG7KHILEHULVDSSOLHGZLWKRXWZDWHURUDGKHVLYHDWD QRPLQDOGU\GHQVLW\RIOEIWLQDFFRUGDQFHZLWKWKHDSSOLFDWLRQLQVWUXFWLRQV VXSSOLHGZLWKWKHSURGXFW:KHQ,WHP%LVXVHG)LEHU6SUD\HGVKDOOEH,16 ,16,16/'RU,16/'

86*5((1),%(5//&²,16 ,16IRUXVHZLWKZHWRUGU\DSSOLFDWLRQ ,16/',16/',16/',16,16,16/'DQG,16/'DUH WREHXVHGIRUGU\DSSOLFDWLRQRQO\

KWWSGDWDEDVHXOFRPFJLELQXOZHE/,6(;7)5$0()LUH5HVLVWDQFH:L]DUGKWPO   %;898)LUHUHVLVWDQFH5DWLQJV$16,8/

%)LEHU6SUD\HG ² 1RWVKRZQ1RWIRUXVHZLWK,WHP $VDQDOWHUQDWHWR %DWWVDQG%ODQNHWV ,WHP DQG,WHP$6SUD\DSSOLHGFHOOXORVHLQVXODWLRQPDWHULDO 7KHILEHULVDSSOLHGZLWKZDWHUWRLQWHULRUVXUIDFHVLQDFFRUGDQFHZLWKWKHDSSOLFDWLRQ LQVWUXFWLRQVVXSSOLHGZLWKWKHSURGXFW$SSOLHGWRFRPSOHWHO\ILOOWKHHQFORVHGFDYLW\ 0LQLPXPGU\GHQVLW\RISRXQGVSHUFXELFIW

18:22/&2,1&²&HOOXORVH,QVXODWLRQ

&%DWWVDQG%ODQNHWV ²5HTXLUHGIRUXVHZLWKUHVLOLHQWFKDQQHOV,WHPLQ WKLFNPLQHUDOZRROEDWWVIULFWLRQILWWHGWRILOOLQWHULRURIZDOO

7+(50$),%(5,1&²7\SH6$)%

'*ODVV)LEHU,QVXODWLRQ² $VDQDOWHUQDWHWR,WHP& ²LQWKLFNJODVVILEHU EDWWVEHDULQJWKH8/&ODVVLILFDWLRQ0DUNLQJDVWR6XUIDFH%XUQLQJDQGRU)LUH 5HVLVWDQFHIULFWLRQILWWHGWRILOOWKHLQWHULRURIWKHZDOO6HH%DWWVDQG%ODQNHWV %.19RU%=-= &DWHJRULHVIRUQDPHVRI&ODVVLILHGFRPSDQLHV

(%DWWVDQG%ODQNHWV ² 5HTXLUHGIRUXVHZLWK:DOODQG3DUWLWLRQ)DFLQJVDQG $FFHVVRULHV,WHP' ²*ODVVILEHULQVXODWLRQQRPLQWKLFNPLQGHQVLW\RI SFIZLWKDIODPHVSUHDGRIRUOHVVDQGDVPRNHGHYHORSHGRIRUOHVV IULFWLRQILWWHGWRFRPSOHWHO\ILOOWKHVWXGFDYLWLHV6HH%DWWVDQG%ODQNHWV&DWHJRU\ %.19 IRUQDPHVRIPDQXIDFWXUHUV

))LEHU6SUD\HG ² 2SWLRQDO1RW6KRZQ1RWIRUXVHZLWK,WHP$RU%  $VDQDOWHUQDWHWR%DWWVDQG%ODQNHWV ,WHP DQG,WHP$6SUD\DSSOLHGJUDQXODWHG PLQHUDOILEHUPDWHULDO7KHILEHULVDSSOLHGZLWKZDWHUWRFRPSOHWHO\ILOOWKHHQFORVHG FDYLW\LQDFFRUGDQFHZLWKWKHDSSOLFDWLRQLQVWUXFWLRQVVXSSOLHGZLWKWKHSURGXFW6HH )LEHU6SUD\HG &&$= 

7(;$6$0(552&.3$571(56/3'%$$0(552&.352'8&76² 5RFNZRRO

*)LEHU6SUD\HG ² 2SWLRQDO1RW6KRZQ1RWIRUXVHZLWK,WHPV$RU%  $VDQDOWHUQDWHWR%DWWVDQG%ODQNHWV ,WHP DQG,WHP$%URZQ&RORUHG6SUD\ DSSOLHGFHOOXORVHILEHU7KHILEHULVDSSOLHGZLWKZDWHUWRFRPSOHWHO\ILOOWKHHQFORVHG VWXGFDYLW\LQDFFRUGDQFHZLWKWKHDSSOLFDWLRQLQVWUXFWLRQVVXSSOLHGZLWKWKHSURGXFW 7KHPLQLPXPGU\GHQVLW\VKDOOEHOEVIW

,17(51$7,21$/&(//8/26(&253²&HOEDU5/

6WHHO)UDPLQJ0HPEHUV 2SWLRQDO1RW6KRZQ ²)XUULQJFKDQQHOVDQG6WHHO

KWWSGDWDEDVHXOFRPFJLELQXOZHE/,6(;7)5$0()LUH5HVLVWDQFH:L]DUGKWPO   %;898)LUHUHVLVWDQFH5DWLQJV$16,8/ )UDPLQJ0HPEHUVDVGHVFULEHGEHORZ

D)XUULQJ&KDQQHOV²)RUPHGRI1R06*JDOYVWHHO LQRULQZLGHE\LQGHHSVSDFHGLQ2& SHUSHQGLFXODUWRVWXGV&KDQQHOVVHFXUHGWRVWXGVDVGHVFULEHGLQ ,WHPE(QGVRIDGMRLQLQJFKDQQHOVDUHRYHUODSSHGLQDQGWLHG WRJHWKHUZLWKGRXEOHVWUDQGRI1R6:*JDOYVWHHOZLUHQHDU HDFKHQGRIRYHUODS$VDQDOWHUQDWHHQGVRIDGMRLQLQJFKDQQHOV PD\EHRYHUODSSHGLQDQGVHFXUHGWRJHWKHUZLWKWZRVHOIWDSSLQJ IUDPLQJVFUHZVPLQLQORQJDWWKHPLGSRLQWRIWKH RYHUODSZLWKRQHVFUHZRQHDFKIODQJHRIWKHFKDQQHO*\SVXP ERDUGDWWDFKHGWRIXUULQJFKDQQHOVDVGHVFULEHGLQ,WHPE6WHHO )UDPLQJ0HPEHUV ²8VHGWRDWWDFKIXUULQJFKDQQHOV ,WHPD WR VWXGV&OLSVVSDFHGLQ2&56,&DQG56,&  FOLSV VHFXUHGWRVWXGVZLWK1R[LQFRDUVHGU\ZDOOVFUHZ WKURXJKWKHFHQWHUJURPPHW56,&9DQG56,&9  FOLSV VHFXUHGWRVWXGVZLWK1R[LQFRDUVHGU\ZDOOVFUHZ WKURXJKWKHFHQWHUKROH)XUULQJFKDQQHOVDUHIULFWLRQILWWHGLQWR FOLSV56,&DQG56,&9FOLSVIRUXVHZLWKLQZLGHIXUULQJ FKDQQHOV56,&  DQG56,&9  FOLSVIRUXVHZLWK LQZLGHIXUULQJFKDQQHOV

E6WHHO)UDPLQJ0HPEHUV ²8VHGWRDWWDFKIXUULQJFKDQQHOV ,WHPD WRVWXGV&OLSVVSDFHGLQ2&56,&FOLSVVHFXUHGWR VWXGVZLWK1R[LQFRDUVHGU\ZDOOVFUHZWKURXJKWKHFHQWHU JURPPHW56,&9FOLSVVHFXUHGWRVWXGVZLWK1R[LQ FRDUVHGU\ZDOOVFUHZWKURXJKWKHFHQWHUKROH)XUULQJFKDQQHOVDUH IULFWLRQILWWHGLQWRFOLSV

3$&,17(51$7,21$/,1&²7\SHV56,&56,&956,&   56,&9  

$6WHHO)UDPLQJ0HPEHUV 2SWLRQDO1RW6KRZQ ²)XUULQJFKDQQHOVDQG6WHHO )UDPLQJ0HPEHUVRQRQHVLGHRIVWXGVDVGHVFULEHGEHORZ

D)XUULQJ&KDQQHOV²)RUPHGRI1R06*JDOYVWHHOVSDFHG LQ2&SHUSHQGLFXODUWRVWXGV&KDQQHOVVHFXUHGWRVWXGVDV GHVFULEHGLQ,WHPE(QGVRIDGMRLQLQJFKDQQHOVDUHRYHUODSSHGLQ DQGWLHGWRJHWKHUZLWKGRXEOHVWUDQGRI1R6:*JDOYVWHHOZLUH QHDUHDFKHQGRIRYHUODS%DWWVDQG%ODQNHWVSODFHGLQVWXGFDYLW\ DVGHVFULEHGLQ,WHP7ZROD\HUVRIJ\SVXPERDUGDWWDFKHGWR IXUULQJFKDQQHOVDVGHVFULEHGLQ,WHP

E6WHHO)UDPLQJ0HPEHUV ²XVHGWRDWWDFKIXUULQJFKDQQHOV ,WHP$D WRRQHVLGHRIVWXGVRQO\&OLSVVSDFHGLQ2&DQG VHFXUHGWRVWXGVZLWKWZR1R[LQFRDUVHGU\ZDOOVFUHZV RQHWKURXJKWKHKROHDWHDFKHQGRIWKHFOLS)XUULQJFKDQQHOVDUH IULFWLRQILWWHGLQWRFOLSV

KWWSGDWDEDVHXOFRPFJLELQXOZHE/,6(;7)5$0()LUH5HVLVWDQFH:L]DUGKWPO   %;898)LUHUHVLVWDQFH5DWLQJV$16,8/ .,1(7,&612,6(&21752/,1&²7\SH,VRPD[

%6WHHO)UDPLQJ0HPEHUV² 2SWLRQDO1RW6KRZQ ²)XUULQJFKDQQHOVDQG 6WHHO)UDPLQJ0HPEHUVDVGHVFULEHGEHORZ

D)XUULQJ&KDQQHOV²)RUPHGRI1R06*JDOYVWHHO LQZLGHE\LQGHHSVSDFHGLQ2&SHUSHQGLFXODUWRVWXGV &KDQQHOVVHFXUHGWRVWXGVDVGHVFULEHGLQ,WHPE(QGVRIDGMRLQLQJ FKDQQHOVDUHRYHUODSSHGLQDQGWLHGWRJHWKHUZLWKGRXEOHVWUDQG RI1R6:*JDOYVWHHOZLUHQHDUHDFKHQGRIRYHUODS$VDQ DOWHUQDWHHQGVRIDGMRLQLQJFKDQQHOVPD\EHRYHUODSSHGLQDQG VHFXUHGWRJHWKHUZLWKWZRVHOIWDSSLQJIUDPLQJVFUHZVPLQ LQORQJDWWKHPLGSRLQWRIWKHRYHUODSZLWKRQHVFUHZRQHDFK IODQJHRIWKHFKDQQHO*\SVXPERDUGDWWDFKHGWRIXUULQJFKDQQHOVDV GHVFULEHGLQ,WHP

E6WHHO)UDPLQJ0HPEHUV ²8VHGWRDWWDFKIXUULQJFKDQQHOV ,WHP%D WRVWXGV&OLSVVSDFHGLQ2&*HQLHFOLSVVHFXUHGWR VWXGVZLWK1R[LQFRDUVHGU\ZDOOVFUHZWKURXJKWKHFHQWHU KROH)XUULQJFKDQQHOVDUHIULFWLRQILWWHGLQWRFOLSV

3/,7(4,1&²7\SH*HQLH&OLS

&6WHHO)UDPLQJ0HPEHUV² 2SWLRQDO1RW6KRZQ ²)XUULQJFKDQQHOVDQG UHVLOLHQWVRXQGLVRODWLRQFOLSDVGHVFULEHGEHORZ

D)XUULQJ&KDQQHOV²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

E6WHHO)UDPLQJ0HPEHUV ²5HVLOLHQWVRXQGLVRODWLRQFOLSXVHG WRDWWDFKIXUULQJFKDQQHOV ,WHP&D WRVWXGV&OLSVVSDFHGLQ 2&DQGVHFXUHGWRVWXGVZLWK1R[LQFRDUVHGU\ZDOO VFUHZWKURXJKWKHFHQWHUKROH)XUULQJFKDQQHOVDUHIULFWLRQILWWHG LQWRFOLSV

678'&2%8,/',1*6<67(06²5(6,/028176RXQG ,VRODWLRQ&OLSV7\SH$RU$5

KWWSGDWDEDVHXOFRPFJLELQXOZHE/,6(;7)5$0()LUH5HVLVWDQFH:L]DUGKWPO   %;898)LUHUHVLVWDQFH5DWLQJV$16,8/ )XUULQJ&KDQQHO²2SWLRQDO1RW6KRZQ)RUXVHRQRQHVLGHRIWKHZDOO 5HVLOLHQWFKDQQHOV06*JDOYVWHHOVSDFHGYHUWLFDOO\LQ2&IODQJHSRUWLRQ VFUHZDWWDFKHGWRRQHVLGHRIVWXGVZLWKLQORQJGLDPRQGVKDSHGSRLQWGRXEOH OHDG3KLOOLSVKHDGVWHHOVFUHZV:KHQUHVLOLHQWFKDQQHOVDUHXVHGLQVXODWLRQ,WHPV& RU'LVUHTXLUHG

&DXONLQJDQG6HDODQWV² QRWVKRZQRSWLRQDO $EHDGRIDFRXVWLFDOVHDODQW DSSOLHGDURXQGWKHSDUWLWLRQSHULPHWHUIRUVRXQGFRQWURO

67&5DWLQJ²7KH67&5DWLQJRIWKHZDOODVVHPEO\LVZKHQLWLVFRQVWUXFWHG DVGHVFULEHGE\,WHPVWKURXJKH[FHSW

$,WHPDERYH1DLOKHDGV6KDOOEHFRYHUHGZLWKMRLQWFRPSRXQG

%,WHPDERYH-RLQWV$VGHVFULEHGVKDOOEHFRYHUHGZLWKILEHUWDSHDQGMRLQW FRPSRXQG

&,WHPDERYH%DWWVDQG%ODQNHWV 7KHFDYLWLHVIRUPHGE\WKHVWXGVVKDOOEH IULFWLRQILWZLWK5XQIDFHGILEHUJODVVLQVXODWLRQEDWWVPHDVXULQJLQWKLFNDQG LQZLGH

',WHPDERYH6WHHO)UDPLQJ0HPEHUV 7\SH56,&FOLSVVKDOOEHXVHGWRDWWDFK J\SVXPERDUGWRVWXGVRQHLWKHUVLGHRIWKHZDOODVVHPEO\

(,WHPDERYH&DXONLQJDQG6HDODQWV QRWVKRZQ $EHDGRIDFRXVWLFDOVHDODQW VKDOOEHDSSOLHGDURXQGWKHSDUWLWLRQSHULPHWHUIRUVRXQGFRQWURO

)6WHHO&RUQHU)DVWHQHUV ,WHP )LEHU6SUD\HG ,WHPV$DQG% DQG6WHHO )UDPLQJ0HPEHUV ,WHP$ QRWHYDOXDWHGDVDOWHUQDWLYHVIRUREWDLQLQJ67&UDWLQJ

:DOODQG3DUWLWLRQ)DFLQJVDQG$FFHVVRULHV ² 2SWLRQDO1RWVKRZQ ² 1RPLQDOLQWKLFNIWZLGHSDQHOVIRURSWLRQDOXVHDVDQDGGLWLRQDOOD\HURQRQH RUERWKVLGHVRIWKHDVVHPEO\3DQHOVDWWDFKHGLQDFFRUGDQFHZLWKPDQXIDFWXUHU V UHFRPPHQGDWLRQV:KHQWKH45RU45SDQHOLVLQVWDOOHGEHWZHHQWKHZRRG IUDPLQJDQGWKH8/&ODVVLILHGJ\SVXPERDUGWKHUHTXLUHG8/&ODVVLILHGJ\SVXP ERDUGOD\HU V LVDUHWREHLQVWDOOHGDVLQGLFDWHGDVWRIDVWHQHUW\SHDQGVSDFLQJH[FHSW WKDWWKHUHTXLUHGIDVWHQHUOHQJWKVKDOOEHLQFUHDVHGE\DPLQLPXPRILQ1RW HYDOXDWHGRULQWHQGHGDVDVXEVWLWXWHIRUWKHUHTXLUHGOD\HU V RI8/&ODVVLILHG*\SVXP %RDUG

3$%&2%8,/',1*352'8&76//&'%$3$%&2*<3680²7\SH 4XLHW5RFN45DQG45

&HPHQWLWLRXV%DFNHU8QLWV ² 2SWLRQDO,WHP1RW6KRZQ)RU8VH2Q)DFH2I +U6\VWHPV:LWK$OO6WDQGDUG,WHPV5HTXLUHG LQLQLQLQRU LQWKLFNPLQLQZLGH$SSOLHGYHUWLFDOO\RUKRUL]RQWDOO\ZLWKYHUWLFDOMRLQWV FHQWHUHGRYHUVWXGV)DVWHQHGWRVWXGVDQGUXQQHUVZLWKFHPHQWERDUGVFUHZVRI DGHTXDWHOHQJWKWRSHQHWUDWHVWXGE\DPLQLPXPRILQIRUVWHHOIUDPLQJPHPEHUV DQGDPLQLPXPRILQIRUZRRGIUDPLQJPHPEHUVVSDFHGDPD[RILQ2&:KHQ IWZLGHERDUGVDUHXVHGKRUL]RQWDOMRLQWVQHHGQRWEHEDFNHGE\IUDPLQJ

KWWSGDWDEDVHXOFRPFJLELQXOZHE/,6(;7)5$0()LUH5HVLVWDQFH:L]DUGKWPO   %;898)LUHUHVLVWDQFH5DWLQJV$16,8/ 1$7,21$/*<3680&2²7\SH'XUD%DFNHU3HUPD%DVH'XUD%DFNHU3OXVRU 3HUPD%DVH3OXV

1RQ%HDULQJ:DOO3DUWLWLRQ,QWHUVHFWLRQ² 2SWLRQDO ²7ZRQRPLQDOE\ LQVWXGVRUQRPLQDOE\LQVWXGVQDLOHGWRJHWKHUZLWKWZRLQORQJGQDLOV VSDFHGDPD[LQ2&YHUWLFDOO\DQGIDVWHQHGWRRQHVLGHRIWKHPLQLPXPE\LQ VWXGZLWKLQORQJGQDLOVVSDFHGDPD[LQ2&YHUWLFDOO\,QWHUVHFWLRQEHWZHHQ SDUWLWLRQZRRGVWXGVWREHIOXVKZLWKWKHE\LQVWXGV7KHZDOOSDUWLWLRQZRRG VWXGVDUHWREHIUDPHGE\ZLWKDVHFRQGE\LQZRRGVWXGIDVWHQHGZLWKLQORQJ GQDLOVVSDFHGDPD[LQ2&YHUWLFDOO\0D[LPXPRQHQRQEHDULQJZDOO SDUWLWLRQLQWHUVHFWLRQSHUVWXGFDYLW\1RQEHDULQJZDOOSDUWLWLRQVWXGGHSWKVKDOOEHDW DPLQLPXPHTXDOWRWKHGHSWKRIWKHEHDULQJZDOO

0HVK1HWWLQJ² 1RWVKRZQ $Q\WKLQZRYHQRUQRQZRYHQILEURXVQHWWLQJ PDWHULDODWWDFKHGZLWKVWDSOHVWRWKHRXWHUIDFHRIRQHURZRIVWXGVWRIDFLOLWDWHWKH LQVWDOODWLRQRIWKHVSUD\HGILEHUIURPWKHRSSRVLWHURZ

0LQHUDODQG)LEHU%RDUG ² 2SWLRQDO1RWVKRZQ ²)RURSWLRQDOXVHDVDQ DGGLWLRQDOOD\HURQRQHVLGHRIZDOO1RPLQWKLFNIWZLGHZLWKORQJGLPHQVLRQ SDUDOOHODQGFHQWHUHGRYHUVWXGV$WWDFKHGWRIUDPLQJZLWKLQORQJ7\SH:VWHHO VFUHZVVSDFHGLQ2&7KHUHTXLUHG8/&ODVVLILHGJ\SVXPERDUGOD\HU V LVDUHWR EHLQVWDOOHGDVLQGLFDWHGDVWRIDVWHQHUW\SHDQGVSDFLQJH[FHSWWKDWWKHUHTXLUHG IDVWHQHUOHQJWKVKDOOEHLQFUHDVHGE\DPLQLPXPRILQ1RWHYDOXDWHGRULQWHQGHG DVDVXEVWLWXWHIRUWKHUHTXLUHGOD\HU V RI8/&ODVVLILHG*\SVXP%RDUG

+20$627(&2²+RPDVRWH7\SH

$0LQHUDODQG)LEHU%RDUG ² 2SWLRQDO1RWVKRZQ ²)RUXVHZLWK,WHPV %( ²)RURSWLRQDOXVHDVDQDGGLWLRQDOOD\HURQRQHVLGHRIZDOO1RPLQ WKLFNIWZLGHZLWKORQJGLPHQVLRQSDUDOOHODQGFHQWHUHGRYHUVWXGV$WWDFKHGWR IUDPLQJZLWKPLQLPXPLQORQJULQJVKDQNHGQDLOVRULQORQJ7\SH: VWHHOVFUHZVVSDFHGLQ2&DORQJERDUGHGJHVDQGLQ2&LQILHOGRIERDUGDORQJ LQWHUPHGLDWHIUDPLQJ1RWHYDOXDWHGRULQWHQGHGDVDVXEVWLWXWHIRUWKHUHTXLUHG OD\HU V RI8/&ODVVLILHG*\SVXP%RDUG

+20$627(&2²+RPDVRWH7\SH

%*ODVV)LEHU,QVXODWLRQ² )RUXVHZLWK,WHP$ ²LQWKLFNJODVVILEHU EDWWVEHDULQJWKH8/&ODVVLILFDWLRQ0DUNLQJDVWR6XUIDFH%XUQLQJDQGRU)LUH 5HVLVWDQFHSODFHGWRILOOWKHLQWHULRURIWKHZDOO6HH%DWWVDQG%ODQNHWV %.19RU %=-= FDWHJRULHVIRUQDPHVRI&ODVVLILHGFRPSDQLHV

&%DWWVDQG%ODQNHWV ² $VDQDOWHUQDWHWR,WHP%)RUXVHZLWK,WHP$  LQWKLFNPLQHUDOZRROEDWWVSODFHGWRILOOLQWHULRURIZDOODWWDFKHGWRWKHLQIDFH RIWKHVWXGVZLWKVWDSOHVSODFHGLQ2&

KWWSGDWDEDVHXOFRPFJLELQXOZHE/,6(;7)5$0()LUH5HVLVWDQFH:L]DUGKWPO   %;898)LUHUHVLVWDQFH5DWLQJV$16,8/ 7+(50$),%(5,1&²7\SH6$)%

'$GKHVLYH² )RUXVHZLWK,WHP$ &RQVWUXFWLRQJUDGHDGKHVLYHDSSOLHGLQ YHUWLFDOVHUSHQWLQHQRPLQDOLQZLGHEHDGVGRZQWKHOHQJWKRIERWKYHUWLFDOHGJHV RI0LQHUDODQG)LEHU%RDUG ,WHP$ 

(*\SVXP%RDUG ² )RUXVHZLWK,WHP$ LQWKLFNIWZLGHDSSOLHG YHUWLFDOO\RYHU0LQHUDODQG)LEHU%RDUG ,WHP$ ZLWKYHUWLFDOMRLQWVORFDWHG DQ\ZKHUHRYHUVWXGFDYLWLHV6HFXUHGWRPLQHUDODQGILEHUERDUGVZLWKLQ7\SH *6FUHZVVSDFHGLQ2&DORQJHGJHVRIHDFKYHUWLFDOMRLQWDQGLQ2&LQ LQWHUPHGLDWHILHOGRIWKH0LQHUDODQG)LEHU%RDUG ,WHP$ 6HFXUHGWRRXWHUPRVW VWXGVDQGEHDULQJSODWHVZLWKLQORQJ7\SH6VFUHZVVSDFHGLQ2&*\SVXP %RDUGMRLQWVFRYHUHGZLWKSDSHUWDSHDQGMRLQWFRPSRXQG6FUHZKHDGVFRYHUHGZLWK MRLQWFRPSRXQG)LQLVK5DWLQJ0LQ

$0(5,&$1*<3680&2²7\SH$*&

&(57$,17(('*<3680,1&²7\SH)53&7\SH&

&*&,1&²7\SHV&,3;,3&$5

&217,1(17$/%8,/',1*352'8&7623(5$7,1*&2//&²7\SH /*)&&$

*(25*,$3$&,),&*<3680//&²7\SHV'$3&7*&

1$7,21$/*<3680&2²7\SHV)6.&)6:&

3$%&2%8,/',1*352'8&76//&'%$3$%&2*<3680²7\SH3*&

3$1(/5(<6$²7\SH35&

7+$,*<3680352'8&763&/²7\SH&

KWWSGDWDEDVHXOFRPFJLELQXOZHE/,6(;7)5$0()LUH5HVLVWDQFH:L]DUGKWPO   %;898)LUHUHVLVWDQFH5DWLQJV$16,8/ 81,7('67$7(6*<3680&2²7\SHV&,3;,3&$5

86*0(;,&26$'(&9²7\SHV&,3;,3&$5

,QGLFDWHVVXFKSURGXFWVVKDOOEHDUWKH8/RUF8/&HUWLILFDWLRQ0DUNIRUMXULVGLFWLRQV HPSOR\LQJWKH8/RUF8/&HUWLILFDWLRQ VXFKDV&DQDGD UHVSHFWLYHO\

/DVW8SGDWHGRQ

KWWSGDWDEDVHXOFRPFJLELQXOZHE/,6(;7)5$0()LUH5HVLVWDQFH:L]DUGKWPO  7/13/2020 BXUV.U341 | UL Product iQ

BXUV.U341

Design/System/Construction/Assembly Usage Disclaimer

Authorities Having Jurisdiction should be consulted in all cases as to the particular requirements covering the installation and use of UL Certified products, equipment, system, devices, and materials. Authorities Having Jurisdiction should be consulted before construction. Fire resistance assemblies and products are developed by the design submitter and have been investigated by UL for compliance with applicable requirements. The published information cannot always address every construction nuance encountered in the field. When field issues arise, it is recommended the first contact for assistance be the technical service staff provided by the product manufacturer noted for the design. Users of fire resistance assemblies are advised to consult the general Guide Information for each product category and each group of assemblies. The Guide Information includes specifics concerning alternate materials and alternate methods of construction. Only products which bear UL's Mark are considered Certified.

BXUV - Fire Resistance Ratings - ANSI/UL 263 Certified for United States BXUV7 - Fire Resistance Ratings - CAN/ULC-S101 Certified for Canada See General Information for Fire-resistance Ratings - ANSI/UL 263 Certified for United States Design Criteria and Allowable Variances

See General Information for Fire Resistance Ratings - CAN/ULC-S101 Certified for Canada Design Criteria and Allowable Variances Design No. U341

March 11, 2020 Bearing Wall Rating — 1 Hr. Finish Rating — Min 20 min. This design was evaluated using a load design method other than the Limit States Design Method (e.g., Working Stress Design Method). For jurisdictions employing the Limit States Design Method, such as Canada, a load restriction factor shall be used — See Guide BXUV or BXUV7

https://iq.ulprospector.com/en/profile?e=14916 1/10 7/13/2020 BXUV.U341 | UL Product iQ * Indicates such products shall bear the UL or cUL Certification Mark for jurisdictions employing the UL or cUL Certification (such as Canada), respectively.

HORIZONTAL SECTION 1. Wood Studs — Nom 2 by 4 in., spaced 24 in. OC max. Cross braced at mid-height and effectively firestopped at top and bottom of wall. No min. air space between stud rows except to accommodate attachment of sheathing, where required. See items 4 and 5.

2. Gypsum Board* — Any 5/8 in. thick UL Classified Gypsum Board that is eligible for use in Design Nos. L501, G512 or U305. Nom 5/8 in. thick 4 ft wide. Gypsum board applied horizontally or vertically, unless specified below, and nailed to studs and bearing plates 7 in. OC with 6d cement coated nails, 1-7/8 in. long, 0.0915 in. shank diam and 1/4 in. diam head. As an alternate, No. 6 bugle head drywall screws, 1-7/8 in. long, may be substituted for the 6d cement coated nails. When Steel Framing Members* (Item 6-6C) are used, wallboard attached to furring channels with 1 in. long Type S bugle-head steel screws spaced 12 in. OC.

When used in widths other than 48 in., gypsum board to be installed horizontally.

AMERICAN GYPSUM CO (View Classification) — CKNX.R14196

BEIJING NEW BUILDING MATERIALS PUBLIC LTD CO (View Classification) — CKNX.R19374 https://iq.ulprospector.com/en/profile?e=14916 2/10 7/13/2020 BXUV.U341 | UL Product iQ

CABOT MANUFACTURING ULC (View Classification) — CKNX.R25370

CERTAINTEED GYPSUM INC (View Classification) — CKNX.R3660

CGC INC (View Classification) — CKNX.R19751

CONTINENTAL BUILDING PRODUCTS OPERATING CO, L L C (View Classification) — CKNX.R18482

GEORGIA-PACIFIC GYPSUM L L C (View Classification) — CKNX.R2717

LOADMASTER SYSTEMS INC (View Classification) — CKNX.R11809

NATIONAL GYPSUM CO (View Classification) — CKNX.R3501

PABCO BUILDING PRODUCTS L L C, DBA PABCO GYPSUM (View Classification) — CKNX.R7094

PANEL REY S A (View Classification) — CKNX.R21796

SIAM GYPSUM INDUSTRY (SARABURI) CO LTD (View Classification) — CKNX.R19262

THAI GYPSUM PRODUCTS PCL (View Classification) — CKNX.R27517

UNITED STATES GYPSUM CO (View Classification) — CKNX.R1319

USG BORAL DRYWALL SFZ LLC (View Classification) — CKNX.R38438

USG BORAL DRYWALL SFZ LLC (View Classification) — CKNX.R38438

USG MEXICO S A DE C V (View Classification) — CKNX.R16089

2A. Gypsum Board* — (As an alternate to Item 2, not shown) — Nominal 5/8 in. thick, 4 ft wide panels, applied vertically to studs and bearing plates on one side of the assembly with 1-5/8 in. long Type S screws spaced 12 in. OC at perimeter of panels and 8 in. OC in the field. Horizontal joints of vertically applied panels need not be backed by studs. Panel joints covered with paper tape and two layers of joint compound. Screwheads covered with two layers of joint compound. Batts and Blankets placed in stud cavity as described in Item 5C. Not evaluated for use with Steel Framing Members, Furring Channels or Fiber, Sprayed. https://iq.ulprospector.com/en/profile?e=14916 3/10 7/13/2020 BXUV.U341 | UL Product iQ PABCO BUILDING PRODUCTS L L C, DBA PABCO GYPSUM — Type QuietRock QR-530 (finish rating 23 min).

2B. Gypsum Board* — (As an alternate to Item 2, not shown) — Any 5/8 in. thick gypsum panels that are eligible for use in Design Nos. L501, G512 or U305, supplied by the Classified companies listed below shown in the Gypsum Board* (CKNX) category. Applied horizontally or vertically and attached to studs and bearing plates with 1-1/4 in. long Type W coarse thread gypsum panel steel screws spaced a max 8 in. OC, with last screw 1 in. from edge of board. When used in widths other than 48 in., gypsum board to be installed horizontally. UNITED STATES GYPSUM CO

USG BORAL DRYWALL SFZ LLC

USG MEXICO S A DE C V

2C. Gypsum Board* — (As an alternate to Item 2, Not Shown) — 5/8 in. thick gypsum panels applied horizontally or vertically and attached to studs and bearing plates with 1-1/4 in. long Type W coarse thread gypsum panel steel screws spaced a max 8 in. OC, with last screw 1 in. from edge of board. When used in widths other than 48 in., gypsum board to be installed horizontally. AMERICAN GYPSUM CO — Types AGX-1, M-Glass, AG-C, LightRoc

CERTAINTEED GYPSUM INC — Type C, Type X or Type X-1

NATIONAL GYPSUM CO — Type FSK, Type FSK-G, Type FSW, Type FSW-3, Type FSW-5, Type FSW-G, Type FSK-C, Type FSW-C, Type FSMR-C, Type FSW-6, Type FSL

THAI GYPSUM PRODUCTS PCL — Type C or Type X

2D. Gypsum Board* — (As an alternate to Items 2, 2A, 2B and 2C) — 5/8 in. thick gypsum panels, with square edges, applied either horizontally or vertically. Gypsum panels fastened to framing with 1-1/4 in. long Type W coarse thread gypsum panel steel screws spaced a max 8 in. OC, with last 2 screws 1 and 4 in. from edge of board or nailed as described in Item 2. When used in widths of other than 48 in., gypsum boards are to be installed horizontally. GEORGIA-PACIFIC GYPSUM L L C — GreenGlass Type X, Type DGG.

2E. Gypsum Board* — (As an alternate to Items 2 through 2D) — 5/8 in. thick, 4 ft. wide, paper surfaced applied vertically only and secured as described in Item 2. GEORGIA-PACIFIC GYPSUM L L C — Type X ComfortGuard Sound Deadening Gypsum Board.

2F. Gypsum Board* — (As an alternate to Items 2 through 2E) - Installed as described in Item 2. 5/8 in. thick, 4 ft. wide, paper surfaced, applied vertically only and fastened to the studs and plates with 6d cement coated nails 1-7/8 in. long, 0.0915 in. shank diam and 1/4 in. diam heads, 7 in. OC. Not for use with item #6. NATIONAL GYPSUM CO — Type SBWB

https://iq.ulprospector.com/en/profile?e=14916 4/10 7/13/2020 BXUV.U341 | UL Product iQ 2G. Gypsum Board* — (As an alternate to Items 2 through 2F) — Nominal 5/8 in. thick, 4 ft wide panels, applied vertically and secured as described in Item 2. PABCO BUILDING PRODUCTS L L C, DBA PABCO GYPSUM — Types QuietRock ES.

2H. Gypsum Board* — (As an alternate to Items 2 through 2G) — Installed as described in Item 2. 5/8 in. thick, 4 ft. wide, paper surfaced, applied vertically or horizontally fastened to the studs and plates with 1-1/4 in. long Type W coarse thread gypsum panel steel screws spaced a max 8 in. OC, with last screw 1 in. from edge of board. CERTAINTEED GYPSUM INC — Type SilentFX

2I. Wall and Partition Facings and Accessories* — (As an alternate to Items 2 through 2H) — Nominal 5/8 in. thick, 4 ft wide panels, applied vertically and secured as described in Item 2. PABCO BUILDING PRODUCTS L L C, DBA PABCO GYPSUM — Type QuietRock 527.

2J. Gypsum Board* — (As an alternate to 5/8 in. Type FSW in Item 2) — 2 layers nom. 5/16 in. thick gypsum panels applied vertically or horizontally. Horizontal joints on the same side need not be staggered. Inner layer attached with fasteners, as described in item 2, spaced 24 in. OC. Outer layer attached per Item 2. NATIONAL GYPSUM CO — Type FSW.

2K. Gypsum Board* — (As an alternate to Item 2) — 5/8 in. thick gypsum panels, with beveled, square, or tapered edges, applied either horizontally or vertically. Gypsum panels fastened to framing with 1-1/4 in. long Type W coarse thread gypsum panel steel screws spaced a maximum 10 in. OC with the last two screws 4 and 1 in. from the edges of the board. When used in widths other than 48 in., gypsum panels are to be installed horizontally. CONTINENTAL BUILDING PRODUCTS OPERATING CO, L L C — Type LGFC6A (finish rating 21 min), Type LGFC2A, Type LGFC-C/A, Type LGFC-WD, Type LGLLX

3. Joints and Nailheads — Gypsum board joints of outer layer covered with tape and joint compound. Nail heads of outer layer covered with joint compound. As an alternate, nom 3/32 in. thick gypsum veneer plaster may be applied to the entire surface of Classified veneer baseboard with joints reinforced with paper tape.

4. Sheathing — (Optional) — Septum may be sheathed with min 7/16 in. thick wood structural panels min grade "C-D" or "Sheathing" or min 1/2 in. thick Mineral and Fiber Boards*. See Mineral and Fiber Boards (CERZ) category for names of Classified companies.

5. Batts and Blankets* — 3-1/2 in. max thickness glass or mineral fiber batt insulation. Optional when sheathing (Item 4) is used on both halves of wall. See Batts and Blankets (BZJZ) category for list of Classified companies.

5A. Fiber, Sprayed* — As an alternate to Batts and Blankets (Item 5) — Spray applied cellulose material. The fiber is applied with water to completely fill the enclosed cavity in accordance with the application instructions supplied with the product with a nominal dry density of 2.7 lb/ft3. Alternate Application Method: The fiber is applied without water or adhesive at a nominal dry density of 3.5 lb/ft3, in accordance with the application instructions supplied with the product. U S GREENFIBER L L C — INS735, INS745 and INS750LD for use with wet or dry application. INS515LD, INS541LD, INS735, INS765LD, and INS773LD are to be used for dry application only. https://iq.ulprospector.com/en/profile?e=14916 5/10 7/13/2020 BXUV.U341 | UL Product iQ

5B. Fiber, Sprayed* — As an alternate to Batts and Blankets (Item 5) when Sheathing (Item 4) is used on both halves of wall - Spray applied cellulose insulation material. The fiber is applied with water to interior surfaces in accordance with the application instructions supplied with the product. Applied to completely fill the enclosed cavity. Minimum dry density of 4.3 pounds per cubic ft. NU-WOOL CO INC — Cellulose Insulation

5C. Batts and Blankets* — (Required for use with Wall and Partition Facings and Accessories, Item 2A. Use of Sheathing, Item 4, does not nullify requirement of Item 5C for use with Item 2A) — Glass fiber insulation, nom 3-1/2 in. thick, min. density of 0.80 pcf, with a flame spread of 25 or less and a smoke developed of 50 or less, friction-fitted to completely fill the stud cavities. See Batts and Blankets Category (BKNV) for names of manufacturers.

5D. Fiber, Sprayed* — As an alternate to Batts and Blankets (Item 5) and Item 5A when Sheathing (Item 4) is used on both halves of wall - Spray applied cellulose fiber. The fiber is applied with water to completely fill the enclosed cavity in accordance with the application instructions supplied with the product. The minimum dry density shall be 4.30 lbs/ft3. INTERNATIONAL CELLULOSE CORP — Celbar-RL

5E. Fiber, Sprayed* — As an alternate to Batts and Blankets (Item 5) - Spray-applied cellulose material. The fiber is applied with water to completely fill the enclosed cavity in accordance with the application instructions supplied with the product. To facilitate the installation of the material, any thin, woven or non-woven netting may be attached by any means possible to the outer face the studs. The material shall reach equilibrium moisture content before the installation of materials on either face of the studs. The minimum dry density shall be 5.79 lbs/ft3. APPLEGATE HOLDINGS L L C — Applegate Advanced Stabilized Cellulose Insulation

6. Steel Framing Members* — (Optional, Not Shown) — Furring channels and Steel Framing Members as described below: A. Furring Channels — Formed of No. 25 MSG galv steel. 2-9/16 in. or 2-23/32 in. wide by 7/8 in. deep, spaced 24 in. OC perpendicular to studs. Channels secured to studs as described in Item b. Ends of adjoining channels are overlapped 6 in. and tied together with double strand of No. 18 SWG galv steel wire near each end of overlap. As an alternate, ends of adjoining channels may be overlapped 6 in. and secured together with two self-tapping #6 framing screws, min. 7/16 in. long at the midpoint of the overlap, with one screw on each flange of the channel. Wallboard attached to furring channels as described in Item 2.

B. Steel Framing Members* — Used to attach furring channels (Item a) to studs (Item 1) . Clips spaced 48 in. OC., and secured to studs with No. 8 x 2-1/2 in. coarse drywall screw through the center grommet. Furring channels are friction fitted into clips. RSIC-1 clip for use with 2-9/16 in. wide furring channels. RSIC-1 (2.75) clip for use with 2-23/32 in. wide furring channels. PAC INTERNATIONAL L L C — Types RSIC-1, RSIC-1 (2.75).

6A. Steel Framing Members* — (Optional, Not Shown) — Furring channels and Steel Framing Members as described below: a. Furring Channels — Formed of No. 25 MSG galv steel. 2-3/8 in. wide by 7/8 in. deep, spaced 24 in. OC perpendicular to studs. Channels secured to studs as described in Item b. Ends of adjoining channels are overlapped 6 in. and tied together with double strand of No. 18 SWG galv steel wire near each end of overlap. As https://iq.ulprospector.com/en/profile?e=14916 6/10 7/13/2020 BXUV.U341 | UL Product iQ an alternate, ends of adjoining channels may be overlapped 6 in. and secured together with two self-tapping #6 framing screws, min. 7/16 in. long at the midpoint of the overlap, with one screw on each flange of the channel. Gypsum board attached to furring channels as described in Item 2.

b. Steel Framing Members* — Used to attach furring channels (Item a) to studs. Clips spaced 48 in. OC. Genie clips secured to studs with No. 8 x 1-1/2 in. coarse drywall screw through the center hole. Furring channels are friction fitted into clips. PLITEQ INC — Type Genie Clip

6B. Steel Framing Members* — (Optional, Not Shown) — Furring channels and Steel Framing Members as described below: a. Furring Channels — Formed of No. 25 MSG galv steel. Spaced 24 in. OC perpendicular to studs. Channels secured to studs as described in Item b. Ends of adjoining channels overlapped 6 in. and tied together with double strand of No. 18 AWG galvanized steel wire. Gypsum board attached to furring channels as described in Item 2.

b. Steel Framing Members* — Used to attach furring channels (Item 6Ba) to studs. Clips spaced 48 in. OC., and secured to studs with 2 in. coarse drywall screw with 1 in. diam washer through the center hole. Furring channels are friction fitted into clips. STUDCO BUILDING SYSTEMS — RESILMOUNT Sound Isolation Clips - Type A237R

6C. Steel Framing Members* — (Optional, Not Shown) — Furring channels and Steel Framing Members as described below: A. Furring Channels — Formed of No. 25 MSG galv steel. Spaced 24 in. OC perpendicular to studs. Channels secured to studs as described in Item 6Cb. Ends of adjoining channels overlapped 6 in. and tied together with double strand of No. 18 AWG galvanized steel wire. Gypsum board attached to furring channels as described in Item 2.

B. Steel Framing Members* — Used to attach furring channels (Item 6CA) to studs. Clips spaced 48 in. OC., and secured to studs with No. 8 x 2-1/2 in. coarse drywall screw through the center hole. Furring channels are friction fitted into clips. REGUPOL AMERICA — Type SonusClip

6D. Steel Framing Members* — (Optional, Not Shown) — Resilient channels and Steel Framing Members as described below: a. Resilient Channels — Formed of No. 25 MSG galv steel, spaced 24 in. OC, and perpendicular to studs. Channels secured to studs as described in Item b. Ends of adjoining channels overlapped 6 in. and secured in place with two No. 8 15 x 1/2 in. Philips Modified Truss screws spaced 2-1/2 in. from the center of the overlap. Gypsum board attached to resilient channels as described in Item 2.

b. Steel Framing Members* — Used to attach resilient channels (Item 6Da) to studs. Clips spaced 48 in. OC., and secured to studs with No. 8 x 2-1/2 in. coarse drywall screw through the center hole. Resilient channels are secured to clips with one No. 10 x 1/2 in. pan-head self-drilling screw. KEENE BUILDING PRODUCTS CO INC — Type RC+ Assurance Clip

7. Wall and Partition Facings and Accessories* — (Optional, Not shown) — Nominal 1/2 in. thick, 4 ft wide panels, for optional use as an additional layer on one or both sides of the assembly. Panels attached in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. When the QR-500 or QR-510 panel is installed between the wood framing and https://iq.ulprospector.com/en/profile?e=14916 7/10 7/13/2020 BXUV.U341 | UL Product iQ the UL Classified gypsum board, the required UL Classified gypsum board layer(s) is/are to be installed as indicated as to fastener type and spacing, except that the required fastener length shall be increased by a minimum of 1/2 in. Not evaluated or intended as a substitute for the required layer(s) of UL Classified Gypsum Board. PABCO BUILDING PRODUCTS L L C, DBA PABCO GYPSUM — Type QuietRock QR-500 and QR-510

8. Mineral and Fiber Board* — ((Optional, Not Shown) — For optional use as an additional layer on one or both sides of wall. Nom 1/2 in. thick, 4 ft wide with long dimension parallel and centered over studs. Attached to framing as described in Item 2. The required UL Classified gypsum board layer(s) is/are to be installed as indicated as to fastener type and spacing, except that the required fastener length shall be increased by a minimum of 1/2 in. Not evaluated or intended as a substitute for the required layer(s) of UL Classified Gypsum Board. HOMASOTE CO — Homasote Type 440-32

9. Non-Bearing Wall Partition Intersection — (Optional) — Two nominal 2 by 4 in. stud or nominal 2 by 6 in. stud nailed together with two 3in. long 10d nails spaced a max. 16 in. OC. vertically and fastened to one side of the minimum 2 by 4 in. stud with 3 in. long 10d nails spaced a max 16 in. OC. vertically. Intersection between partition wood studs to be flush with the 2 by 4 in. studs. The wall partition wood studs are to be framed by with a second 2 by 4 in. wood stud fastened with 3 in. long 10d nails spaced a max. 16 in. OC. vertically. Maximum one non-bearing wall partition intersection per stud cavity. Non-bearing wall partition stud depth shall be at a minimum equal to the depth of the bearing wall.

(Optional, Not Shown) Alternate Construction For Use On One Side Of The Wall.

10. Mineral and Fiber Board* — For use with Items 10A-10D) —Nom 1/2 in. thick, 4 ft wide with long dimension parallel and centered over studs. Attached to framing with minimum 1-3/8 in. long ring shanked nails or 1-1/4 in. long Type W steel screws, spaced 12 in. OC along board edges and 24 in. OC in field of board along intermediate framing. Not evaluated or intended as a substitute for the required layer(s) of UL Classified Gypsum Board. HOMASOTE CO — Homasote Type 440-32

10A. Glass Fiber Insulation — (For use with Item 10) — 3-1/2 in. thick glass fiber batts bearing the UL Classification Marking as to Surface Burning and/or Fire Resistance, placed to fill the interior of the wall. See Batts and Blankets (BKNV or BZJZ) categories for names of Classified companies.

10B. Batts and Blankets* — (As an alternate to Item 10B, For use with Item 10), 3 in. thick mineral wool batts, placed to fill interior of wall, attached to the 3-1/2 in. face of the studs with staples placed 24 in. OC. THERMAFIBER INC — Type SAFB, SAFB FF

10C. Adhesive — (For use with Item 10) — Construction grade adhesive applied in vertical, serpentine, nominal 3/8 in. wide beads down the length of both vertical edges of Mineral and Fiber Board (Item 14A).

10D. Gypsum Board* — (For use with Item 10) — 5/8 in. thick, 4 ft wide, applied vertically over Mineral and Fiber Board (Item 14A) with vertical joints located anywhere over stud cavities. Secured to mineral and fiber boards with 1-1/2 in. Type G Screws spaced 8 in. OC along edges of each vertical joint and 12 in. OC in intermediate field of

https://iq.ulprospector.com/en/profile?e=14916 8/10 7/13/2020 BXUV.U341 | UL Product iQ the Mineral and Fiber Board (Item 10). Secured to outermost studs and bearing plates with 2 in. long Type S screws spaced 8 in. OC. Gypsum Board joints covered with paper tape and joint compound. Screw heads covered with joint compound. Finish Rating 30 Min. AMERICAN GYPSUM CO — Type AG-C

CERTAINTEED GYPSUM INC — Type C

CONTINENTAL BUILDING PRODUCTS OPERATING CO, L L C — Type LGFC-C/A

GEORGIA-PACIFIC GYPSUM L L C — Types 5, DAPC, TG-C

NATIONAL GYPSUM CO — Types FSK-C, FSW-C

PABCO BUILDING PRODUCTS L L C, DBA PABCO GYPSUM — Type PG-C

PANEL REY S A — Type PRC

THAI GYPSUM PRODUCTS PCL — Type C

UNITED STATES GYPSUM CO — Type CTypes C, IP-X2, IPC-AR

USG BORAL DRYWALL SFZ LLC — Type C

USG MEXICO S A DE C V — Types C, IP-X2, IPC-AR

* Indicates such products shall bear the UL or cUL Certification Mark for jurisdictions employing the UL or cUL Certification (such as Canada), respectively.

Last Updated on 2020-03-11

The appearance of a company's name or product in this database does not in itself assure that products so identified have been manufactured under UL's Follow-Up Service. Only those products bearing the UL Mark should be considered to be Certified and covered under UL's Follow-Up Service. Always look for the Mark on the product.

UL permits the reproduction of the material contained in the Online Certification Directory subject to the following conditions: 1. The Guide Information, Assemblies, Constructions, Designs, Systems, and/or Certifications (files) must be presented in their entirety and in a non-misleading manner, without any manipulation of the data (or drawings). 2. The statement "Reprinted from the Online Certifications Directory with permission from UL" must appear adjacent to the extracted material. In addition, the reprinted material must include a copyright notice in the following format: "© 2020 UL LLC" https://iq.ulprospector.com/en/profile?e=14916 9/10 7/13/2020 BXUV.U341 | UL Product iQ

https://iq.ulprospector.com/en/profile?e=14916 10/10 10/27/2020 BXUV.U356 | UL Product iQ

BXUV.U356

Design/System/Construction/Assembly Usage Disclaimer

Authorities Having Jurisdiction should be consulted in all cases as to the particular requirements covering the installation and use of UL Certified products, equipment, system, devices, and materials. Authorities Having Jurisdiction should be consulted before construction. Fire resistance assemblies and products are developed by the design submitter and have been investigated by UL for compliance with applicable requirements. The published information cannot always address every construction nuance encountered in the field. When field issues arise, it is recommended the first contact for assistance be the technical service staff provided by the product manufacturer noted for the design. Users of fire resistance assemblies are advised to consult the general Guide Information for each product category and each group of assemblies. The Guide Information includes specifics concerning alternate materials and alternate methods of construction. Only products which bear UL's Mark are considered Certified.

BXUV - Fire Resistance Ratings - ANSI/UL 263 Certified for United States BXUV7 - Fire Resistance Ratings - CAN/ULC-S101 Certified for Canada See General Information for Fire-resistance Ratings - ANSI/UL 263 Certified for United States Design Criteria and Allowable Variances

See General Information for Fire Resistance Ratings - CAN/ULC-S101 Certified for Canada Design Criteria and Allowable Variances Design No. U356

October 07, 2020 Bearing Wall Rating - 1 Hr Rating Exposed to Fire on Interior Face Only Bearing Wall Rating — 1 Hr Rating Exposed to Fire on Exterior Face (See Item 6E) Finish Rating — 23 Min or 25 Min (See Item 2C) This design was evaluated using a load design method other than the Limit States Design Method (e.g., Working Stress Design Method). For jurisdictions employing the Limit States Design Method, such as Canada, a load restriction factor shall be used — See Guide BXUV or BXUV7

* Indicates such products shall bear the UL or cUL Certification Mark for jurisdictions employing the UL or cUL Certification (such as Canada), respectively.

https://iq.ulprospector.com/en/profile?e=14927 1/9 10/27/2020 BXUV.U356 | UL Product iQ

1. Wood Studs — Nom 2 by 4 in. spaced 16 in. OC with two 2 by 4 in. top and one 2 by 4 in. bottom plates. Studs laterally- braced by wood structural panel sheathing (Item 5). When Mineral and Fiber Boards* (Item 5A) are considered as bracing for the studs, the load is restricted to 76% of allowable axial load. Walls effectively fire stopped at top and bottom of wall.

2. Gypsum Board* — Any 5/8 in. thick UL Classified Gypsum Board that is eligible for use in Design Nos. L501, G512 or U305. Nom 5/8 in. thick, 4 ft wide, applied vertically and nailed to studs and bearing plates 7 in. OC with 6d cement-coated nails, 1-7/8 in. long with 1/4 in. diam head. When Item Steel Framing Members* (Item 7 or any alternate clips), is used, gypsum panels attached to furring channels with 1 in. long Type S bugle-head steel screws spaced 12 in. OC. https://iq.ulprospector.com/en/profile?e=14927 2/9 10/27/2020 BXUV.U356 | UL Product iQ When Item 7A Steel Framing Members*, is used, two layers of gypsum panels attached to furring channels. Base layer attached to furring channels with 1 in. long Type S bugle-head steel screws spaced 12 in. OC. Face layer attached to furring channels with 1-5/8 in. long Type S bugle-head steel screws spaced 12 in. OC. All joints in face layers staggered with joints in base layers.

AMERICAN GYPSUM CO (View Classification) — CKNX.R14196

BEIJING NEW BUILDING MATERIALS PUBLIC LTD CO (View Classification) — CKNX.R19374

CABOT MANUFACTURING ULC (View Classification) — CKNX.R25370

CERTAINTEED GYPSUM INC (View Classification) — CKNX.R3660

CGC INC (View Classification) — CKNX.R19751

CONTINENTAL BUILDING PRODUCTS OPERATING CO, L L C (View Classification) — CKNX.R18482

GEORGIA-PACIFIC GYPSUM L L C (View Classification) — CKNX.R2717

LOADMASTER SYSTEMS INC (View Classification) — CKNX.R11809

NATIONAL GYPSUM CO (View Classification) — CKNX.R3501

PABCO BUILDING PRODUCTS L L C, DBA PABCO GYPSUM (View Classification) — CKNX.R7094

PANEL REY S A (View Classification) — CKNX.R21796

SIAM GYPSUM INDUSTRY (SARABURI) CO LTD (View Classification) — CKNX.R19262

THAI GYPSUM PRODUCTS PCL (View Classification) — CKNX.R27517

UNITED STATES GYPSUM CO (View Classification) — CKNX.R1319

USG BORAL DRYWALL SFZ LLC (View Classification) — CKNX.R38438

USG MEXICO S A DE C V (View Classification) — CKNX.R16089

2A. Gypsum Board* — (As an alternate to Item 2, Not Shown) — Any 5/8 in. thick 4 ft wide gypsum panels that are eligible for use in Design Nos. L501, G512 or U305, supplied by the Classified Companies listed below shown in the Gypsum Board* (CKNX) category. Applied vertically and attached to studs and bearing plates with 1-1/4 in. long Type W coarse thread gypsum panel steel screws spaced a max 8 in. OC, with last screw 1 in. from edge of board. CGC INC

UNITED STATES GYPSUM CO

USG BORAL DRYWALL SFZ LLC

USG MEXICO S A DE C V

2B. Gypsum Board* — (As an alternate to Item 2, Not Shown) — 5/8 in. thick 4 ft wide gypsum panels applied vertically and attached to studs and bearing plates with 1-1/4 in. long Type W coarse thread gypsum panel steel screws spaced a max 8 in. OC, with last screw 1 in. from edge of board. https://iq.ulprospector.com/en/profile?e=14927 3/9 10/27/2020 BXUV.U356 | UL Product iQ AMERICAN GYPSUM CO — Types AGX-1, M-Glass, AG-C, LightRoc

CABOT MANUFACTURING ULC — Type X, 5/8 Type X, Type Blueglass Exterior Sheathing

CERTAINTEED GYPSUM INC — Type C, Type X, Type X-1, Easi-Lite Type X-2

GEORGIA-PACIFIC GYPSUM L L C — Types X, Veneer Plaster Base-Type X, Water Rated-Type X, Sheathing Type-X, Soffit-Type X, Type X ComfortGuard Sound Deadening Gypsum Board.

PABCO BUILDING PRODUCTS L L C, DBA PABCO GYPSUM — Types PG-11, PGS-WRS, PGI.

THAI GYPSUM PRODUCTS PCL — Type C or Type X

2C. Gypsum Board* — (As an alternate to Item 2, Not Shown) — For Use with Item 5A only - 5/8 in. thick 4 ft wide gypsum panels applied horizontally and attached to studs and bearing plates with 1-1/4 in. long Type W coarse thread gypsum panel steel screws spaced a max 8 in. OC, with last screws 1 in.and 4 in. from edges of board. Finish Rating is 25 min. CABOT MANUFACTURING ULC — 5/8 Type X, Type Blueglass Exterior Sheathing

GEORGIA-PACIFIC GYPSUM L L C — Type X, Veneer Plaster Base-Type X, Water Rated-Type X, Sheathing Type-X, Soffit-Type X

PABCO BUILDING PRODUCTS L L C, DBA PABCO GYPSUM — Types PG-11, PGS-WRS, PGI

2D. Gypsum Board* — (As an alternate to Item 2) — Not to be used with item 7. 5/8 in. thick, 4 ft. wide, paper surfaced, applied vertically only and fastened to the studs and plates with 6d cement coated nails 1-7/8 in. long, 0.0915 in. shank diam and 1/4 in. diam heads, 7 in. OC. NATIONAL GYPSUM CO — Type SBWB

2E Gypsum Board* — (As an alternate to Items 2 through 2D) — Nominal 5/8 in. thick, 4 ft wide panels, secured as described in Item 2. PABCO BUILDING PRODUCTS L L C, DBA PABCO GYPSUM — Type QuietRock ES.

2F. Gypsum Board* — (As an alternate to Item 2) — Not to be used with item 7. 5/8 in. thick, 4 ft. wide, paper surfaced, applied vertically or horizontally and fastened to the studs and plates with 1-1/4 in. long Type W coarse thread gypsum panel steel screws spaced a max 8 in. OC, with last screw 1 in. from edge of board. CERTAINTEED GYPSUM INC — Type SilentFX

2G. Wall and Partition Facings and Accessories* — (As an alternate to Items 2 through 2F) — Nominal 5/8 in. thick, 4 ft wide panels, secured as described in Item 2. PABCO BUILDING PRODUCTS L L C, DBA PABCO GYPSUM — Type QuietRock 527.

2H. Gypsum Board* — (As an alternate to Item 2) — 5/8 in. thick gypsum panels, with beveled, square, or tapered edges, applied either horizontally or vertically. Gypsum panels fastened to framing with 1-1/4 in. long Type W coarse thread gypsum panel steel screws spaced a maximum 10 in. OC with the last two screws 4 and 1 in. from the edges of the board. When used in widths other than 48 in., gypsum panels are to be installed horizontally. https://iq.ulprospector.com/en/profile?e=14927 4/9 10/27/2020 BXUV.U356 | UL Product iQ CONTINENTAL BUILDING PRODUCTS OPERATING CO, L L C — Type LGFC6A (finish rating 21 min), Type LGFC2A, Type LGFC-C/A, Type LGFC-WD, Type LGLLX

2I. Gypsum Board* — (As an alternate to Item 2) — 5/8 in. thick gypsum panels, with beveled, square, or tapered edges, applied either horizontally or vertically. Gypsum panels fastened to framing with 1-1/4 in. long Type W coarse thread gypsum panel steel screws spaced a max 8 in. OC, with last screw 1 in. from edge of board. When used in widths of other than 48 in., gypsum boards are to be installed horizontally. AMERICAN GYPSUM CO — Types AGX-1 (finish rating 25 min.), M-Glass (finish rating 25 min.), AG-C (finish rating 25 min.), LightRoc (finish rating 25 min.)

NATIONAL GYPSUM CO — Type FSK, Type FSK-G, Type FSW, Type FSW-3, Type FSW-5, Type FSW-G, Type FSK-C, Type FSW-C, Type FSMR-C, Type FSW-6, Type FSL

2J. Gypsum Board* — (As an alternate to Item 2) - 5/8 in. thick gypsum panels, with beveled, square, or tapered edges, applied either horizontally or vertically. Gypsum panels fastened to framing with 1-1/4 in. long Type W coarse thread steel screws spaced a max 8 in. OC with the last screw 1 in. from edge of board. When used in widths other than 48 in., gypsum boards are to be installed horizontally. CERTAINTEED GYPSUM INC — Type C, Type X or Type X-1(finish rating 26 min), Easi-Lite Type X (finish rating 24 min), Easi-Lite Type X-2, Type EGRG or GlasRoc or GlasRoc Sheathing (finish rating 23 min)

3. Joints and Fastener Heads — (Not Shown) — Gypsum board joints covered with tape and joint compound. Fastener heads covered with joint compound.

4. Batts and Blankets* — Mineral fiber or glass fiber insulation, 3-1/2 in. thick, pressure fit to fill wall cavities between studs and plates. Mineral fiber insulation to be unfaced and to have a min density of 3 pcf. Glass fiber insulation to be faced with aluminum foil or kraft paper and to have a min density of 0.9 pcf (min R-13 thermal insulation rating). See Batts and Blankets* (BKNV) Category in the Building Materials Directory and Batts and Blankets* (BZJZ) Category in the Fire Resistance Directory for names of Classified Companies.

4A. Fiber, Sprayed* — As an alternate to Batts and Blankets (Item 4) — Spray applied cellulose material. The fiber is applied with water to completely fill the enclosed cavity in accordance with the application instructions supplied with the product with a nominal dry density of 2.7 lb/ft3. Alternate Application Method: The fiber is applied without water or adhesive at a nominal dry density of 3.5 lb/ft3, in accordance with the application instructions supplied with the product. U S GREENFIBER L L C — INS735 and INS745 for use with wet or dry application. INS515LD, INS541LD, INS735, INS745, INS765LD, and INS773LD are to be used for dry application only.

4B. Fiber, Sprayed* — As an alternate to Item 4 and 4A — Spray applied cellulose material. The fiber is applied with water to completely fill the enclosed cavity in accordance with the application instructions supplied with the product. Nominal dry density of 4.58 lb/ft 3. NU-WOOL CO INC — Cellulose Insulation

4C. Fiber, Sprayed* — As an alternate to Batts and Blankets (Item 4) — Spray applied cellulose fiber. The fiber is applied with water to completely fill the enclosed cavity in accordance with the application instructions supplied with the product. The minimum dry density shall be 4.30 lbs/ft3. INTERNATIONAL CELLULOSE CORP — Celbar-RL

https://iq.ulprospector.com/en/profile?e=14927 5/9 10/27/2020 BXUV.U356 | UL Product iQ 4D. Fiber, Sprayed* — As an alternate to Batts and Blankets (Item 4) — Spray applied, granulated mineral fiber material. The fiber is applied with adhesive, at a minimum density of 4.0 pcf, to completely fill the enclosed cavity in accordance with the application instructions supplied with the product. See Fiber, Sprayed (CCAZ). AMERICAN ROCKWOOL MANUFACTURING, LLC — Type Rockwool Premium Plus

5. Wood Structural Panel Sheathing — Min 7/16 in. thick, 4 ft wide wood structural panels, min grade "C-D" or "Sheathing". Installed with long dimension of sheet (strength axis) or face grain of plywood parallel with or perpendicular to studs. Vertical joints centered on studs. Horizontal joints backed with nom 2 by 4 in. wood blocking. Attached to studs on exterior side of wall with 6d cement coated box nails spaced 6 in. OC at perimeter of panels and 12 in. OC along interior studs.

5A. Mineral and Fiber Boards* — As an alternate to Item 5 - Min 1/2 in. thick, 4 ft wide sheathing, installed vertically to studs. Vertical joints centered on studs. Horizontal joints backed with nom 2 by 4 in. wood blocking. Attached to studs on exterior side of wall with 1-1/2 in. long galvanized roofing nails spaced 6 in. OC at perimeter of panels and 12 in. OC along interior studs. As an option a weather resistive barrier may be applied over the Mineral and Fiber Boards.

6. Exterior Facings — Installed in accordance with the manufacturer's installation instructions. One of the following exterior facings is to be applied over the sheathing: A. Vinyl Siding — Molded Plastic* — Contoured rigid vinyl siding having a flame spread value of 20 or less. See Molded Plastic (BTAT) category in the Building Materials Directory for names of manufacturers.

B. Particle Board Siding — Hardboard exterior sidings including patterned panel or lap siding.

C. Wood Structural Panel or Lap Siding — APA Rated Siding, Exterior, plywood, OSB or composite panels with veneer faces and structural wood core, per PS 1 or APA Standard PRP-108, including textured, rough sawn, medium density overlay, brushed, grooved and lap siding.

D. Cementitious Stucco — Portland cement or synthetic stucco systems with self-furring metal lath or adhesive base coat. Thickness from 3/8 to 3/4 in., depending on system.

E. Brick Veneer — Any type on nom 4 in. wide brick veneer. When brick veneer is used, the rating is applicable with exposure on either face. Brick veneer fastened with corrugated metal wall ties attached over sheathing to wood studs with 8d nail per tie: ties spaced not more than each sixth course of brick and max 32 in. OC horizontally. One in. air space provided between brick veneer and sheathing.

F. Exterior Insulation and Finish System (EIFS) — Nom 1 in. Foamed Plastic* insulation bearing the UL Classification Marking, attached over sheathing and finished with coating system, or Portland cement or synthetic stucco systems, in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. See Foamed Plastic (BRYX and CCVW) categories for names of Classified companies.

G. Siding — Aluminum or steel siding attached over sheathing to studs.

H. Fiber-Cement Siding — Fiber-cement exterior sidings including smooth and patterned panel or lap siding.

I. Wall and Partition Facings and Accessories* — Stone veneer is mortar bonded to a lath, scratch coat and water resistant barrier applied to sheathing, installed in accordance with the manufacturers installation instructions, and meeting the requirements of local code agencies. ELDORADO STONE OPERATIONS L L C — Type Eldorado Stone

J. Cementitious Backer Units — 1/2 in. or 5/8 in., min. 32 in. wide.- Applied vertically or horizontally with vertical joints centered over studs. Fastened to studs and runners with cement board screws of adequate length to penetrate stud by a minimum 3/4 in., spaced a max of 8 in. OC. Horizontal joints need not be backed by framing. When Cementitious Backer Units are used, the rating is applicable with exposure on either face. Cementitious Backer Units for use as https://iq.ulprospector.com/en/profile?e=14927 6/9 10/27/2020 BXUV.U356 | UL Product iQ substrate for exterior finishes such as ceramic tile, slate, marble, natural stone, manufactured stone, thin brick, or Portland cement or synthetic stucco. NATIONAL GYPSUM CO — Type PermaBase

6A. Building Units* — As an alternate to Exterior Facing Item 6 — Insulated steel panels, 12 through 42 in. wide. Attached over sheathing through retainer clips to studs or support steel with No. 14 hex head self-tapping screws located at each joint in the concealed lip of the units and spaced in accordance with the structural design requirements. KINGSPAN INSULATED PANELS INC — Types 200, 300, 400, 900, or KS series, 2 through 6 in. thickness; CWP-V, H, 2 through 3 in. nominal thickness or Designwall 2000 or Designwall 4000, 2 and 3 in. nominal thickness.

7. Steel Framing Members* — (Optional, Not Shown) — Furring Channels and Steel Framing Members as described below: a. Furring Channels — Formed of No. 25 MSG galv steel. 2-9/16 in. or 2-23/32 in. wide by 7/8 in. deep, spaced 24 in. OC perpendicular to studs. Channels secured to studs as described in Item b. Ends of adjoining channels are overlapped 6 in. and tied together with double strand of No. 18 SWG galv steel wire near each end of overlap. As an alternate, ends of adjoining channels may be overlapped 6 in. and secured together with two self-tapping #6 framing screws, min. 7/16 in. long at the midpoint of the overlap, with one screw on each flange of the channel. Gypsum board attached to furring channels as described in Item 2.

b. Steel Framing Members* — Used to attach furring channels (Item 7A) to studs. Clips spaced 48 in. OC., and secured to studs with No. 8 x 2-1/2 in. coarse drywall screw through the center grommet. Furring channels are friction fitted into clips. RSIC-1 clip for use with 2-9/16 in. wide furring channels. RSIC-1 (2.75) clip for use with 2-23/32 in. wide furring channels. PAC INTERNATIONAL L L C — Types RSIC-1, RSIC-1 (2.75).

7A. Steel Framing Members* — (Optional, Not Shown, As an alternate to Item 7) — Furring channels and Steel Framing Members as described below: a. Furring Channels — Formed of No. 25 MSG galv steel, spaced 24 in. OC perpendicular to studs. Channels secured to studs as described in Item b. Ends of adjoining channels are overlapped 6 in. and tied together with double strand of No. 18 SWG galv steel wire near each end of overlap. Two layers of gypsum board attached to furring channels as described in Item 2.

b. Steel Framing Members* — Used to attach furring channels (Item 7Aa) to interior side of studs. Clips spaced 48 in. OC., and secured to studs with two No. 8 x 2-1/2 in. coarse drywall screws, one through the hole at each end of the clip. Furring channels are friction fitted into clips. KINETICS NOISE CONTROL INC — Type Isomax.

7B. Steel Framing Members* — (Optional, Not Shown, As an alternate to Item 7) — Furring channels and Steel Framing Members as described below: a. Furring Channels — Formed of No. 25 MSG galv steel. 2-3/8 in. wide by 7/8 in. deep, spaced 24 in. OC perpendicular to studs. Channels secured to studs as described in Item b. Ends of adjoining channels are overlapped 6 in. and tied together with double strand of No. 18 SWG galv steel wire near each end of overlap. As an alternate, ends of adjoining channels may be overlapped 6 in. and secured together with two self-tapping #6 framing screws, min. 7/16 in. long at the midpoint of the overlap, with one screw on each flange of the channel. Gypsum board attached to furring channels as described in Item 2.

b. Steel Framing Members* — Used to attach furring channels (Item a) to studs. Clips spaced 48 in. OC. Genie clips secured to studs with No. 8 x 1-1/2 in. coarse drywall screw through the center hole. Furring channels are friction fitted into clips. PLITEQ INC — Type Genie Clip

https://iq.ulprospector.com/en/profile?e=14927 7/9 10/27/2020 BXUV.U356 | UL Product iQ 7C. Steel Framing Members* — (Optional, Not Shown, As an alternate to Item 7) — Furring channels and Steel Framing Members as described below: a. Furring Channels — Formed of No. 25 MSG galv steel. Spaced 24 in. OC perpendicular to studs. Channels secured to studs as described in Item b. Ends of adjoining channels overlapped 6 in. and tied together with double strand of No. 18 AWG galvanized steel wire.Gypsum board attached to furring channels as described in Item 2.

b. Steel Framing Members* — Used to attach furring channels (Item 7Ca) to studs. Clips spaced 48 in. OC., and secured to studs with 2 in. coarse drywall screw with 1 in. diam washer through the center hole. Furring channels are friction fitted into clips. STUDCO BUILDING SYSTEMS — RESILMOUNT Sound Isolation Clips - Type A237R

7D. Steel Framing Members* — (Optional, Not Shown, As an alternate to Item 7) — Furring channels and Steel Framing Members as described below: a. Furring Channels — Formed of No. 25 MSG galv steel. Spaced 24 in. OC perpendicular to studs. Channels secured to studs as described in Item 7Db. Ends of adjoining channels overlapped 6 in. and tied together with double strand of No. 18 AWG galvanized steel wire. Gypsum board attached to furring channels as described in Item 2.

b. Steel Framing Members* — Used to attach furring channels (Item 7Da) to studs. Clips spaced 48 in. OC., and secured to studs with No. 8 x 2-1/2 in. coarse drywall screw through the center hole. Furring channels are friction fitted into clips. REGUPOL AMERICA — Type SonusClip

7E. Steel Framing Members* — (Optional, Not Shown, As an alternate to Item 7) — Resilient channels and Steel Framing Members as described below: a. Resilient Channels — Formed of No. 25 MSG galv steel, spaced 24 in. OC, and perpendicular to studs. Channels secured to studs as described in Item b. Ends of adjoining channels overlapped 6 in. and secured in place with two No. 8 15 x 1/2 in. Philips Modified Truss screws spaced 2-1/2 in. from the center of the overlap. Gypsum board attached to resilient channels as described in Item 2.

b. Steel Framing Members* — Used to attach resilient channels (Item 7Ea) to studs. Clips spaced 48 in. OC., and secured to studs with No. 8 x 2-1/2 in. coarse drywall screw through the center hole. Resilient channels are secured to clips with one No. 10 x 1/2 in. pan-head self-drilling screw. KEENE BUILDING PRODUCTS CO INC — Type RC+ Assurance Clip

7F Steel Framing Members* — (Optional, Not Shown, As an alternate to Item 7) — Furring channels and Steel Framing Members as described below: a Furring Channels — Formed of No. 25 MSG galv steel. 2-23/32 in. wide by 7/8 in. or 1-1/2 in. deep, spaced 24 in. OC perpendicular to studs. Channels secured to studs as described in Item b. Ends of adjoining channels are overlapped 6 in. and tied together with double strand of No. 18 SWG galv steel wire near each end of overlap. As an alternate, ends of adjoining channels may be overlapped 6 in. and secured together with two self-tapping #6 framing screws, min. 7/16 in. long at the midpoint of the overlap, with one screw on each flange of the channel. Gypsum board attached to furring channels as described in Item 2.

b Steel Framing Members* — Used to attach furring channels (Item 7Fa) to studs. Clips spaced maximum 48 in. OC. Clips secured to studs with No. 8 x 2-1/2 in. coarse drywall screw through the center grommet. Furring channels are friction fitted into clips.

CLARKDIETRICH BUILDING SYSTEMS — Type ClarkDietrich Sound Clip

https://iq.ulprospector.com/en/profile?e=14927 8/9 10/27/2020 BXUV.U356 | UL Product iQ 8. Non-Bearing Wall Partition Intersection — (Optional) — Two nominal 2 by 4 in. stud or nominal 2 by 6 in. stud nailed together with two 3in. long 10d nails spaced a max. 16 in. OC. vertically and fastened to one side of the minimum 2 by 4 in. stud with 3 in. long 10d nails spaced a max 16 in. OC. vertically. Intersection between partition wood studs to be flush with the 2 by 4 in. studs. The wall partition wood studs are to be framed by with a second 2 by 4 in. wood stud fastened with 3 in. long 10d nails spaced a max. 16 in. OC. vertically. Maximum one non-bearing wall partition intersection per stud cavity. Non- bearing wall partition stud depth shall be at a minimum equal to the depth of the bearing wall.

* Indicates such products shall bear the UL or cUL Certification Mark for jurisdictions employing the UL or cUL Certification (such as Canada), respectively.

Last Updated on 2020-10-07

The appearance of a company's name or product in this database does not in itself assure that products so identified have been manufactured under UL's Follow-Up Service. Only those products bearing the UL Mark should be considered to be Certified and covered under UL's Follow-Up Service. Always look for the Mark on the product.

UL permits the reproduction of the material contained in the Online Certification Directory subject to the following conditions: 1. The Guide Information, Assemblies, Constructions, Designs, Systems, and/or Certifications (files) must be presented in their entirety and in a non-misleading manner, without any manipulation of the data (or drawings). 2. The statement "Reprinted from the Online Certifications Directory with permission from UL" must appear adjacent to the extracted material. In addition, the reprinted material must include a copyright notice in the following format: "© 2020 UL LLC"

https://iq.ulprospector.com/en/profile?e=14927 9/9 Design No. U905 BXUV.U905 Fire-resistance Ratings - ANSI/UL 263

Page Bottom

Design/System/Construction/Assembly Usage Disclaimer

Authorities Having Jurisdiction should be consulted in all cases as to the particular requirements covering the installation and use of UL Certified products, equipment, system, devices, and materials. Authorities Having Jurisdiction should be consulted before construction. Fire resistance assemblies and products are developed by the design submitter and have been investigated by UL for compliance with applicable requirements. The published information cannot always address every construction nuance encountered in the field. When field issues arise, it is recommended the first contact for assistance be the technical service staff provided by the product manufacturer noted for the design. Users of fire resistance assemblies are advised to consult the general Guide Information for each product category and each group of assemblies. The Guide Information includes specifics concerning alternate materials and alternate methods of construction. Only products which bear UL's Mark are considered Certified.

BXUV - Fire Resistance Ratings - ANSI/UL 263 Certified for United States BXUV7 - Fire Resistance Ratings - CAN/ULC-S101 Certified for Canada

See General Information for Fire-resistance Ratings - ANSI/UL 263 Certified for United States Design Criteria and Allowable Variances

See General Information for Fire Resistance Ratings - CAN/ULC-S101 Certified for Canada Design Criteria and Allowable Variances Design No. U905

April 09, 2018

Bearing Wall Rating — 2 HR.

Nonbearing Wall Rating — 2 HR

This design was evaluated using a load design method other than the Limit States Design Method (e.g., Working Stress Design Method). For jurisdictions employing the Limit States Design Method, such as Canada, a load restriction factor shall be used — See Guide BXUV or BXUV7

* Indicates such products shall bear the UL or cUL Certification Mark for jurisdictions employing the UL or cUL Certification (such as Canada), respectively.

1. Concrete Blocks* — Various designs. Classification D-2 (2 hr).

See Concrete Blocks category for list of eligible manufacturers.

2. Mortar — Blocks laid in full bed of mortar, nom. 3/8 in. thick, of not less than 2-1/4 and not more than 3-1/2 parts of clean sharp sand to 1 part Portland cement (proportioned by volume) and not more than 50 percent hydrated lime (by cement volume). Vertical joints staggered.

3. Portland Cement Stucco or Gypsum Plaster — Add 1/2 hr to classification if used. Where combustible members are framed in wall, plaster or stucco must be applied on the face opposite framing to achieve a max. Classification of 1-1/2 hr. Attached to concrete blocks (Item 1).

4. Loose Masonry Fill — If all core spaces are filled with loose dry expanded slag, expanded clay or shale (Rotary Kiln Process), water repellant vermiculite masonry fill insulation, or silicone treated perlite loose fill insulation add 2 hr to classification. 5. Foamed Plastic* — (Optional-Not Shown) — 1-1/2 in. thick max, 4 ft wide sheathing attached to concrete blocks (Item 1).

ATLAS ROOFING CORP — "EnergyShield Pro Wall Insulation", "EnergyShield Pro 2 Wall Insulation", EnergyShield CGF Pro and EnergyShield Ply Pro

CARLISLE COATINGS & WATERPROOFING INC — Type R2+ SHEATHE

FIRESTONE BUILDING PRODUCTS CO L L C — "Enverge™ CI Foil Exterior Wall Insulation" and "Enverge™ CI Glass Exterior Wall Insulation"

HUNTER PANELS — Types Xci-Class A, Xci 286

RMAX OPERATING L L C — "TSX-8500", "TSX-8510", "Thermasheath-XP", "ECOMAXci", "Thermasheath-3", "Durasheath-3"

THE DOW CHEMICAL CO — Types Thermax Sheathing, Thermax Light Duty Insulation, Thermax Heavy Duty Insulation, Thermax Metal Building Board, Thermax White Finish Insulation, Thermax ci Exterior Insulation, Thermax XARMOR ci Exterior Insulation, Thermax IH Insulation, Thermax Plus Liner Panel, Thermax Heavy Duty Plus (HDP) and TUFF-R™ ci Insulation

5A. Building Units — As an alternate to Items 5, min. 1-in thick polyisocyanurate composite foamed plastic insulation boards, nom. 48 by 48 or 96 in.

RMAX OPERATING L L C — "Thermasheath-SI", "ECOBASEci", "ThermaBase-CI"

* Indicates such products shall bear the UL or cUL Certification Mark for jurisdictions employing the UL or cUL Certification (such as Canada), respectively.

Last Updated on 2018-04-09

Questions? Print this page Terms of Use Page Top

© 2018 UL LLC

The appearance of a company's name or product in this database does not in itself assure that products so identified have been manufactured under UL's Follow-Up Service. Only those products bearing the UL Mark should be considered to be Certified and covered under UL's Follow-Up Service. Always look for the Mark on the product.

UL permits the reproduction of the material contained in the Online Certification Directory subject to the following conditions: 1. The Guide Information, Assemblies, Constructions, Designs, Systems, and/or Certifications (files) must be presented in their entirety and in a non-misleading manner, without any manipulation of the data (or drawings). 2. The statement "Reprinted from the Online Certifications Directory with permission from UL" must appear adjacent to the extracted material. In addition, the reprinted material must include a copyright notice in the following format: "© 2018 UL LLC".

Melrose Place Limited Melrose Place New Republic Architecture - Project No. 19-078 Cincinnati, Ohio

SECTION 071000 - WATERPROOFING

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY

A. Section Includes: At Contractor’s option, one of the following waterproofing systems:

1. Self-adhering sheet modified bituminous sheet waterproofing. 2. Bentonite waterproofing.

B. Refer to Section 018113 "Sustainable Design Requirements" for applicable LEED requirements.

1.2 ACTION SUBMITTALS

A. Product Data: For each type of product.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 MODIFIED BITUMINOUS SHEET WATERPROOFING

A. Modified Bituminous Sheet: Minimum 60-mil nominal thickness, self-adhering sheet consisting of 56 mils of rubberized asphalt laminated on one side to a 4-mil-thick, polyethylene-film reinforcement, and with release liner on adhesive side; formulated for application with primer or surface conditioner that complies with VOC limits of authorities having jurisdiction.

1. Basis-of-Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide Carlisle Coatings & Waterproofing Inc; CCW MiraDRI 860/861 or comparable product by one of the following:

a. American Hydrotech, Inc. b. CETCO, a Minerals Technologies company. c. Polyguard Products, Inc. d. W.R. Meadows, Inc.

2. Physical Properties:

a. Tensile Strength, Membrane: 250 psi minimum; ASTM D412, Die C, modified. b. Ultimate Elongation: 300 percent minimum; ASTM D412, Die C, modified. c. Low-Temperature Flexibility: Pass at minus 20 deg F; ASTM D1970/D1970M. d. Crack Cycling: Unaffected after 100 cycles of 1/8-inch movement; ASTM C836/C836M. e. Puncture Resistance: 40 lbf minimum; ASTM E154/E154M. f. Water Absorption: 0.2 percent weight-gain maximum after 48-hour immersion at 70 deg F; ASTM D570. g. Water Vapor Permeance: 0.05 perm maximum; ASTM E96/E96M, Water Method. h. Hydrostatic-Head Resistance: 200 feet minimum; ASTM D5385.

3. Sheet Strips: Self-adhering, rubberized-asphalt strips of same material and thickness as sheet waterproofing.

WATERPROOFING 071000 - 1 Melrose Place Limited Melrose Place New Republic Architecture - Project No. 19-078 Cincinnati, Ohio

B. Auxiliary Materials: Furnish auxiliary materials recommended by waterproofing manufacturer for intended use and compatible with sheet waterproofing.

1. Furnish liquid-type auxiliary materials that comply with VOC limits of authorities having jurisdiction. 2. Primer: Liquid waterborne primer recommended for substrate by sheet-waterproofing material manufacturer. 3. Surface Conditioner: Liquid, waterborne surface conditioner recommended for substrate by sheet- waterproofing material manufacturer. 4. Liquid Membrane: Elastomeric, two-component liquid, cold fluid applied, of trowel grade or low viscosity. 5. Substrate Patching Membrane: Low-viscosity, two-component, modified asphalt coating. 6. Protection Course: Protection mat of type and thickness as recommended in writing by waterproofing manufacturer for each Project condition.

a. Adhesive: As recommended in writing by waterproofing manufacturer.

2.2 GEOTEXTILE/BENTONITE SHEETS

A. Regular Geotextile/Bentonite Sheet: Minimum of 1.0 lb/sq. ft. of bentonite clay granules between two layers of polypropylene geotextile fabric, one woven and one nonwoven, needle punched and heat fused together.

1. Basis-of-Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide Carlisle Coatings & Waterproofing Inc; CCW MiraCLAY or comparable product by one of the following:

a. CETCO, a Minerals Technologies company. b. MAPEI Corporation.

2. Grab Tensile Strength: 95 lbf according to ASTM D4632. 3. Puncture Resistance: 100 lbf according to ASTM D4833.

B. Protection Course: Protection mat of type and thickness as recommended in writing by waterproofing manufacturer for each Project condition.

1. Adhesive: As recommended in writing by waterproofing manufacturer.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 PREPARATION

A. Clean, prepare, and treat substrates according to manufacturer's written instructions. Provide clean, dust- free, and dry substrates for waterproofing application.

B. Install protection course before backfilling or placing overburden when recommended in writing by waterproofing manufacturer.

3.2 MODIFIED BITUMINOUS SHEET-WATERPROOFING APPLICATION

A. Install modified bituminous sheets according to waterproofing manufacturer's written instructions and per recommendations in ASTM D6135.

WATERPROOFING 071000 - 2 Melrose Place Limited Melrose Place New Republic Architecture - Project No. 19-078 Cincinnati, Ohio

B. Apply primer to substrates at required rate and allow it to dry. Limit priming to areas that will be covered by sheet waterproofing in same day. Reprime areas exposed for more than 24 hours.

C. Apply and firmly adhere sheets over area to receive waterproofing. Accurately align sheets and maintain uniform 2-1/2-inch-minimum lap widths and end laps. Overlap and seal seams, and stagger end laps to ensure watertight installation.

1. When ambient and substrate temperatures range between 25 and 40 deg F, install self-adhering, modified bituminous sheets produced for low-temperature application. Do not use low-temperature sheets if ambient or substrate temperature is higher than 60 deg F.

D. Apply continuous sheets over already-installed sheet strips, bridging substrate cracks, construction, and contraction joints.

E. Seal edges of sheet-waterproofing terminations with mastic.

F. Repair tears, voids, and lapped seams in waterproofing not complying with requirements. Slit and flatten fishmouths and blisters. Patch with sheet waterproofing extending 6 inches beyond repaired areas in all directions.

G. Immediately install protection course with butted joints over waterproofing membrane.

3.3 GEOTEXTILE/BENTONITE SHEET INSTALLATION

A. Install a continuous layer of waterproofing sheets directly against surface to be waterproofed. Lap ends and edges a minimum of 4 inches on horizontal and vertical substrates unless otherwise indicated. Stagger end joints between sheets a minimum of 24 inches. Fasten seams by stapling to adjacent sheet or nailing to substrate.

B. Immediately install protection course with butted joints over waterproofing membrane.

3.4 PROTECTION, REPAIR, AND CLEANING

A. Correct deficiencies in or remove waterproofing that does not comply with requirements; repair substrates, reapply waterproofing, and repair sheet flashings.

END OF SECTION 071000

WATERPROOFING 071000 - 3 Melrose Place Limited Melrose Place New Republic Architecture - Project No. 19-078 Cincinnati, Ohio

SECTION 072100 - THERMAL INSULATION

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY

A. Section Includes:

1. Extruded polystyrene foam-plastic board. 2. Glass-fiber blanket. 3. Mineral-wool blanket (for fire safing as required).

B. Refer to Section 018113 "Sustainable Design Requirements" for applicable LEED requirements.

1.2 ACTION SUBMITTALS

A. Product Data: For each type of product.

1.3 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS

A. Product test reports.

B. Research reports.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 EXTRUDED POLYSTYRENE FOAM-PLASTIC BOARD (XPS BOARD)

A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following:

1. DiversiFoam Products. 2. Dow Chemical Company (The). 3. Kingspan Insulation LLC. 4. Owens Corning.

B. Extruded Polystyrene Board, Type IV: ASTM C 578, Type IV, 25-psi minimum compressive strength; unfaced; maximum flame-spread and smoke-developed indexes of 25 and 450, respectively, per ASTM E 84.

2.2 GLASS-FIBER BLANKET

A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following:

1. CertainTeed Corporation. 2. Johns Manville; a Berkshire Hathaway company.

THERMAL INSULATION 072100 - 1 Melrose Place Limited Melrose Place New Republic Architecture - Project No. 19-078 Cincinnati, Ohio

3. Knauf Insulation. 4. Owens Corning.

B. Glass-Fiber Blanket, Unfaced: ASTM C 665, Type I; with maximum flame-spread and smoke-developed indexes of 25 and 50, respectively, per ASTM E 84; passing ASTM E 136 for combustion characteristics.

C. Glass-Fiber Blanket, Kraft Faced: ASTM C 665, Type II (nonreflective faced), Class C (faced surface not rated for flame propagation); Category 1 (membrane is a vapor barrier).

2.3 MINERAL-WOOL BLANKETS

A. Mineral-Wool Blanket, Unfaced (For fire safing as required): ASTM C 665, Type I (blankets without membrane facing); consisting of fibers; with maximum flame-spread and smoke-developed indexes of 25 and 50, respectively, per ASTM E 84; passing ASTM E 136 for combustion characteristics.

1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following:

a. ROXUL. b. Thermafiber, Inc.; an Owens Corning company.

2.4 ACCESSORIES

A. Insulation for Miscellaneous Voids:

1. Glass-Fiber Insulation: ASTM C 764, Type II, loose fill; with maximum flame-spread and smoke- developed indexes of 5, per ASTM E 84. 2. Spray Polyurethane Foam Insulation: ASTM C 1029, Type II, closed cell, with maximum flame-spread and smoke-developed indexes of 75 and 450, respectively, per ASTM E 84.

B. Insulation Anchors, Spindles, and Standoffs: As recommended by manufacturer.

C. Adhesive for Bonding Insulation: Product compatible with insulation and air and water barrier materials, and with demonstrated capability to bond insulation securely to substrates without damaging insulation and substrates.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 INSTALLATION, GENERAL

A. Comply with insulation manufacturer's written instructions applicable to products and applications.

B. Install insulation that is undamaged, dry, and unsoiled and that has not been left exposed to ice, rain, or snow at any time.

C. Extend insulation to envelop entire area to be insulated. Fit tightly around obstructions and fill voids with insulation. Remove projections that interfere with placement.

THERMAL INSULATION 072100 - 2 Melrose Place Limited Melrose Place New Republic Architecture - Project No. 19-078 Cincinnati, Ohio

D. Provide sizes to fit applications and selected from manufacturer's standard thicknesses, widths, and lengths. Apply single layer of insulation units unless multiple layers are otherwise shown or required to make up total thickness or to achieve R-value.

3.2 INSTALLATION OF SLAB INSULATION

A. On vertical slab edge and foundation surfaces, set insulation units using manufacturer's recommended adhesive according to manufacturer's written instructions.

B. On horizontal surfaces, loosely lay insulation units according to manufacturer's written instructions. Stagger end joints and tightly abut insulation units.

3.3 INSTALLATION OF INSULATION IN FRAMED CONSTRUCTION

A. Blanket Insulation: Install in cavities formed by framing members according to the following requirements:

1. Use insulation widths and lengths that fill the cavities formed by framing members. If more than one length is required to fill the cavities, provide lengths that will produce a snug fit between ends. 2. Place insulation in cavities formed by framing members to produce a friction fit between edges of insulation and adjoining framing members. 3. Maintain 3-inch clearance of insulation around recessed lighting fixtures not rated for or protected from contact with insulation. 4. For wood-framed construction, install blankets according to ASTM C 1320 and as follows:

a. With faced blankets having stapling flanges, lap blanket flange over flange of adjacent blanket to maintain continuity of vapor retarder once finish material is installed over it.

5. Vapor-Retarder-Faced Blankets: Tape joints and ruptures in vapor-retarder facings, and seal each continuous area of insulation to ensure airtight installation.

a. Exterior Walls: Set units with facing placed toward interior of construction.

B. Miscellaneous Voids: Install insulation in miscellaneous voids and cavity spaces where required to prevent gaps in insulation using the following materials:

1. Glass-Fiber Insulation: Compact to approximately 40 percent of normal maximum volume equaling a density of approximately 2.5 lb/cu. ft.. 2. Spray Polyurethane Insulation: Apply according to manufacturer's written instructions.

END OF SECTION 072100

THERMAL INSULATION 072100 - 3 Over-the-Rhine Community Housing Perseverance New Republic Architecture - Project No. 17-020 Cincinnati, Ohio

SECTION 074646 - FIBER-CEMENT SIDING

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SECTION REQUIREMENTS

A. Submittals: Product Data, Samples, and ICC-ES evaluation reports.

B. Warranties: Manufacturer's standard from in which siding manufacturer agrees to repair or replace siding that fails in materials or workmanship within 25 years. Failures include, but are not limited to, cracking, deforming, or otherwise deteriorating beyond normal weathering.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 MATERIALS

A. Fiber-Cement Siding: ASTM C 1186, Type A, Grade II, fiber-cement board, noncombustible when tested according to ASTM E 136; with a flame-spread index of 25 or less when tested according to ASTM E 84. Factory finished.

1. Labeling: Provide fiber-cement siding that is tested and labeled according to ASTM C 1186. 2. Horizontal Pattern: As indicated in the Drawings.

B. Decorative Accessories: Provide the following fiber-cement decorative accessories as indicated:

1. Corner posts. 2. Door and window casings. 3. Moldings and trim.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 INSTALLATION

A. Install fiber-cement siding and related accessories.

1. Install fasteners no more than 24 inches o.c.

END OF SECTION 074646

FIBER-CEMENT SIDING 074646 - 1 Melrose Place Limited Melrose Place New Republic Architecture - Project No. 19-078 Cincinnati, Ohio

SECTION 075423 - THERMOPLASTIC POLYOLEFIN (TPO) ROOFING

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY

A. Section Includes:

1. Substrate board. 2. Adhered TPO membrane roofing system. 3. Roof insulation. 4. Metal copings. 5. Scuppers, conductor heads, and downspouts. 6. Parapet vents.

B. Refer to Section 018113 "Sustainable Design Requirements" for applicable LEED requirements.

1.2 DEFINITIONS

A. Roofing Terminology: See ASTM D 1079 and glossary in NRCA's "The NRCA Roofing and Waterproofing Manual" for definitions of terms related to roofing work in this Section.

1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS

A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated.

B. Shop Drawings: For roofing system. Include plans, elevations, sections, details, and attachments to other work.

C. Samples for Verification: For the following products:

1. Sheet roofing, of color specified, including T-shaped side and end lap seam. 2. Metal coping and roof edge colors on manufacturer’s standard size samples.

1.4 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS

A. Qualification Data: For qualified Installer and manufacturer.

B. Installer Certificates: Signed by roofing system manufacturer certifying that Installer is approved, authorized, or licensed by manufacturer to install roofing system.

C. Manufacturer Certificates:

1. Material Certificate: Signed by roofing manufacturer certifying that retained and new materials and components comply with Project Specifications and that materials furnished are compatible with one another and the adjacent work and are new and first quality.

THERMOPLASTIC POLYOLEFIN (TPO) ROOFING 075423 - 1 Melrose Place Limited Melrose Place New Republic Architecture - Project No. 19-078 Cincinnati, Ohio

2. System Design Certificate: Signed by roofing manufacturer certifying that roofing system design complies with requirements specified in "Performance Requirements" Article for the geographic location of the Project.

a. Include manufacturer’s written approval of project details, materials, fastener pattern for insulation and membrane, and warranty requirements for the specific project substrate and location.

D. Product Test Reports: Based on evaluation of comprehensive tests performed by manufacturer and witnessed by a qualified testing agency, for components of membrane roofing system.

E. Research/Evaluation Reports: For components of membrane roofing system, from the ICC-ES.

F. Warranties: Sample of special warranties.

1.5 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS

A. Maintenance Data: For roofing system to include in maintenance manuals.

1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Installer Qualifications: A qualified firm that is approved, authorized, or licensed by membrane roofing system manufacturer to install manufacturer's product and that is eligible to receive manufacturer's special warranty.

1. When installing roofing membrane utilizing induction welding, installers shall have successfully completed a training course provided by the roofing membrane manufacturer prior to welding.

B. Source Limitations: Obtain components including roof insulation, fasteners for membrane roofing system, roof edge metal (including copings), from same manufacturer as membrane roofing or approved by membrane roofing manufacturer.

C. Exterior Fire-Test Exposure: ASTM E 108, Class B; for application and roof slopes indicated, as determined by testing identical membrane roofing materials by a qualified testing agency. Materials shall be identified with appropriate markings of applicable testing agency.

D. Preinstallation Roofing Conference: Conduct conference at Project site.

1. Meet with Owner, Architect, Owner's insurer if applicable, testing and inspecting agency representative, roofing Installer, roofing system manufacturer's representative, deck Installer, and installers whose work interfaces with or affects roofing, including installers of roof accessories and roof-mounted equipment. 2. Review methods and procedures related to roofing installation, including manufacturer's written instructions.

1.7 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING

A. Handle and store roofing materials and place equipment in a manner to avoid permanent deflection of deck.

THERMOPLASTIC POLYOLEFIN (TPO) ROOFING 075423 - 2 Melrose Place Limited Melrose Place New Republic Architecture - Project No. 19-078 Cincinnati, Ohio

1.8 PROJECT CONDITIONS

A. Weather Limitations: Proceed with installation only when existing and forecasted weather conditions permit roofing system to be installed according to manufacturer's written instructions and warranty requirements.

1.9 WARRANTY

A. Special Warranty: Manufacturer's standard or customized form, without monetary limitation, in which manufacturer agrees to repair or replace components of membrane roofing system that fail in materials or workmanship within specified warranty period.

1. Special warranty includes membrane roofing, base flashings, roof insulation, fasteners, substrate board, roof edge flashings (including copings and scuppers), roofing accessories, roof walkways, and other components of membrane roofing system when installed in accordance with roofing membrane manufacturer’s technical specifications by roofing membrane manufacturer’s approved applicator. 2. Exclusions: Roofing membrane manufacturer shall have no obligation under this Limited Warranty, or any other liability, now or in the future if a leak or damage is caused by:

a. Natural forces, disasters, or acts of God including, but not limited to winds in excess of 72 mph, fires, hurricanes, tornadoes, hail, wind-blown debris, lightning, earthquakes, volcanic activity, atomic radiation, insects or animals; b. Any acts, conduct or omissions by any person, or acts of war, terrorism or vandalism, which damage the System or which impair the System’s ability to resist leaks; c. Failure by the Owner to use reasonable care in maintaining the System, said maintenance to include, but not limited to those items listed on the Owner’s care and maintenance guide. d. Deterioration or failure of building components, including, but not limited to, the roof substrate, walls, mortar, HVAC units, etc. e. Condensation or infiltration in, through, or around the walls, copings, rooftop, hardware or equipment, building structure or underlying or surrounding materials. f. Any acid, oil, harmful chemical, chemical or physical reaction and the like which comes in contact with the System, which damages the System, or which impairs the System’s ability to resist leaks; g. Alterations or repairs to the System that are not completed in accordance with roofing membrane manufacturer’s published specifications, not completed by licensed contractor, and/or where current notification procedures were not followed; h. The architecture, engineering, construction, or design of the roof, roofing system, or building. i. Deterioration to metal roofing materials and accessories caused by marine salt water atmosphere or by regular spray of either salt or fresh water.

3. Special warranty shall bind installer for the first two years of the warranty. 4. Warranty Period: 20 years from date of Substantial Completion.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

A. Basis-of Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide Firestone Building Products; UltraPly TPO or one of the following comparable products approved by Architect.

1. Carlisle SynTec Inc.; Sure-Weld TPO,. 2. Johns-Manville; a Berkshire Hathaway company; JM TPO,.

THERMOPLASTIC POLYOLEFIN (TPO) ROOFING 075423 - 3 Melrose Place Limited Melrose Place New Republic Architecture - Project No. 19-078 Cincinnati, Ohio

2.2 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS

A. General Performance: Installed membrane roofing, base flashings, insulation, and metal copings and roof edge shall withstand specified uplift pressures, thermally induced movement, and exposure to weather without failure due to defective manufacture, fabrication, installation, or other defects in construction. Membrane roofing, base flashings, insulation, and metal copings and roof edge shall remain watertight.

B. Material Compatibility: Provide roofing materials that are compatible with one another under conditions of service and application required, as demonstrated by membrane roofing manufacturer based on testing and field experience.

C. Roofing System Design: Provide membrane roofing system that is identical to systems that have been successfully tested by a qualified testing and inspecting agency to resist uplift pressure calculated according to ASCE/SEI 7.

A. SPRI Wind Design Standard: Manufacture and install copings and roof-edge flashings tested according to SPRI ES-1 and capable of resisting the following design pressures:

1. Design Pressure: As indicated on Drawings.

B. Thermal Movements for Copings and Roof-Edge Flashings: Allow for thermal movements from ambient and surface temperature changes to prevent buckling, opening of joints, hole elongation, overstressing of components, failure of joint sealants, failure of connections, and other detrimental effects. Provide clips that resist rotation and avoid shear stress as a result of thermal movements. Base calculations on surface temperatures of materials due to both solar heat gain and nighttime-sky heat loss.

1. Temperature Change (Range): 120 deg F, ambient; 180 deg F, material surfaces.

C. Energy Star Listing: Roofing system shall be listed on the DOE's ENERGY STAR "Roof Products Qualified Product List" for low-slope roof products.

2.3 TPO MEMBRANE ROOFING

A. Fabric-Reinforced Thermoplastic Polyolefin Sheet: ASTM D 6878, internally fabric or scrim reinforced, uniform, flexible TPO sheet.

1. Thickness: 60 mils, nominal. 2. Exposed Face Color: White.

2.4 AUXILIARY MEMBRANE ROOFING MATERIALS

A. General: Auxiliary membrane roofing materials recommended by roofing system manufacturer for intended use, and compatible with membrane roofing.

1. Liquid-type auxiliary materials shall comply with VOC limits of authorities having jurisdiction.

B. Sheet Flashing: Manufacturer's standard unreinforced thermoplastic polyolefin sheet flashing, same thickness as field membrane, miminum, of same color as sheet membrane.

C. Coated Metal: Aluminum, TPO coated on one side, color to match roofing membrane, as supplied by the roof system manufacturer, minimum 0.063-inch for flashed metal details.

THERMOPLASTIC POLYOLEFIN (TPO) ROOFING 075423 - 4 Melrose Place Limited Melrose Place New Republic Architecture - Project No. 19-078 Cincinnati, Ohio

D. Bonding Adhesive: Roofing membrane manufacturer's standard TPO bonding adhesive.

E. Insulation Fastening Plates: Manufacturer’s approved corrosion resistant plates as furnished and approved by roof system manufacturer for specific application.

F. Fasteners (Insulation and membrane): Manufacturer’s approved #15 heavy duty, self tapping series 300, screws as furnished and/or warranted in writing by roofing system manufacturer.

G. Water Cutoff Mastic: As furnished by membrane manufacturer for this system.

H. Inside Corners and Outside Corners and Molded Pipe Flashings: Pre-molded components as furnished by membrane manufacturer for this system.

I. Night Seal: As furnished by membrane manufacturer for this system.

J. Other miscellaneous materials shall be manufacturer’s best grade available and approved in writing by the roof system manufacturer for the specific application.

K. Sealants

1. General Construction Sealants: One-part non-priming gun-grade urethane sealant as specified in Division 07 Section "Joint Sealants." 2. Roofing Sealants: Sealants used in contact with roofing system shall be roofing membrane manufacturer’s approved sealant used to seal penetrations through the membrane system or miscellaneous sealant applications that come in contact with roofing system. 3. Backer Rod: Where required for sealant joints as specified in Division 07 Section "Joint Sealants."

L. Metal Termination Bars: Manufacturer's standard, predrilled stainless-steel or aluminum bars, approximately 1 by 1/8 inch thick; with anchors.

2.5 SUBSTRATE BOARDS

1. At Contractor’s option, provide one of the following:Substrate Board: ASTM C 1177/C 1177M, glass- mat, water-resistant gypsum substrate, 1/4 inch thick.

a. Fasteners: Factory-coated steel fasteners and metal or plastic plates complying with corrosion-resistance provisions in FM Approvals 4470, designed for fastening substrate panel to roof deck.

2. Class A Fire-Resistant Insulation for First Layer of Insulation: ASTM C 1289, Type II, Class 1, Grade 2, UL classified, FM Class 1 approved.

a. Basis-of-Design Product: Firestone Building Products; Resista Insulation.

2.6 ROOF INSULATION

A. General: Preformed roof insulation boards manufactured or approved by TPO membrane roofing manufacturer, selected from manufacturer's standard sizes suitable for application, of thicknesses indicated.

B. Polyisocyanurate Board Insulation: ASTM C 1289, Type II, Class 1, Grade 2, felt or glass-fiber mat facer on both major surfaces.

THERMOPLASTIC POLYOLEFIN (TPO) ROOFING 075423 - 5 Melrose Place Limited Melrose Place New Republic Architecture - Project No. 19-078 Cincinnati, Ohio

C. Tapered Insulation: Provide factory-tapered insulation boards fabricated to slope of 1/4 inch per 12 inches unless otherwise indicated.

D. Provide preformed saddles, crickets, tapered edge strips, and other insulation shapes where indicated for sloping to drain. Fabricate to slopes indicated.

2.7 INSULATION ACCESSORIES

A. General: Furnish roof insulation accessories recommended by insulation manufacturer for intended use and compatibility with membrane roofing.

B. Modified Asphaltic Insulation Adhesive: Insulation manufacturer's recommended modified asphalt, asbestos- free, cold-applied adhesive formulated to attach roof insulation to substrate or to another insulation layer.

C. Bead-Applied Insulation Adhesive: Insulation manufacturer's recommended bead-applied, low-rise, one- or multicomponent urethane adhesive formulated to attach roof insulation to substrate or to another insulation layer.

D. Full-Spread Applied Insulation Adhesive: Insulation manufacturer's recommended spray-applied, low-rise, two-component urethane adhesive formulated to attach roof insulation to substrate or to another insulation layer.

2.8 WALKWAYS

A. Flexible Walkways: Factory-formed, nonporous, heavy-duty, slip-resisting, surface-textured walkway pads or rolls, approximately 3/16 inch thick, and acceptable to membrane roofing system manufacturer.

2.9 COPINGS, SCUPPERS, CONDUCTOR HEADS, GUTTERS, AND DOWNSPOUTS

A. Manufacturers: Provide products manufactured or approved by roofing membrane manufacturer.

B. Materials:

1. Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) Steel Sheet: ASTM A 653/A 653M, G90 coating designation.

a. Surface: Smooth, flat finish. b. Coil-Coated Finishes: Prepainted by the coil-coating process to comply with ASTM A 755/A 755M. Prepare, pretreat, and apply coating to exposed metal surfaces to comply with coating and resin manufacturers' written instructions.

1) Two-Coat Fluoropolymer: AAMA 621. System consisting of primer and fluoropolymer color topcoat containing not less than 70 percent PVDF resin by weight.

c. Concealed Surface: Pretreat with manufacturer's standard white or light-colored acrylic or polyester backer finish, consisting of prime coat and wash coat with a minimum total dry film thickness of 0.5 mil.

2. Underlayment Materials: As recommended by roofing membrane and copings, roof edge flashings, and scuppers manufacturer.

THERMOPLASTIC POLYOLEFIN (TPO) ROOFING 075423 - 6 Melrose Place Limited Melrose Place New Republic Architecture - Project No. 19-078 Cincinnati, Ohio

C. Copings: Manufactured coping system consisting of formed-metal coping cap in section lengths not exceeding 12 feet, concealed anchorage; corner units, end cap units, and concealed splice plates with same finish as coping caps.

1. Coping-Cap Material: Zinc-coated steel, thickness as required to meet performance requirements, but no less than 24 gage,0.028-inch thickness

a. Finish: Two-coat fluoropolymer. b. Color: As indicated on Drawings.

2. Corners: Factory mitered and continuously welded. 3. Concealed Splice Plates: 8-inch (203 mm) wide. Finish to match finish of coping cap with factory applied dual non-curing sealant strips. 4. Coping-Cap Attachment Method: Snap-on, fabricated from coping-cap material. 5. Snap-on-Coping Anchor Plates: Concealed, galvanized-steel sheet, 12 inches wide, with integral cleats.

D. Coping at Metal Wall Panel System: Provided by metal wall panel system manufacturer as specified in Section 074213.23 "Metal Composite Material Wall Panels."

2.10 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS

A. Parapet Vent: Slant-back style, self-flashing, provided with manufacturer’s standard bird-proof construction, louvered sides seamed at top and top riveted securely to base flashing.

1. Product: Lomanco, Inc.; Model 750-S. 2. Material: 0.025 inch aluminum coiled sheet conforming to ASTM B 209. 3. Dimensions: Overall 16 inches by 20-5/16 inches by 5 inches with hole size of 8 inches. 4. Net Free Area: 50 square inches per unit. 5. Screens: Manufacturer's standard, 16 x18 aluminum mesh. 6. Finish: Manufacturer’s standard baked-on finish, white.

B. Parapet Scuppers: Manufactured with closure flange trim to exterior, minimum 3-inch-wide wall flanges to interior, with TPO coated metal sleeve.

1. Zinc-Coated Steel: Nominal 24 gage,0.028-inchthickness. 2. Size: As indicated on Drawings. 3. Finish: Two-coat fluoropolymer. 4. Color: As indicated on Drawings.

C. Conductor Heads (Collector Box): Manufactured conductor heads, each with flanged back and stiffened top edge, and of dimensions and shape indicated, complete with outlet tube that nests into upper end of downspout.

1. Zinc-Coated Steel: Nominal 24 gage,0.028-inchthickness. 2. Size: As indicated on Drawings. 3. Finish: Two-coat fluoropolymer. 4. Color: As selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range.

D. Gutters: Manufactured in uniform section lengths not exceeding 12 feet, with matching corner units, ends, outlet tubes, and other accessories. Elevate back edge at least 1 inch above front edge. Furnish flat-stock gutter straps, gutter brackets, expansion joints, and expansion-joint covers fabricated from same metal as gutters.

THERMOPLASTIC POLYOLEFIN (TPO) ROOFING 075423 - 7 Melrose Place Limited Melrose Place New Republic Architecture - Project No. 19-078 Cincinnati, Ohio

1. Zinc-Coated Steel: Nominal 24 gage,0.028-inchthickness. 2. Gutter Profile: As indicated according to SMACNA's "Architectural Sheet Metal Manual." 3. Gutter Supports: Manufacturer's standard straps with finish matching the gutters. 4. Finish: Two-coat fluoropolymer. 5. Color: As selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range.

E. Downspouts: Plain rectanglular complete with mitered elbows, manufactured from the following exposed metal. Furnish with metal hangers, from same material as downspouts, and anchors.

1. Zinc-Coated Steel: Nominal 24 gage,0.028-inchthickness. 2. Size: As indicated on Drawings. 3. Finish: Two-coat fluoropolymer. 4. Color: As selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 EXAMINATION

A. Examine substrates, areas, and conditions, with Installer present, for compliance with the following requirements and other conditions affecting performance of roofing system:

1. Verify that roof openings and penetrations are in place and curbs are set and braced and that roof drain bodies are securely clamped in place. 2. Verify that wood blocking, curbs, and nailers are securely anchored to roof deck at penetrations and terminations and that nailers match thicknesses of insulation.

B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.

3.2 PREPARATION

A. Clean substrate of dust, debris, moisture, and other substances detrimental to roofing installation according to roofing system manufacturer's written instructions. Remove sharp projections.

B. Prevent materials from entering and clogging roof drains and conductors and from spilling or migrating onto surfaces of other construction. Remove roof-drain plugs when no work is taking place or when rain is forecast.

C. Complete terminations and base flashings and provide temporary seals to prevent water from entering completed sections of roofing system at the end of the workday or when rain is forecast. Remove and discard temporary seals before beginning work on adjoining roofing.

3.3 SUBSTRATE BOARD

A. Install substrate board with long joints in continuous straight lines, perpendicular to roof slopes with end joints staggered between rows. Tightly butt substrate boards together.

B. Fasten substrate board to top flanges of steel deck to resist uplift pressure at corners, perimeter, and field of roof according to membrane roofing system manufacturers' written instructions.

THERMOPLASTIC POLYOLEFIN (TPO) ROOFING 075423 - 8 Melrose Place Limited Melrose Place New Republic Architecture - Project No. 19-078 Cincinnati, Ohio

3.4 INSULATION INSTALLATION

A. Coordinate installing membrane roofing system components so insulation is not exposed to precipitation or left exposed at the end of the workday.

B. Comply with membrane roofing system and insulation manufacturer's written instructions for installing roof insulation.

C. Install tapered insulation under area of roofing to conform to slopes indicated. Install insulation under area of roofing to achieve required thickness. Where overall insulation thickness is 2.7 inches or greater, install two or more layers with joints of each succeeding layer staggered from joints of previous layer a minimum of 6 inches in each direction.

D. Trim surface of insulation where necessary at roof drains so completed surface is flush and does not restrict flow of water.

E. Install insulation with long joints of insulation in a continuous straight line with end joints staggered between rows, abutting edges and ends between boards. Fill gaps exceeding 1/4 inch with insulation.

F. Cut and fit insulation within 1/4 inch of nailers, projections, and penetrations.

G. Mechanically Fastened Insulation: Install each layer of insulation and secure to deck using mechanical fasteners specifically designed and sized for fastening specified board-type roof insulation to deck type.

1. Fasten insulation to resist uplift pressure at corners, perimeter, and field of roof.

3.5 ADHERED MEMBRANE ROOFING INSTALLATION

A. Adhere membrane roofing over area to receive roofing and install according to membrane roofing system manufacturer's written instructions.

B. Start installation of membrane roofing in presence of membrane roofing system manufacturer's technical personnel.

C. Accurately align membrane roofing and maintain uniform side and end laps of minimum dimensions required by manufacturer. Stagger end laps.

D. Bonding Adhesive: Apply to substrate and underside of membrane roofing at rate required by manufacturer and allow to partially dry before installing membrane roofing. Do not apply to splice area of membrane roofing.

E. In addition to adhering, mechanically fasten membrane roofing securely at terminations, penetrations, and perimeter of roofing.

F. Apply membrane roofing with side laps shingled with slope of roof deck where possible.

G. Seams: Clean seam areas, overlap membrane roofing, and hot-air weld side and end laps of membrane roofing and sheet flashings according to manufacturer's written instructions to ensure a watertight seam installation.

1. Test lap edges with probe to verify seam weld continuity. Apply lap sealant to seal cut edges of sheet membrane. 2. Verify field strength of seams a minimum of twice daily and repair seam sample areas. 3. Repair tears, voids, and lapped seams in roofing that does not comply with requirements.

THERMOPLASTIC POLYOLEFIN (TPO) ROOFING 075423 - 9 Melrose Place Limited Melrose Place New Republic Architecture - Project No. 19-078 Cincinnati, Ohio

H. Spread sealant bed over deck drain flange at roof drains and securely seal membrane roofing in place with clamping ring.

3.6 MEMBRANE SPLICING

A. Membrane Lap Splices: 6 inches (152 mm) wide, minimum. Locate field splices at roof drains outside drain sump.

B. Allow top sheet to fall freely into place over bottom ply without wrinkling or stretching.

C. Insure that surfaces to be spliced are cleaned, primed and dirt free. Use automatic hot air welding equipment approved by the roof system manufacturer for field seams. Seam small work and repairs with hand welders.

1. Install minimum 1-1/2 inch (38 mm) wide weld.

D. Probe laps each day to verify seams are bonded. In addition, perform random lap test sample checks (including checks at start of each day) to verify peel strength. Caulk cut edges by applying manufacturer's seam sealant, if required.

3.7 FLASHING INSTALLATION

A. Base Flashing

1. Install sheet flashings and preformed flashing accessories and adhere to substrates according to membrane roofing system manufacturer's written instructions. 2. Apply bonding adhesive to substrate and underside of sheet flashing at required rate and allow to partially dry. Do not apply to seam area of flashing. 3. Flash penetrations and field-formed inside and outside corners with cured or uncured sheet flashing. 4. Clean seam areas, overlap, and firmly roll sheet flashings into the adhesive. Hot-air weld side and end laps to ensure a watertight seam installation. 5. Terminate and seal top of sheet flashings and mechanically anchor to substrate through termination bars.

B. Walls, Parapets, Mechanical Equipment Curbs, Roof Hatch.

1. Install flashing at roof penetrations, interruptions, and any roof intersection including roof edges with vertical or sloped surfaces in accordance with manufacturer's recommended procedures and Drawings. 2. Curbs, projections and risewall conditions require a minimum 8-inch (203-mm) height for base flashings and sleeves. 3. Apply manufacturer's bonding adhesive to both underside of flashing and surface to which it is to be bonded, at a rate of approximately 1 gallon (3.8 l) per 50 sq.ft (4.65-sq.m) of surface coverage. 4. Do not apply bonding adhesive to portion of flashing that overlaps onto itself. Use seam tape where membrane overlaps itself. 5. Allow bonding adhesive to dry to a finger touch until it does not string or stick to a dry finger. Roll the flashing into dry adhesive. Care must be taken to assure that flashing does not bridge where there is any change of direction. 6. Mechanically fasten top all of flashing under or through appropriate counter flashing with approved fasteners as shown on Drawings. 7. Install flashings for vents, pipe, soil vents and other round projections in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations and Drawings.

THERMOPLASTIC POLYOLEFIN (TPO) ROOFING 075423 - 10 Melrose Place Limited Melrose Place New Republic Architecture - Project No. 19-078 Cincinnati, Ohio

8. Install uncured or preformed flashing membrane as required to form a continuous membrane seal in each corner or change in plane. 9. Waterproof and positively secure flashings with termination bar at the top and sides to prevent seepage behind or into the flashing or roofing system.

C. Other Penetrations:

1. Flash penetrations passing through membrane in accordance with the manufacturer's recommended procedure, Specifications and Drawings. 2. Seal flashing directly to the penetration passing through the membrane system. 3. Pipes, Round Supports:

a. Flash pipes with pre-moulded pipe flashings where their installation is possible. b. Where molded pipe flashings cannot be installed, use field fabricated pipe seals.

4. Pipe Clusters and Unusually Shaped Penetrations: Flash pipe clusters and unusually shaped penetrations which prohibit the installation of field fabricated pipe seals with hooded sheet metal boxes. Provide penetration boxes with solid sheet metal face closures. Slope piping away from the penetration flashings. Provide removable tops.

3.8 COPINGS, SCUPPER, CONDUCTOR HEAD, AND DOWNSPOUT INSTALLATION

A. General: Install copings, scuppers, conductor heads, and downspouts according to manufacturer's written instructions. Anchor securely in place, with provisions for thermal and structural movement. Use fasteners, protective coatings, separators, sealants, and other miscellaneous items as required to complete roof- specialty systems.

1. Install copings, scuppers, conductor heads, and downspouts level, plumb, true to line and elevation; with limited oil-canning and without warping, jogs in alignment, buckling, or tool marks. 2. Provide uniform, neat seams with minimum exposure of solder and sealant. 3. Install copings, scuppers, conductor heads, and downspouts to fit substrates and to result in watertight performance. Verify shapes and dimensions of surfaces to be covered before manufacture. 4. Torch cutting of copings and roof edge flashings is not permitted. 5. Do not use graphite pencils to mark metal surfaces.

B. Metal Protection: Protect metals against galvanic action by separating dissimilar metals from contact with each other or with corrosive substrates by painting contact surfaces with bituminous coating or by other permanent separation as recommended by manufacturer.

1. Underlayment: Where installing metal directly on cementitious or wood substrates, install a course of felt underlayment and cover with a slip sheet or self-adhering, high-temperature sheet underlayment. 2. Bed flanges in thick coat of asphalt roofing cement where required by manufacturers of roof specialties for waterproof performance.

C. Expansion Provisions: Allow for thermal expansion of exposed copings and roof edge flashings.

1. Space movement joints at a maximum of 12 feet with no joints within 18 inches of corners or intersections unless otherwise shown on Drawings. 2. When ambient temperature at time of installation is between 40 and 70 deg F, set joint members for 50 percent movement each way. Adjust setting proportionately for installation at higher ambient temperatures.

THERMOPLASTIC POLYOLEFIN (TPO) ROOFING 075423 - 11 Melrose Place Limited Melrose Place New Republic Architecture - Project No. 19-078 Cincinnati, Ohio

D. Fastener Sizes: Use fasteners of sizes that will penetrate substrate not less than recommended by fastener manufacturer to achieve maximum pull-out resistance.

E. Seal joints with elastomeric or butyl sealant as required by coping and roof edge flashing manufacturer.

F. Seal joints as required for watertight construction. Place sealant to be completely concealed in joint. Do not install sealants at temperatures below 40 deg F.

G. Coping Installation:

1. Install cleats, anchor plates, and other anchoring and attachment accessories and devices with concealed fasteners. 2. Anchor copings to meet performance requirements. Interlock face and back leg drip edges of snap-on coping cap into cleated anchor plates anchored to substrate at manufacturer's required spacing that meets performance requirements.

3.9 Gutters: Join and seal gutter lengths. Allow for thermal expansion. Attach gutters to firmly anchored gutter supports spaced not more than 24 inches apart. Attach ends with rivets and seal with sealant to make watertight. Slope to downspouts.

A. Downspouts: Join sections with manufacturer's standard telescoping joints. Provide hangers with fasteners designed to hold downspouts securely to walls and 1 inch away from walls; locate fasteners at top and bottom and at approximately 60 inches o.c.

B. Parapet Scupper: Install scuppers through parapet where indicated. Continuously support scupper, set to correct elevation, and seal flanges to interior wall face and under roofing membrane.

C. Conductor Heads: Anchor securely to wall with elevation of conductor top edge 1 inch below scupper discharge.

3.10 WALKWAY INSTALLATION

A. Flexible Walkways: Install walkway products in locations indicated. Heat weld to substrate or adhere walkway products to substrate with compatible adhesive according to roofing system manufacturer's written instructions.

3.11 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL

A. Final Roof Inspection: Arrange for roofing system manufacturer's technical personnel to inspect roofing installation on completion.

B. Repair or remove and replace components of membrane roofing system where inspections indicate that they do not comply with specified requirements.

C. Additional inspections, at Contractor's expense, will be performed to determine compliance of replaced or additional work with specified requirements.

THERMOPLASTIC POLYOLEFIN (TPO) ROOFING 075423 - 12 Melrose Place Limited Melrose Place New Republic Architecture - Project No. 19-078 Cincinnati, Ohio

3.12 PROTECTING AND CLEANING

A. Protect membrane roofing system from damage and wear during remainder of construction period. When remaining construction will not affect or endanger roofing, inspect roofing for deterioration and damage, describing its nature and extent in a written report, with copies to Architect and Owner.

B. Correct deficiencies in or remove membrane roofing system that does not comply with requirements; repair substrates; and repair or reinstall membrane roofing system to a condition free of damage and deterioration at time of Substantial Completion and according to warranty requirements.

C. Clean overspray and spillage from adjacent construction using cleaning agents and procedures recommended by manufacturer of affected construction.

END OF SECTION 075423

THERMOPLASTIC POLYOLEFIN (TPO) ROOFING 075423 - 13 Melrose Place Limited Melrose Place New Republic Architecture - Project No. 19-078 Cincinnati, Ohio

SECTION 076200 - SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY

A. Section Includes:

1. Manufactured reglets with counterflashing. 2. Formed wall sheet metal and other incidental sheet metal fabrications.

B. Refer to Section 075423 "Thermoplastic Polyolefin (TPO) Roofing" for copings roof edge flashing, scuppers, and other metal flashing associated with roofing system.

C. Refer to Section 018113 "Sustainable Design Requirements" for applicable LEED requirements.

1.2 ACTION SUBMITTALS

A. Product Data: For each type of product.

B. Shop Drawings: For sheet metal flashing and trim.

1. Include plans, elevations, sections, and attachment details. 2. Distinguish between shop- and field-assembled work. 3. Include identification of finish for each item. 4. Include pattern of seams and details of termination points, expansion joints and expansion-joint covers, direction of expansion, roof-penetration flashing, and connections to adjoining work.

C. Samples: For each exposed product and for each color and texture specified.

1.3 WARRANTY

A. Special Warranty on Finishes: Manufacturer agrees to repair finish or replace sheet metal flashing and trim that shows evidence of deterioration of factory-applied finishes within specified warranty period.

1. Finish Warranty Period: 20 years from date of Substantial Completion.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS

A. General: Sheet metal flashing and trim assemblies shall withstand wind loads, structural movement, thermally induced movement, and exposure to weather without failure due to defective manufacture, fabrication, installation, or other defects in construction. Completed sheet metal flashing and trim shall not rattle, leak, or loosen, and shall remain watertight.

SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM 076200 - 1 Melrose Place Limited Melrose Place New Republic Architecture - Project No. 19-078 Cincinnati, Ohio

B. Sheet Metal Standard for Flashing and Trim: Comply with SMACNA's "Architectural Sheet Metal Manual" requirements for dimensions and profiles shown unless more stringent requirements are indicated.

C. Thermal Movements: Allow for thermal movements from ambient and surface temperature changes.

1. Temperature Change: 120 deg F, ambient; 180 deg F, material surfaces.

2.2 SHEET METALS

A. General: Protect mechanical and other finishes on exposed surfaces from damage by applying strippable, temporary protective film before shipping.

B. Aluminum Sheet: ASTM B 209, alloy as standard with manufacturer for finish required, with temper as required to suit forming operations and performance required.

1. Exposed Coil-Coated Finish:

a. Two-Coat Fluoropolymer: AAMA 2605. Fluoropolymer finish containing not less than 70 percent PVDF resin by weight in color coat. Prepare, pretreat, and apply coating to exposed metal surfaces to comply with coating and resin manufacturers' written instructions.

2. Color: As indicated on Drawings or if not indicated, matching adjacent surface.

C. Metallic-Coated Steel Sheet: Provide zinc-coated (galvanized) steel sheet according to ASTM A 653/A 653M, G90 coating designation or aluminum-zinc alloy-coated steel sheet according to ASTM A 792/A 792M, Class AZ50 coating designation, Grade 40; prepainted by coil-coating process to comply with ASTM A 755/A 755M.

1. Exposed Coil-Coated Finish:

a. Two-Coat Fluoropolymer: AAMA 621. Fluoropolymer finish containing not less than 70 percent PVDF resin by weight in color coat. Prepare, pretreat, and apply coating to exposed metal surfaces to comply with coating and resin manufacturers' written instructions.

2. Color: As indicated on Drawings or if not indicated, matching adjacent surface.

2.3 UNDERLAYMENT MATERIALS

A. Provide one of the following:

1. Felt: ASTM D 226/D 226M, Type II (No. 30), asphalt-saturated organic felt; nonperforated. 2. Synthetic Underlayment: Laminated or reinforced, woven polyethylene or polypropylene, synthetic roofing underlayment; bitumen free; slip resistant; suitable for high temperatures over 220 deg F; and complying with physical requirements of ASTM D 226/D 226M for Type I and Type II felts.

a. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following:

1) Atlas Roofing Corporation. 2) Intertape Polymer Group. 3) Kirsch Building Products, LLC. 4) SDP Advanced Polymer Products Inc.

SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM 076200 - 2 Melrose Place Limited Melrose Place New Republic Architecture - Project No. 19-078 Cincinnati, Ohio

3. Self-Adhering, High-Temperature Sheet: Minimum 30 mils thick, consisting of a slip-resistant polyethylene- or polypropylene-film top surface laminated to a layer of butyl- or SBS-modified asphalt adhesive, with release-paper backing; specifically designed to withstand high metal temperatures beneath metal roofing. Provide primer according to written recommendations of underlayment manufacturer.

a. Thermal Stability: ASTM D 1970; stable after testing at 240 deg F or higher. b. Low-Temperature Flexibility: ASTM D 1970; passes after testing at minus 20 deg F or lower.

B. Slip Sheet: Rosin-sized building paper, 3 lb/100 sq. ft. minimum.

2.4 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS

A. General: Provide materials and types of fasteners, solder, protective coatings, sealants, and other miscellaneous items as required for complete sheet metal flashing and trim installation and as recommended by manufacturer of primary sheet metal[ or manufactured item] unless otherwise indicated.

B. Fasteners: Wood screws, annular threaded nails, self-tapping screws, self-locking rivets and bolts, and other suitable fasteners designed to withstand design loads and recommended by manufacturer of primary sheet metal or manufactured item.

1. General: Blind fasteners or self-drilling screws, gasketed, with hex-washer head.

a. Exposed Fasteners: Heads matching color of sheet metal using plastic caps or factory-applied coating. Provide metal-backed EPDM or PVC sealing washers under heads of exposed fasteners bearing on weather side of metal. b. Blind Fasteners: High-strength aluminum or stainless-steel rivets suitable for metal being fastened.

2. Fasteners for Aluminum Sheet: Aluminum or Series 300 stainless steel. 3. Fasteners for Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) or Aluminum-Zinc Alloy-Coated Steel Sheet: Series 300 stainless steel or hot-dip galvanized steel according to ASTM A 153/A 153M or ASTM F 2329.

C. Elastomeric Sealant: ASTM C 920, elastomeric silicone polymer sealant; of type, grade, class, and use classifications required to seal joints in sheet metal flashing and trim and remain watertight.

D. Asphalt Roofing Cement: ASTM D 4586, asbestos free, of consistency required for application.

2.5 MANUFACTURED REGLETS

A. Reglets: Units of type, material, and profile required, formed to provide secure interlocking of separate reglet and counterflashing pieces, and compatible with flashing indicated with factory-mitered and -welded corners and junctions and with interlocking counterflashing on exterior face, of same metal as reglet.

1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following:

a. Cheney Flashing Company. b. Fry Reglet Corporation. c. Heckmann Building Products, Inc. d. Hickman Company, W. P. e. Hohmann & Barnard, Inc. f. Keystone Flashing Company, Inc.

SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM 076200 - 3 Melrose Place Limited Melrose Place New Republic Architecture - Project No. 19-078 Cincinnati, Ohio

g. National Sheet Metal Systems, Inc. h. Sandell Manufacturing Co., Inc.

2. Material: Aluminum, 0.024 inch thick or galvanized steel, 0.028 inch (24 gage) thick. 3. Finish: With manufacturer's standard color coating.

2.6 FABRICATION, GENERAL

A. General: Custom fabricate sheet metal flashing and trim to comply with details shown and recommendations in cited sheet metal standard that apply to design, dimensions, geometry, metal thickness, and other characteristics of item required. Fabricate sheet metal flashing and trim in shop to greatest extent possible.

1. Obtain field measurements for accurate fit before shop fabrication. 2. Form sheet metal flashing and trim to fit substrates without excessive oil canning, buckling, and tool marks; true to line, levels, and slopes; and with exposed edges folded back to form hems. 3. Conceal fasteners and expansion provisions where possible. Do not use exposed fasteners on faces exposed to view.

B. Expansion Provisions: Form metal for thermal expansion of exposed flashing and trim.

1. Form expansion joints of intermeshing hooked flanges, not less than 1 inch deep, filled with butyl sealant concealed within joints. 2. Use lapped expansion joints only where indicated on Drawings.

C. Sealant Joints: Where movable, nonexpansion-type joints are required, form metal to provide for proper installation of elastomeric sealant according to cited sheet metal standard.

D. Fabricate cleats and attachment devices from same material as accessory being anchored or from compatible, noncorrosive metal.

E. Fabricate cleats and attachment devices of sizes as recommended by cited sheet metal standard for application, but not less than thickness of metal being secured.

F. Seams: Fabricate nonmoving seams with flat-lock seams. Form seams and seal with elastomeric sealant unless otherwise recommended by sealant manufacturer for intended use. Rivet joints where necessary for strength.

G. Seams for Aluminum: Fabricate nonmoving seams with flat-lock seams. Form seams and seal with epoxy seam sealer. Rivet joints where necessary for strength.

2.7 WALL SHEET METAL AND OTHER INCIDENTAL SHEET METAL FABRICATIONS

A. Opening Flashings in Frame Construction: Fabricate head, sill, and similar flashings to extend 4 inches beyond wall openings. Form head and sill flashing with 2-inch-high, end dams. Fabricate from one of the following materials:

1. Aluminum: 0.032 inch thick. 2. Galvanized Steel: 0.022 inch (24 gage) thick. 3. Aluminum-Zinc Alloy-Coated Steel: 0.022 inch (24 gage) thick.

B. Other Incidental Sheet Metal Fabrications: Fabricate flashings as indicated on Drawings. Fabricate from one of the following materials:

SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM 076200 - 4 Melrose Place Limited Melrose Place New Republic Architecture - Project No. 19-078 Cincinnati, Ohio

1. Aluminum: 0.032 inch thick. 2. Galvanized Steel: 0.022 inch (24 gage) thick. 3. Aluminum-Zinc Alloy-Coated Steel: 0.022 inch (24 gage) thick.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 UNDERLAYMENT INSTALLATION

A. Felt Underlayment: Install felt underlayment, wrinkle free, using adhesive to minimize use of mechanical fasteners under sheet metal flashing and trim. Apply in shingle fashion to shed water, with lapped joints of not less than 2 inches.

B. Synthetic Underlayment: Install synthetic underlayment, wrinkle free, according to manufacturers' written instructions, and using adhesive where possible to minimize use of mechanical fasteners under sheet metal.

C. Self-Adhering Sheet Underlayment: Install self-adhering sheet underlayment, wrinkle free. Prime substrate if recommended by underlayment manufacturer. Comply with temperature restrictions of underlayment manufacturer for installation; use primer for installing underlayment at low temperatures. Apply in shingle fashion to shed water, with end laps of not less than 6 inches staggered 24 inches between courses. Overlap side edges not less than 3-1/2 inches. Roll laps and edges with roller. Cover underlayment within 14 days.

3.2 INSTALLATION, GENERAL

A. General: Anchor sheet metal flashing and trim and other components of the Work securely in place, with provisions for thermal and structural movement. Use fasteners, solder, protective coatings, separators, sealants, and other miscellaneous items as required to complete sheet metal flashing and trim system.

1. Install sheet metal flashing and trim true to line, levels, and slopes. Provide uniform, neat seams with minimum exposure of solder, welds, and sealant. 2. Install sheet metal flashing and trim to fit substrates and to result in watertight performance. Verify shapes and dimensions of surfaces to be covered before fabricating sheet metal. 3. Space cleats not more than 12 inches apart. Attach each cleat with at least two fasteners. Bend tabs over fasteners. 4. Install exposed sheet metal flashing and trim with limited oil canning, and free of buckling and tool marks. 5. Torch cutting of sheet metal flashing and trim is not permitted.

B. Metal Protection: Where dissimilar metals contact each other, or where metal contacts pressure-treated wood or other corrosive substrates, protect against galvanic action or corrosion by painting contact surfaces with bituminous coating or by other permanent separation as recommended by sheet metal manufacturer or cited sheet metal standard.

1. Underlayment: Where installing sheet metal flashing and trim directly on cementitious or wood substrates, install underlayment and cover with slip sheet.

C. Expansion Provisions: Provide for thermal expansion of exposed flashing and trim. Space movement joints at maximum of 10 feet with no joints within 24 inches of corner or intersection.

1. Form expansion joints of intermeshing hooked flanges, not less than 1 inch deep, filled with sealant concealed within joints. 2. Use lapped expansion joints only where indicated on Drawings.

SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM 076200 - 5 Melrose Place Limited Melrose Place New Republic Architecture - Project No. 19-078 Cincinnati, Ohio

D. Fasteners: Use fastener sizes that penetrate substrate not less than recommended by fastener manufacturer to achieve maximum pull-out resistance.

E. Conceal fasteners and expansion provisions where possible in exposed work and locate to minimize possibility of leakage. Cover and seal fasteners and anchors as required for a tight installation.

F. Seal joints as required for watertight construction. Prepare joints and apply sealants to comply with requirements in Section 079200 "Joint Sealants."

3.3 WALL AND OTHER INCIDENTAL FLASHING INSTALLATION

A. General: Install sheet metal wall flashing to intercept and exclude penetrating moisture according to cited sheet metal standard unless otherwise indicated. Coordinate installation of wall flashing with installation of wall-opening components such as windows, doors, and louvers.

B. Opening Flashings in Frame Construction: Install continuous head, sill, and similar flashings to extend 4 inches beyond wall openings.

C. Other Incidental Flashings: Install as indicted on Drawings.

3.4 CLEANING AND PROTECTION

A. Clean exposed metal surfaces of substances that interfere with uniform oxidation and weathering.

B. Clean off excess sealants.

C. Remove temporary protective coverings and strippable films as sheet metal flashing and trim are installed unless otherwise indicated in manufacturer's written installation instructions.

END OF SECTION 076200

SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM 076200 - 6 Melrose Place Limited Melrose Place New Republic Architecture - Project No. 19-078 Cincinnati, Ohio

SECTION 077200 - ROOF ACCESSORIES

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY

A. Section Includes:

1. Roof hatches.

B. Refer to Section 018113 "Sustainable Design Requirements" for applicable LEED requirements.

1.2 ACTION SUBMITTALS

A. Product Data: For each type of roof accessory.

B. Shop Drawings: For roof accessories.

C. Samples: For each exposed product and for each color and texture specified.

1.3 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS

A. Sample warranties.

1.4 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS

A. Operation and maintenance data.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS

A. Cover and Curb: Thermally broken to prevent heat transfer between interior and exterior surfaces.

B. Loading: Reinforced to support a minimum live load of 40 psf with a maximum deflection of 1/150th of the span or 20 psf wind uplift.

C. Operation: Smooth with controlled operation throughout the entire arc of opening and closing. Operation of the cover shall not be affected by temperature.

D. Entire hatch shall be weather tight with fully welded corner joints on cover and curb.

ROOF ACCESSORIES 077200 - 1 Melrose Place Limited Melrose Place New Republic Architecture - Project No. 19-078 Cincinnati, Ohio

2.2 ROOF HATCH

A. Roof Hatches: Metal roof-hatch units with lids and insulated single-walled curbs, welded or mechanically fastened and sealed corner joints, continuous lid-to-curb counterflashing and weathertight perimeter gasketing, integral metal cant, and integrally formed deck-mounting flange at perimeter bottom.

1. Basis-of Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide Bilco Company (The); F- 50TB Roof Hatch, a comparable product by the following, or a substitution approved by Architect:

a. Dur-Red Products.

B. Type and Size: Single-leaf lid, size as indicated in the Drawings.

C. Loads: Minimum 40-lbf/sq. ft. external live load and 20-lbf/sq. ft. internal uplift load.

D. Hatch Material: Zinc-coated (galvanized) or Aluminum-zinc alloy-coated steel sheet.

1. Thickness: Manufacturer's standard thickness for hatch size indicated. 2. Finish: Two-coat fluoropolymer or baked enamel or powder coat. 3. Color: As selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range.

E. Construction:

1. Insulation: Polyisocyanurate board.

a. R-Value: 20.3 according to ASTM C 1363.

2. Nailer: Factory-installed wood nailer continuous around hatch perimeter. 3. Hatch Lid: Opaque, insulated, and double walled, with manufacturer's standard metal liner of same material and finish as outer metal lid. 4. Curb Liner: Manufacturer's standard, of same material and finish as metal curb. 5. Fabricate curbs to minimum height of 12 inches above roofing surface unless otherwise indicated.

F. Hardware: Spring operators, hold-open arm, galvanized-steel spring latch with turn handles, galvanized-steel butt- or pintle-type hinge system, and padlock hasps inside and outside.

2.3 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS

A. General: Provide materials and types of fasteners, protective coatings, sealants, and other miscellaneous items required by manufacturer for a complete installation.

B. Glass-Fiber Board Insulation: ASTM C 726, nominal density of 3 lb/cu. ft., thermal resistivity of 4.3 deg F x h x sq. ft./Btu x in. at 75 deg F, thickness as indicated.

C. Wood Nailers: Softwood lumber, pressure treated with waterborne preservatives for aboveground use, acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, and complying with AWPA C2; not less than 1-1/2 inches thick.

D. Gaskets: Manufacturer's standard tubular or fingered design of neoprene, EPDM, PVC, or silicone or a flat design of foam rubber, sponge neoprene, or cork.

E. Elastomeric Sealant: ASTM C 920, elastomeric polymer sealant as recommended by roof accessory manufacturer for installation indicated; low modulus; of type, grade, class, and use classifications required to seal joints and remain watertight.

ROOF ACCESSORIES 077200 - 2 Melrose Place Limited Melrose Place New Republic Architecture - Project No. 19-078 Cincinnati, Ohio

F. Butyl Sealant: ASTM C 1311, single-component, solvent-release butyl rubber sealant; polyisobutylene plasticized; heavy bodied for expansion joints with limited movement.

G. Asphalt Roofing Cement: ASTM D 4586/D 4586M, asbestos free, of consistency required for application.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 INSTALLATION

A. General: Verify dimensions of roof openings for roof accessories. Install roof accessories according to manufacturer's written instructions.

1. Install roof accessories level; plumb; true to line and elevation; and without warping, jogs in alignment, buckling, or tool marks. 2. Anchor roof accessories securely in place so they are capable of resisting indicated loads. 3. Use fasteners, separators, sealants, and other miscellaneous items as required to complete installation of roof accessories and fit them to substrates. 4. Install roof accessories to resist exposure to weather without failing, rattling, leaking, or loosening of fasteners and seals.

B. Metal Protection: Protect metals against galvanic action by separating dissimilar metals from contact with each other or with corrosive substrates by painting contact surfaces with bituminous coating or by other permanent separation as recommended by manufacturer.

1. Underlayment: Where installing roof accessories directly on cementitious or wood substrates, install a course of underlayment and cover with manufacturer's recommended slip sheet.

C. Seal joints with elastomeric sealant as required by roof accessory manufacturer.

3.2 REPAIR AND CLEANING

A. Galvanized Surfaces: Clean field welds, bolted connections, and abraded areas and repair galvanizing according to ASTM A 780/A 780M.

B. Touch up factory-primed surfaces with compatible primer ready for field painting according to Section 099113 "Exterior Painting."

C. Clean exposed surfaces according to manufacturer's written instructions.

D. Replace roof accessories that have been damaged or that cannot be successfully repaired by finish touchup or similar minor repair procedures.

END OF SECTION 077200

ROOF ACCESSORIES 077200 - 3 Melrose Place Limited Melrose Place New Republic Architecture - Project No. 19-078 Cincinnati, Ohio

SECTION 078413 - PENETRATION FIRESTOPPING

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY

A. Section Includes:

1. Penetrations in fire-resistance-rated walls. 2. Penetrations in horizontal assemblies.

B. Refer to Section 018113 "Sustainable Design Requirements" for applicable LEED requirements.

1.2 ACTION SUBMITTALS

A. Product Data: For each type of product.

B. Product Schedule: For each penetration firestopping system. Include location, illustration of firestopping system, and design designation of qualified testing and inspecting agency.

1. Engineering Judgments: Where Project conditions require modification to a qualified testing and inspecting agency's illustration for a particular penetration firestopping system, submit illustration, with modifications marked, approved by penetration firestopping system manufacturer's fire- protection engineer as an engineering judgment or equivalent fire-resistance-rated assembly. Obtain approval of authorities having jurisdiction prior to submittal.

1.3 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS

A. Product test reports.

1.4 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS

A. Installer Certificates: From Installer indicating that penetration firestopping systems have been installed in compliance with requirements and manufacturer's written instructions.

1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Installer Qualifications: A firm that has been approved by FM Global according to FM Global 4991, "Approval of Firestop Contractors," or been evaluated by UL and found to comply with its "Qualified Firestop Contractor Program Requirements."

PENETRATION FIRESTOPPING 078413 - 1 Melrose Place Limited Melrose Place New Republic Architecture - Project No. 19-078 Cincinnati, Ohio

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS

A. Fire-Test-Response Characteristics:

1. Perform penetration firestopping system tests by a qualified testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. 2. Test per testing standards referenced in "Penetration Firestopping Systems" Article. Provide rated systems complying with the following requirements:

a. Penetration firestopping systems shall bear classification marking of a qualified testing agency.

1) UL in its "Fire Resistance Directory." 2) Intertek Group in its "Directory of Listed Building Products." 3) FM Global in its "Building Materials Approval Guide."

2.2 PENETRATION FIRESTOPPING SYSTEMS

A. Penetration Firestopping Systems: Systems that resist spread of fire, passage of smoke and other gases, and maintain original fire-resistance rating of construction penetrated. Penetration firestopping systems shall be compatible with one another, with the substrates forming openings, and with penetrating items if any.

1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following:

a. 3M Fire Protection Products. b. A/D Fire Protection Systems Inc. c. Hilti, Inc. d. NUCO Inc. e. RectorSeal. f. Specified Technologies, Inc. g. Tremco, Inc.

B. Penetrations in Fire-Resistance-Rated Walls: Penetration firestopping systems with ratings determined per ASTM E 814 or UL 1479, based on testing at a positive pressure differential of 0.01-inch wg.

1. F-Rating: Not less than the fire-resistance rating of constructions penetrated.

C. Penetrations in Horizontal Assemblies: Penetration firestopping systems with ratings determined per ASTM E 814 or UL 1479, based on testing at a positive pressure differential of 0.01-inch wg.

1. F-Rating: At least one hour, but not less than the fire-resistance rating of constructions penetrated. 2. T-Rating: At least one hour, but not less than the fire-resistance rating of constructions penetrated except for floor penetrations within the cavity of a wall.

D. Exposed Penetration Firestopping Systems: Flame-spread and smoke-developed indexes of less than 25 and 450, respectively, per ASTM E 84.

PENETRATION FIRESTOPPING 078413 - 2 Melrose Place Limited Melrose Place New Republic Architecture - Project No. 19-078 Cincinnati, Ohio

E. Accessories: Provide components for each penetration firestopping system that are needed to install fill materials and to maintain ratings required. Use only those components specified by penetration firestopping system manufacturer and approved by qualified testing and inspecting agency for conditions indicated.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 INSTALLATION

A. Examine substrates and conditions, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for opening configurations, penetrating items, substrates, and other conditions affecting performance of the Work.

B. General: Install penetration firestopping systems to comply with manufacturer's written installation instructions and published drawings for products and applications.

C. Install forming materials and other accessories of types required to support fill materials during their application and in the position needed to produce cross-sectional shapes and depths required to achieve fire ratings.

1. After installing fill materials and allowing them to fully cure, remove combustible forming materials and other accessories not forming permanent components of firestopping.

D. Install fill materials by proven techniques to produce the following results:

1. Fill voids and cavities formed by openings, forming materials, accessories and penetrating items to achieve required fire-resistance ratings. 2. Apply materials so they contact and adhere to substrates formed by openings and penetrating items. 3. For fill materials that will remain exposed after completing the Work, finish to produce smooth, uniform surfaces that are flush with adjoining finishes.

3.2 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL

A. Owner will engage a qualified testing agency to perform tests and inspections according to ASTM E 2174.

B. Where deficiencies are found or penetration firestopping system is damaged or removed because of testing, repair or replace penetration firestopping system to comply with requirements.

C. Proceed with enclosing penetration firestopping systems with other construction only after inspection reports are issued and installations comply with requirements.

END OF SECTION 078413

PENETRATION FIRESTOPPING 078413 - 3 Melrose Place Limited Melrose Place New Republic Architecture - Project No. 19-078 Cincinnati, Ohio

SECTION 079200 - JOINT SEALANTS

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY

A. Section Includes:

1. Silicone joint sealants. 2. Nonstaining silicone joint sealants. 3. Mildew-resistant joint sealants. 4. Latex joint sealants.

B. Refer to Section 018113 "Sustainable Design Requirements" for applicable LEED requirements.

1.2 ACTION SUBMITTALS

A. Product Data: For each joint-sealant product.

B. Samples: For each kind and color of joint sealant required.

1.3 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS

A. Product test reports.

B. Field-adhesion-test reports.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 MANUFACTURERS

A. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products listed in other Part 2 articles by one of the following manufacturers or a substitution approved prior to the date for receipt of Bids. Shortened versions (shown in parentheses) of the manufacturers' names are used in Part 2:

1. (BASF) BASF Building Systems 2. (DOW) Dow Corning Corporation 3. (GE) GE Construction Sealants; Momentive Performance Materials, Inc. 4. (HEN) Henkel Corporation 5. (PEC) Pecora Corporation 6. (SIK) Sika Corporation, Construction Products Division 7. (TRM) Tremco Incorporated 8. (USG) USG Corporation

JOINT SEALANTS 079200 - 1 Melrose Place Limited Melrose Place New Republic Architecture - Project No. 19-078 Cincinnati, Ohio

2.2 JOINT SEALANTS, GENERAL

A. VOC Content of Interior Sealants: Sealants and sealant primers used inside the weatherproofing system shall comply with the following:

1. Architectural sealants shall have a VOC content of 250 g/L or less. 2. Sealants and sealant primers for nonporous substrates shall have a VOC content of 250 g/L or less. 3. Sealants and sealant primers for porous substrates shall have a VOC content of 775 g/L or less. 4. Sealants shall comply with the testing and product requirements of the California Department of Public Health's "Standard Method for the Testing and Evaluation of Volatile Organic Chemical Emissions from Indoor Sources Using Environmental Chambers."

B. Colors of Exposed Joint Sealants: As indicated on Drawings or if not indicated match adjacent surface. Where adjacent surfaces are different colors, verify color with Architect.

2.3 SILICONE JOINT SEALANTS

A. S-1: ASTM C 920, Neutral-Curing Type S, Grade NS, Class 50, for Use NT

1. DOW 791 . 2. GE SilPruf SCS2000. 3. PEC 864 NST. 4. SIK Sikasil WS 295. 5. TRM Spectrem 3.

B. S-1.1: ASTM C 920, Neutral-Curing Type M, Grade NS, Class 50, for Use NT (Field Tintable)

1. TRM Spectrem 4 TS.

C. S-2: ASTM C 920, Neutral-Curing, Type S, Grade NS, Class 100/50, for Use NT.

1. DOW 790. 2. GE SilPruf LM SCS2700. 3. PEC 890. 4. SIK Sikasil-WS 290. 5. TRM Spectrem 1.

D. S-3: ASTM C 920, Mildew-Resistant, Acid or Neutral-Curing, Type S, Grade NS, Class 25, for Use NT.

1. DOW 786 Mildew Resistant. 2. GE Sanitary SCS1700. 3. PEC 898 4. TRM Tremsil 200

E. S-4: ASTM C 920, Neutral-Curing, Type S, Grade NS or P, Class 100/50, for Use T.

1. DOW NS Parking Structure Sealant or SL Parking Structure Sealant. 2. PEC 301 NS or 300 SL 3. TRM Spectrem 800 or Spectrem 900 SL

JOINT SEALANTS 079200 - 2 Melrose Place Limited Melrose Place New Republic Architecture - Project No. 19-078 Cincinnati, Ohio

2.4 LATEX JOINT SEALANTS

A. S-10: Latex Sealant Acrylic latex or siliconized acrylic latex, ASTM C 834, Type OP, Grade NF.

1. BASF Sonolac. 2. PEC AC-20+. 3. TRM Tremflex 834.

2.5 ACOUSTICAL JOINT SEALANTS

A. S-11: Acoustical Joint Sealant: Manufacturer's standard nonsag, paintable, nonstaining latex sealant complying with ASTM C 834. Product effectively reduces airborne sound transmission through perimeter joints and openings in building construction as demonstrated by testing representative assemblies according to ASTM E 90.

1. HEN Henkel Corp.; OSI SC-170 2. PEC AIS-919 or AC-20 FTR. 3. USG SHEETROCK Acoustical Sealant. 4. TRM Acoustical Sealant

2.6 JOINT-SEALANT BACKING

A. Cylindrical Sealant Backings: ASTM C 1330, Type C (closed-cell material with a surface skin), and of size and density to control sealant depth and otherwise contribute to producing optimum sealant performance.

B. Bond-Breaker Tape: Polyethylene tape or other plastic tape recommended by sealant manufacturer.

2.7 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS

A. Primer: Material recommended by joint-sealant manufacturer where required for adhesion of sealant to joint substrates indicated, as determined from preconstruction joint-sealant-substrate tests and field tests.

B. Cleaners for Nonporous Surfaces: Chemical cleaners acceptable to manufacturers of sealants and sealant backing materials.

C. Masking Tape: Nonstaining, nonabsorbent material compatible with joint sealants and surfaces adjacent to joints.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 PREPARATION

A. Surface Cleaning of Joints: Clean out joints immediately before installing joint sealants to comply with joint- sealant manufacturer's written instructions and the following requirements:

1. Remove laitance and form-release agents from concrete. 2. Clean nonporous joint substrate surfaces with chemical cleaners or other means that do not stain, harm substrates, or leave residues capable of interfering with adhesion.

JOINT SEALANTS 079200 - 3 Melrose Place Limited Melrose Place New Republic Architecture - Project No. 19-078 Cincinnati, Ohio

B. Joint Priming: Prime joint substrates where recommended by joint-sealant manufacturer or as indicated by preconstruction joint-sealant-substrate tests or prior experience.

C. Masking Tape: Use masking tape where required to prevent contact of sealant or primer with adjoining surfaces.

3.2 INSTALLATION OF JOINT SEALANTS

A. General: Comply with ASTM C 1193 and joint-sealant manufacturer's written installation instructions for products and applications indicated, unless more stringent requirements apply.

B. Install sealant backings of kind indicated to support sealants during application and at position required to produce cross-sectional shapes and depths of installed sealants relative to joint widths that allow optimum sealant movement capability.

C. Install bond-breaker tape behind sealants where sealant backings are not used between sealants and backs of joints.

D. Install sealants using proven techniques that comply with the following and at the same time backings are installed:

1. Place sealants so they directly contact and fully wet joint substrates. 2. Completely fill recesses in each joint configuration. 3. Produce uniform, cross-sectional shapes and depths relative to joint widths that allow optimum sealant movement capability.

E. Tooling of Nonsag Sealants: Immediately after sealant application and before skinning or curing begins, tool sealants to form smooth, uniform beads of configuration indicated. Use tooling agents that are approved in writing by sealant manufacturer and that do not discolor sealants or adjacent surfaces.

1. Provide concave joint profile per Figure 8A in ASTM C 1193 unless otherwise indicated.

3.3 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL

A. Field-Adhesion Testing: Field test joint-sealant adhesion to joint substrates as follows:

1. Extent of Testing: Test completed and cured sealant joints as follows:

a. Perform 10 tests for the first 1000 feet of joint length for each kind of sealant and joint substrate. b. Perform one test for each 1000 feet of joint length thereafter or one test per each floor per elevation.

2. Test Method: Test joint sealants according to Method A, Field-Applied Sealant Joint Hand Pull Tab, in Appendix X1 in ASTM C 1193 or Method A, Tail Procedure, in ASTM C 1521.

B. Evaluation of Field-Adhesion-Test Results: Sealants not evidencing adhesive failure from testing or noncompliance with other indicated requirements will be considered satisfactory. Remove sealants that fail to adhere to joint substrates during testing or to comply with other requirements. Retest failed applications until test results prove sealants comply with indicated requirements.

JOINT SEALANTS 079200 - 4 Melrose Place Limited Melrose Place New Republic Architecture - Project No. 19-078 Cincinnati, Ohio

3.4 JOINT-SEALANT SCHEDULE

A. Exterior Joints

1. Vertical surfaces and horizontal nontraffic surfaces S-1or S-1.1 2. Vertical surfaces and horizontal nontraffic surfaces with high movement S-2 3. Horizontal traffic surfaces S-4

B. Interior Joints

1. Vertical surfaces and horizontal nontraffic surfaces S-1 or S-1.1 2. Mildew-resistant on vertical surfaces and horizontal nontraffic surfaces S-3 3. Horizontal traffic surfaces S-4 4. Vertical and horizontal nontraffic, nonmoving joints S-10 5. Acoustical joints in vertical surfaces and horizontal nontraffic surfaces S-11

END OF SECTION 079200

JOINT SEALANTS 079200 - 5 Melrose Place Limited Melrose Place New Republic Architecture - Project No. 19-078 Cincinnati, Ohio

SECTION 081113 - HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY

A. Section includes:

1. Interior standard steel doors and frames. 2. Exterior standard steel doors and frames.

B. Refer to Section 018113 "Sustainable Design Requirements" for applicable LEED requirements.

1.2 ACTION SUBMITTALS

A. Product Data: For each type of product.

B. Shop Drawings: Include the following:

1. Elevations of each door type. 2. Details of doors, including vertical- and horizontal-edge details and metal thicknesses. 3. Frame details for each frame type, including dimensioned profiles and metal thicknesses.

C. Product Schedule: For hollow-metal doors and frames, prepared by or under the supervision of supplier, using same reference numbers for details and openings as those on Drawings. Coordinate with final door hardware schedule.

1.3 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS

A. Product test reports.

1.4 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS

A. Record Documents: For fire-rated doors, list of door numbers and applicable room name and number to which door accesses.

1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 MANUFACTURERS

A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following:

HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES 081113 - 1 Melrose Place Limited Melrose Place New Republic Architecture - Project No. 19-078 Cincinnati, Ohio

1. Ceco Door; ASSA ABLOY. 2. Curries Company; ASSA ABLOY. 3. Daybar Industries, Ltd. 4. Fleming Door Products Ltd.; Assa Abloy Group Company. 5. Republic Doors and Frames. 6. Steelcraft; an Allegion brand.

2.2 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS

A. Fire-Rated Door Assemblies: Assemblies complying with NFPA 80 that are listed and labeled by a qualified testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction for fire-protection ratings indicated on Drawings, based on testing at positive pressure according to NFPA 252 or UL 10C.

1. Smoke- and Draft-Control Door Assemblies: Listed and labeled for smoke and draft control by a qualified testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, based on testing according to UL 1784 and installed in compliance with NFPA 105.

B. Thermally Rated Door Assemblies: Provide door assemblies with U-factor of not more than 0.38 deg Btu/F x h x sq. ft. when tested according to ASTM C 518.

2.3 INTERIOR STANDARD STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES

A. Construct hollow-metal doors and frames to comply with standards indicated for materials, fabrication, hardware locations, hardware reinforcement, tolerances, and clearances, and as specified.

B. Standard-Duty Doors and Frames (All Doors Unless Noted Otherwise): SDI A250.8, Level 1; SDI A250.4, Level C..

1. Doors:

a. Type: As indicated in the Door and Frame Schedule. b. Thickness: 1-3/4 inches. c. Face: Uncoated steel sheet, minimum thickness of 0.032 inch (20 gage). d. Edge Construction: Model 1, Full Flush. e. Core: Manufacturer's standard.

2. Frames:

a. Materials: Uncoated steel sheet, minimum thickness of 0.042 inch (18 gage). b. Construction: Knocked down.

C. Heavy-Duty Doors and Frames (Fire-Rated Doors): SDI A250.8, Level 2; SDI A250.4, Level B..

1. Doors:

a. Type: As indicated in the Door and Frame Schedule. b. Thickness: 1-3/4 inches. c. Face: Uncoated steel sheet, minimum thickness of 0.042 inch. (18 gage). d. Edge Construction: Model 1, Full Flush. e. Fire-Rated Core: Manufacturer's standard vertical steel stiffener or laminated mineral board core.

HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES 081113 - 2 Melrose Place Limited Melrose Place New Republic Architecture - Project No. 19-078 Cincinnati, Ohio

2. Frames:

a. Materials: Uncoated steel sheet, minimum thickness of 0.053 inch (16 gage). b. Construction: Full profile welded.

2.4 EXTERIOR STANDARD STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES

A. Construct hollow-metal doors and frames to comply with standards indicated for materials, fabrication, hardware locations, hardware reinforcement, tolerances, and clearances, and as specified.

B. Heavy-Duty Doors and Frames: SDI A250.8, Level 2; SDI A250.4, Level B..

1. Doors:

a. Type: As indicated in the Door and Frame Schedule. b. Thickness: 1-3/4 inches. c. Face: Metallic-coated steel sheet, minimum thickness of 0.042 inch (18 gage) with minimum A40 coating. d. Edge Construction: Model 1, Full Flush. e. Edge Bevel: Provide manufacturer's standard beveled or square edges. f. Top Edge Closures: Close top edges of doors with flush closures of same material as face sheets. Seal joints against water penetration. g. Bottom Edges: Close bottom edges of doors with end closures or channels of same material as face sheets. Provide weep-hole openings in bottoms of exterior doors to permit moisture to escape. h. Core: Polyurethane.

2. Frames:

a. Basis-of-Design Product: Ceco Door Products; SQW Weatherstripped (kerf) Frame.

b. Materials: Metallic-coated steel sheet, minimum thickness of 0.053 inch (16 gage).with minimum A40 coating. c. Construction: Full profile welded. d. Weatherstripping: Foam-filled gasket, compression type, fire-rated.

2.5 FRAME ANCHORS

A. Jamb Anchors:

1. Type: Anchors of minimum size and type required by applicable door and frame standard, and suitable for performance level indicated. 2. Quantity: Minimum of three anchors per jamb, with one additional anchor for frames with no floor anchor. Provide one additional anchor for each 24 inches of frame height above 7 feet.

B. Floor Anchors: Provide floor anchors for each jamb and mullion that extends to floor.

C. Material: ASTM A 879/A 879M, Commercial Steel (CS), 04Z coating designation; mill phosphatized.

1. For anchors built into exterior walls, steel sheet complying with ASTM A 1008/A 1008M or ASTM A 1011/A 1011M; hot-dip galvanized according to ASTM A 153/A 153M, Class B.

HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES 081113 - 3 Melrose Place Limited Melrose Place New Republic Architecture - Project No. 19-078 Cincinnati, Ohio

2.6 MATERIALS

A. Cold-Rolled Steel Sheet: ASTM A 1008/A 1008M, Commercial Steel (CS), Type B; suitable for exposed applications.

B. Hot-Rolled Steel Sheet: ASTM A 1011/A 1011M, Commercial Steel (CS), Type B; free of scale, pitting, or surface defects; pickled and oiled.

C. Metallic-Coated Steel Sheet: ASTM A 653/A 653M, Commercial Steel (CS), Type B.

D. Inserts, Bolts, and Fasteners: Hot-dip galvanized according to ASTM A 153/A 153M.

E. Power-Actuated Fasteners in Concrete: Fastener system of type suitable for application indicated, fabricated from corrosion-resistant materials, with clips or other accessory devices for attaching hollow-metal frames of type indicated.

F. Mineral-Fiber Insulation: ASTM C 665, Type I (blankets without membrane facing); consisting of fibers manufactured from slag or rock wool; with maximum flame-spread and smoke-developed indexes of 25 and 50, respectively; passing ASTM E 136 for combustion characteristics.

2.7 FABRICATION

A. Hollow-Metal Frames: Fabricate in one piece except where handling and shipping limitations require multiple sections. Where frames are fabricated in sections, provide alignment plates or angles at each joint, fabricated of metal of same or greater thickness as frames.

1. Door Silencers: Except on weather-stripped frames, drill stops to receive door silencers as follows. Keep holes clear during construction.

a. Single-Door Frames: Drill stop in strike jamb to receive three door silencers. b. Double-Door Frames: Drill stop in head jamb to receive two door silencers.

B. Hardware Preparation: Factory prepare hollow-metal doors and frames to receive templated mortised hardware, and electrical wiring; include cutouts, reinforcement, mortising, drilling, and tapping according to SDI A250.6, the Door Hardware Schedule, and templates.

1. Reinforce doors and frames to receive nontemplated, mortised, and surface-mounted door hardware. 2. Comply with BHMA A156.115 for preparing hollow-metal doors and frames for hardware.

2.8 STEEL FINISHES

A. Prime Finish: Clean, pretreat, and apply manufacturer's standard primer.

1. Shop Primer: Manufacturer's standard, fast-curing, lead- and chromate-free primer complying with SDI A250.10; recommended by primer manufacturer for substrate; compatible with substrate and field-applied coatings despite prolonged exposure.

HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES 081113 - 4 Melrose Place Limited Melrose Place New Republic Architecture - Project No. 19-078 Cincinnati, Ohio

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 PREPARATION

A. Remove welded-in shipping spreaders installed at factory. Restore exposed finish by grinding, filling, and dressing, as required to make repaired area smooth, flush, and invisible on exposed faces. Touch up factory- applied finishes where spreaders are removed.

B. Drill and tap doors and frames to receive nontemplated, mortised, and surface-mounted door hardware.

3.2 INSTALLATION

A. Hollow-Metal Frames: Comply with SDI A250.11.

1. Set frames accurately in position; plumbed, aligned, and braced securely until permanent anchors are set. After wall construction is complete, remove temporary braces without damage to completed Work.

a. Where frames are fabricated in sections, field splice at approved locations by welding face joint continuously; grind, fill, dress, and make splice smooth, flush, and invisible on exposed faces. Touch-up finishes. b. Install frames with removable stops located on secure side of opening.

2. Fire-Rated Openings: Install frames according to NFPA 80. 3. Floor Anchors: Secure with postinstalled expansion anchors.

a. Floor anchors may be set with power-actuated fasteners instead of postinstalled expansion anchors if so indicated and approved on Shop Drawings.

4. Solidly pack mineral-fiber insulation inside frames. 5. Masonry Walls: Coordinate installation of frames to allow for solidly filling space between frames and masonry with grout or mortar. 6. Installation Tolerances: Adjust hollow-metal frames to the following tolerances:

a. Squareness: Plus or minus 1/16 inch, measured at door rabbet on a line 90 degrees from jamb perpendicular to frame head. b. Alignment: Plus or minus 1/16 inch, measured at jambs on a horizontal line parallel to plane of wall. c. Twist: Plus or minus 1/16 inch, measured at opposite face corners of jambs on parallel lines, and perpendicular to plane of wall. d. Plumbness: Plus or minus 1/16 inch, measured at jambs at floor.

B. Hollow-Metal Doors: Fit and adjust hollow-metal doors accurately in frames, within clearances specified below.

1. Non-Fire-Rated Steel Doors: Comply with SDI A250.8. 2. Fire-Rated Doors: Install doors with clearances according to NFPA 80.

HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES 081113 - 5 Melrose Place Limited Melrose Place New Republic Architecture - Project No. 19-078 Cincinnati, Ohio

3.3 CLEANING AND TOUCHUP

A. Prime-Coat Touchup: Immediately after erection, sand smooth rusted or damaged areas of prime coat and apply touchup of compatible air-drying, rust-inhibitive primer.

B. Metallic-Coated Surface Touchup: Clean abraded areas and repair with galvanizing repair paint according to manufacturer's written instructions.

END OF SECTION 081113

HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES 081113 - 6 Melrose Place Limited Melrose Place New Republic Architecture - Project No. 19-078 Cincinnati, Ohio

SECTION 081213.63 - SLIM PROFILE METAL FRAMES

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY

A. Section includes

1. Slim profile hollow-metal frames to receive wood trim.

B. Refer to Section 018113 "Sustainable Design Requirements" for applicable LEED requirements.

1.2 ACTION SUBMITTALS

A. Product Data: For each type of product.

B. Shop Drawings: Include elevations, frame profiles, metal thicknesses, preparations for hardware, and other details.

1.3 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS

A. Product test reports.

B. Field quality control reports.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 MANUFACTURERS

A. Manufacturers: Provide products by one of the following:

1. Dunbarton Corp, Rediframe 2. Therma Tru Corp. 3. Timely Door frames

2.2 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS

A. Fire-Rated Assemblies: Complying with NFPA 80 and listed and labeled by a qualified testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction for fire-protection ratings indicated, based on testing at positive pressure according to NFPA 252 or UL 10C.

2.3 PREFINISHED STEEL DOOR FRAMES

A. Header and Jamb Members: Form interior door frames of 18 gage, ASTM A366 commercial quality cold rolled steel.

SLIM PROFILE METAL FRAMES 081213.63 - 1 Melrose Place Limited Melrose Place New Republic Architecture - Project No. 19-078 Cincinnati, Ohio

B. Casings: Not required.

C. Hinge Reinforcements: 14 gage hot dipped galvanized (G60) steel to ASTM A653 (10 gage equivalent number of threads, SDI-107).

D. Strikes and Deadbolt Covers and Dust Box: 18 gage commercial quality cold rolled steel to ASTM A366.

E. Door Closer Reinforcement: Steel or aluminum in accordance with manufacturer’s standard.

F. Weatherstripping and Smoke Gasketing (Kerf Profile): Manufacturer’s standard.

G. Fasteners: In accordance with manufacturer’s standards, to comply with labeling agency for fire-rated frames.

H. Finish: Manufacturer’s standard, white.

2.4 FABRICATION

A. General: Frames shall be prefinished type designed for installation at rough wall openings over prefinished walls.

B. Prepare steel frames to receive decorative wood moldings to conceal fasteners.

1. Provide accessories and fasteners necessary for field assembly and installation in accordance with frame manufacturer’s standards. 2. Prepare for and provide reinforcements in accordance with manufacturer’s standards as required to receive finished hardware.

C. Construct jamb member to interlock and align with header members to form a strong joint.

D. Provide die cut mitered metal casings held tight together and in alignment with concealed corner backing pieces. Casings shall conceal all frame fasteners. Provide concealed clips to receive snap-on casings.

E. Hardware Preparations: In accordance with an approved Hardware Schedule, ANSI A115 and manufacturer’s recommendations.

1. Mortise frames for hinges and strikes. 2. Drill and tap or reinforce frames for mortised or surface mounted hardware.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 EXAMINATION

A. Site Verification of Conditions: Verify that conditions of substrates previously installed under other sections are acceptable for product installation in accordance with manufacturer’s instructions.

3.2 INSTALLATION

A. Prefinished Steel Door Frames:

SLIM PROFILE METAL FRAMES 081213.63 - 2 Melrose Place Limited Melrose Place New Republic Architecture - Project No. 19-078 Cincinnati, Ohio

1. Install frames plumb and square, in accordance with shop drawings and manufacturer’s instructions. Verify opening and dimensions with shop drawings. Use door as a template to ensure proper alignment and clearances. 2. Attach hinges and hang door in frame. Adjust frame to door for equal and uniform clearance between top and sides of door and frame. 3. Install fire-rated door frames in accordance with NFPA 80.

3.3 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL

A. Test doors and frames for unit entries as specified in Section 018113 "Sustainable Design Requirements."

3.4 CLEANING

A. Cleaning: Remove temporary coverings and protection of adjacent work areas. Repair or replace damaged installed products. Clean installed products in accordance with manufacturer’s instructions prior to Owner’s acceptance. Remove construction debris from project site and legally dispose of debris.

3.5 PROTECTION

A. Protection: Protect installed product and finish surfaces from damage during construction.

B. Repair or replace damaged or defective frames.

END OF SECTION 081213.63

SLIM PROFILE METAL FRAMES 081213.63 - 3 Melrose Place Limited Melrose Place New Republic Architecture - Project No. 19-078 Cincinnati, Ohio

SECTION 081723 - INTEGRATED WOOD DOOR OPENING ASSEMBLIES

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY

A. Section Includes:

1. Integrated (pre-hung) swing wood door assemblies with hinges. 2. Shop priming integrated (pre-hung) swing wood door assemblies. 3. Factory fitting wood doors to frames and factory machining for hardware.

B. Refer to Section 018113 "Sustainable Design Requirements" for applicable LEED requirements.

1.2 ACTION SUBMITTALS

A. Product Data: For each type of door include details of edge construction, louvers, and trim for openings.

B. Shop Drawings: Indicate location, size, and hand of each door; elevation of each kind of door; construction details not covered in Product Data; and the following:

1. Dimensions and locations of blocking. 2. Dimensions and locations of mortises and holes for hardware. 3. Dimensions and locations of cutouts. 4. Undercuts.

1.3 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING

A. Store upright in a dry, well ventilated location at constant temperature. Do not store in damp, freshly plastered, drywall or concrete areas until materials have completely dried.

B. Store doors at least 10 feet away from any heat source to prevent uneven drying.

C. Doors must be sealed with an oil-based sealer or primer if stored for long periods.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 MANUFACTURERS

A. Basis-of-Design Manufacturer: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by Masonite International Corporation or an approved substitution approved by Architect by one of the following:

1. Jeld-Wen Inc. 2. Milliken Millwork, Inc.

INTEGRATED WOOD DOOR OPENING ASSEMBLIES 081723 - 1 Melrose Place Limited Melrose Place New Republic Architecture - Project No. 19-078 Cincinnati, Ohio

2.2 MATERIALS:

A. Certified Wood: As specified in Section 018113 "Sustainable Design Requirements."

2.3 INTEGRATED (PRE-HUNG) WOOD DOOR OPENING ASSEMBLIES.

A. Interior Molded Wood Solid Core Doors:

1. Basis-of-Design Product: Masonite International Corporation; Pre-hung Solid Core Doors. 2. Faces: Smooth MDF or tempered hardboard, Class 2 per ANSI/AHA-A135.4, with minimum tensile strength of 90 PSI. 3. Rails and stiles: Manufacturer’s standard MDF and wood. 4. Core: Manufacturer’s standard. 5. Thickness: 1-3/8-inch (35-mm) thick 6. Finish: Factory primed. 7. Design: Flush.

B. Frame: Select soft wood fabricated as a flat jamb with doorstop applied or 2-piece split jamb.

1. Jamb Species: Finger-Jointed pine. 2. Jamb Width: As required to fit wall depth. 3. Hinge Jamb Preparations: Machined for standard weight radius mortise 3-1/2-inch (89-mm) hinges. 4. Strike Jamb Preparations: Machined for full lip cylindrical strike plate. 5. Double Door Unit Jamb Preparations: Machine for ball catch located at the top of door on both door panels designed to strike into the head jamb.

C. Swinging Door Hardware:

1. Hinges:

a. Doors 7-feet (2134-mm) or Smaller: Three standard weight radius mortise hinges. b. Doors Greater than 7-feet (2134-mm): Four standard weight radius mortise hinges. Provide ball bearing hinges for solid core doors. c. Finishes: Match finish of lockset/latchset as specified in Section 087100 "Door Hardware."

D. Bi-Pass Door Hardware: Provide manufacturer’s standard hardware including, but not limited to, the following: low profile tracks, rollers, rail, heavy duty, stile, roll-guides, and recessed cup.

1. Finishes: Match finish of other unit hardware as specified in Section 087100 "Door Hardware."

E. Double Door Unit Jamb Preparations: Machine for ball catch located at the top of door on both door panels designed to strike into the head jamb.

2.4 FABRICATION

A. Factory fit doors to frames. Comply with clearance requirements of referenced quality standard for fitting unless otherwise indicated.

1. Comply with NFPA 80 requirements for fire-rated doors.

INTEGRATED WOOD DOOR OPENING ASSEMBLIES 081723 - 2 Melrose Place Limited Melrose Place New Republic Architecture - Project No. 19-078 Cincinnati, Ohio

2.5 SHOP PRIMING

A. Doors for Opaque Finish: Shop prime faces, all four edges, edges of cutouts, and mortises with one coat of wood primer compatible with primer specified in Section 099100 "Painting."

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 EXAMINATION

A. Inspect door prior to installation.

B. Inspect rough opening for compliance with door manufacturer recommendations. Verify rough opening conditions are within recommended tolerances.

3.2 PREPARATION

A. Prepare door for installation in accordance with manufacturer’s recommendations.

B. Trim bottom of jamb sides to achieve desired distance between door bottom and finished floor height.

3.3 INSTALLATION

A. Hardware: For installation, see Section 087100 "Door Hardware."

B. Installation Instructions: Install doors to comply with manufacturer's written instructions and referenced quality standard, and as indicated.

C. Place door unit into opening and level hinge side of jamb. Use shims fastened through jamb and stop to level and temporarily secure in place.

D. Level latch side of jamb. Use shims fastened through jamb and stop to level and temporarily secure in place.

E. Verify spacing between jamb and door is uniform on all sides. Adjust as necessary.

F. Shim top of jamb in center of opening and fasten with nail.

G. Re-check for square, level and even spacing around door. Nail securely in place through stop, jamb, shims and into studs every 12 inches (305 mm).

H. Set nails.

I. Install trim on both sides using nails every 12 to 16 inches (305 to 406 mm).

END OF SECTION 081723

INTEGRATED WOOD DOOR OPENING ASSEMBLIES 081723 - 3 Melrose Place Limited Melrose Place New Republic Architecture - Project No. 19-078 Cincinnati, Ohio

SECTION 084113 - ALUMINUM-FRAMED ENTRANCES AND STOREFRONTS

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY

A. Section Includes:

1. Exterior and interior storefront framing. 2. Exterior and interior manual-swing entrance doors.

B. Refer to Section 018113 "Sustainable Design Requirements" for applicable LEED requirements.

1.2 ACTION SUBMITTALS

A. Product Data: For each type of product.

B. Shop Drawings: Include plans, elevations, sections, full-size details, and attachments to other work.

1. Show connection to and continuity with adjacent thermal, weather, air, and vapor barriers.

C. Samples: For each exposed finish required.

D. Entrance Door Hardware Schedule: Prepared by or under supervision of supplier, detailing fabrication and assembly of entrance door hardware, as well as procedures and diagrams.

E. Delegated-Design Submittal: For aluminum-framed entrances and storefronts indicated to comply with performance requirements and design criteria, including analysis data signed and sealed by the qualified professional engineer responsible for their preparation.

1.3 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS

A. Energy Performance Certificates: NFRC-certified energy performance values from manufacturer.

B. Product test reports.

1.4 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS

A. Maintenance data.

1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Installer Qualifications: An entity that employs installers and supervisors who are trained and approved by manufacturer.

B. Product Options: Information on Drawings and in Specifications establishes requirements for aesthetic effects and performance characteristics of assemblies. Aesthetic effects are indicated by dimensions,

ALUMINUM-FRAMED ENTRANCES AND STOREFRONTS 084113 - 1 Melrose Place Limited Melrose Place New Republic Architecture - Project No. 19-078 Cincinnati, Ohio

arrangements, alignment, and profiles of components and assemblies as they relate to sightlines, to one another, and to adjoining construction.

1. Do not change intended aesthetic effects, as judged solely by Architect, except with Architect's approval. If changes are proposed, submit comprehensive explanatory data to Architect for review.

1.6 WARRANTY

A. Special Warranty: Manufacturer agrees to repair or replace components of aluminum-framed entrances and storefronts that do not comply with requirements or that fail in materials or workmanship within specified warranty period.

1. Warranty Period: Two years from date of Substantial Completion.

B. Special Finish Warranty: Standard form in which manufacturer agrees to repair finishes or replace aluminum that shows evidence of deterioration of factory-applied finishes within specified warranty period.

1. Warranty Period: Five years from date of Substantial Completion.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS

A. Delegated Design: Engage a qualified professional engineer, as defined in Section 014000 "Quality Requirements," to design aluminum-framed entrances and storefronts.

B. General Performance: Comply with performance requirements specified, as determined by testing of aluminum-framed entrances and storefronts representing those indicated for this Project without failure due to defective manufacture, fabrication, installation, or other defects in construction.

1. Aluminum-framed entrances and storefronts shall withstand movements of supporting structure including, but not limited to, story drift, twist, column shortening, long-term creep, and deflection from uniformly distributed and concentrated live loads. 2. Failure also includes the following:

a. Thermal stresses transferring to building structure. b. Glass breakage. c. Noise or vibration created by wind and thermal and structural movements. d. Loosening or weakening of fasteners, attachments, and other components. e. Failure of operating units.

C. Structural Loads:

1. Wind Loads: As indicated on Drawings. 2. Other Design Loads: As indicated on Drawings.

D. Deflection of Framing Members: At design wind pressure, as follows:

1. Deflection Normal to Wall Plane: Limited to edge of glass in a direction perpendicular to glass plane not exceeding 1/175 of the glass edge length for each individual glazing lite or an amount that restricts edge deflection of individual glazing lites to 3/4 inch, whichever is less.

ALUMINUM-FRAMED ENTRANCES AND STOREFRONTS 084113 - 2 Melrose Place Limited Melrose Place New Republic Architecture - Project No. 19-078 Cincinnati, Ohio

2. Deflection Parallel to Glazing Plane: Limited to 1/360 of clear span or 1/8 inch, whichever is smaller.

a. Operable Units: Provide a minimum 1/16-inch clearance between framing members and operable units.

E. Structural: Test according to ASTM E 330 as follows:

1. When tested at positive and negative wind-load design pressures, assemblies do not evidence deflection exceeding specified limits. 2. Test Durations: As required by design wind velocity, but not less than 10 seconds.

F. Air Infiltration: Test according to ASTM E 283 for infiltration as follows:

1. Fixed Framing and Glass Area:

a. Maximum air leakage of 0.06 cfm/sq. ft. at a static-air-pressure differential of 6.24 lbf/sq. ft..

2. Entrance Doors:

a. Single Doors: Maximum air leakage of 0.5 cfm/sq. ft. at a static-air-pressure differential of 1.57 lbf/sq. ft.

G. Water Penetration under Static Pressure: Test according to ASTM E 331 as follows:

1. No evidence of water penetration through fixed glazing and framing areas when tested according to a minimum static-air-pressure differential of 20 percent of positive wind-load design pressure, but not less than 10 lbf/sq. ft..

H. Energy Performance: Certify and label energy performance according to NFRC as follows:

1. Thermal Transmittance (U-factor): Fixed glazing and framing areas shall have U-factor of not more than 0.45 Btu/sq. ft. x h x deg F as determined according to NFRC 100. 2. Condensation Resistance: Fixed glazing and framing areas shall have an NFRC-certified condensation resistance rating of no less than 45 as determined according to NFRC 500.

I. Thermal Movements: Allow for thermal movements resulting from ambient and surface temperature changes:

1. Temperature Change: 120 deg F, ambient; 180 deg F, material surfaces.

2.2 MANUFACTURERS

A. Basis-of-Design Products:

1. Exterior:

a. Kawneer North America; an Alcoa company; Trifab 451T b. United States Aluminum; IT 451. c. YKK AP America, Inc.; YES 45 FT

2. Interior:

a. Kawneer North America; an Alcoa company; Trifab 400. b. United States Aluminum; Series 450.

ALUMINUM-FRAMED ENTRANCES AND STOREFRONTS 084113 - 3 Melrose Place Limited Melrose Place New Republic Architecture - Project No. 19-078 Cincinnati, Ohio

c. YKK AP America, Inc.; YES 40 FS.

2.3 FRAMING

A. Framing Members: Manufacturer's extruded- or formed-aluminum framing members of thickness required and reinforced as required to support imposed loads.

1. Construction:

a. Exterior: Thermally broken. b. Interior: Non-thermally broken.

2. Glazing System: Retained mechanically with gaskets on four sides. 3. Glazing Plane: Front. 4. Fabrication Method: Field-fabricated stick system.

B. Backer Plates: Manufacturer's standard, continuous backer plates for framing members, if not integral, where framing abuts adjacent construction.

C. Brackets and Reinforcements: Manufacturer's standard high-strength aluminum with nonstaining, nonferrous shims for aligning system components.

D. Materials:

1. Aluminum: Alloy and temper recommended by manufacturer for type of use and finish indicated.

a. Sheet and Plate: ASTM B 209. b. Extruded Bars, Rods, Profiles, and Tubes: ASTM B 221. c. Extruded Structural Pipe and Tubes: ASTM B 429/B 429M. d. Structural Profiles: ASTM B 308/B 308M.

2. Steel Reinforcement (if required): Manufacturer's standard zinc-rich, corrosion-resistant primer complying with SSPC-PS Guide No. 12.00; applied immediately after surface preparation and pretreatment. Select surface preparation methods according to recommendations in SSPC-SP COM, and prepare surfaces according to applicable SSPC standard.

a. Structural Shapes, Plates, and Bars: ASTM A 36/A 36M. b. Cold-Rolled Sheet and Strip: ASTM A 1008/A 1008M. c. Hot-Rolled Sheet and Strip: ASTM A 1011/A 1011M.

2.4 ENTRANCE DOOR SYSTEMS

A. Entrance Doors: Manufacturer's standard glazed entrance doors for manual-swing operation.

1. Basis-of Design Products:

a. Exterior:

1) Kawneer North America; an Alcoa company; 350T Insulpour Thermal Entrance. 2) United States Aluminum; Series 700-T. 3) YKK AP America, Inc.; MegaTherm 35XT

ALUMINUM-FRAMED ENTRANCES AND STOREFRONTS 084113 - 4 Melrose Place Limited Melrose Place New Republic Architecture - Project No. 19-078 Cincinnati, Ohio

b. Interior:

1) Kawneer North America; an Alcoa company; 350 Standard Entrance. 2) United States Aluminum; Series 400. 3) YKK AP America, Inc.; 35D Standard Commercial Entrance

2. Door Construction: Minimum 0.125-inch-thick, extruded-aluminum tubular rail and stile members. Mechanically fasten corners with reinforcing brackets that are deeply penetrated and fillet welded. 3. Door Design:

a. Exterior: Medium stile; 3-1/2-inchnominal width, 2-1/4 inch thick. Provide 10-inch bottom rail. b. Interior: Medium stile; 3-1/2-inch nominal width, 1-3/4 inch thick. Provide 10-inch bottom rail

4. Glazing Stops and Gaskets: Snap-on, extruded-aluminum stops and preformed gaskets. 5. Glazing: As specified in Section 088000 "Glazing."

a. Exterior: 1-inch fully tempered insulated unit. b. Interior: 1/4 inch fully tempered glass.

2.5 ENTRANCE DOOR HARDWARE

A. Entrance Door Hardware: Provide door hardware as indicated on Door Hardware Schedule on Drawings.

1. Entrance Door Hardware Sets: Provide quantity, item, size, finish or color indicated, and products complying with BHMA standard referenced. 2. Opening-Force Requirements:

a. Egress Doors: Not more than 15 lbf to release the latch and not more than 30 lbf to set the door in motion. b. Accessible Interior Doors: Not more than 5 lbf to fully open door.

B. Designations: Requirements for design, grade, function, finish, quantity, size, and other distinctive qualities of each type of entrance door hardware are indicated in "Entrance Door Hardware Sets" Article. Products are identified by using entrance door hardware designations as follows:

1. References to BHMA Standards: Provide products complying with these standards and requirements for description, quality, and function.

C. Cylinders: As specified in Section 087100 "Door Hardware."

D. Pivot Hinges: BHMA A156.4, Grade 1.

1. Offset-Pivot Hinges: Provide top, bottom, and intermediate offset pivots at each door leaf.

E. Cylinders: BHMA A156.5, Grade 1.

1. Keying: Master key system. Permanently inscribe each key with a visual key control number and include notation "DO NOT DUPLICATE".

F. Strikes: Provide strike with black-plastic dust box for each latch or lock bolt; fabricated for aluminum framing.

G. Operating Trim: BHMA A156.6.

ALUMINUM-FRAMED ENTRANCES AND STOREFRONTS 084113 - 5 Melrose Place Limited Melrose Place New Republic Architecture - Project No. 19-078 Cincinnati, Ohio

H. Closers: BHMA A156.4, Grade 1, with accessories required for a complete installation, sized as required by door size, exposure to weather, and anticipated frequency of use; adjustable to comply with field conditions and requirements for opening force.

I. Door Stops: BHMA A156.16, Grade 1, floor or wall mounted, as appropriate for door location indicated, with integral rubber bumper.

J. Weather Stripping: Manufacturer's standard replaceable components.

1. Compression Type: Made of ASTM D2000 molded neoprene or ASTM D2287 molded PVC. 2. Sliding Type: AAMA 701/702, made of wool, polypropylene, or nylon woven pile with nylon-fabric or aluminum-strip backing.

K. Weather Sweeps: Manufacturer's standard exterior-door bottom sweep with concealed fasteners on mounting strip.

L. Thresholds: BHMA A156.21 raised thresholds beveled with a slope of not more than 1:2, with maximum height of 1/2 inch.

2.6 GLAZING

A. Glazing: Comply with Section 088000 "Glazing."

B. Glazing Gaskets: Manufacturer's standard sealed-corner pressure-glazing system of black, resilient elastomeric glazing gaskets, setting blocks, and shims or spacers.

2.7 FABRICATION

A. Form or extrude aluminum shapes before finishing.

B. Weld in concealed locations to greatest extent possible to minimize distortion or discoloration of finish. Remove weld spatter and welding oxides from exposed surfaces by descaling or grinding.

C. Fabricate components that, when assembled, have the following characteristics:

1. Profiles that are sharp, straight, and free of defects or deformations. 2. Accurately fitted joints with ends coped or mitered. 3. Physical and thermal isolation of glazing from framing members. 4. Accommodations for thermal and mechanical movements of glazing and framing to maintain required glazing edge clearances. 5. Provisions for field replacement of glazing from interior. 6. Fasteners, anchors, and connection devices that are concealed from view to greatest extent possible.

D. Mechanically Glazed Framing Members: Fabricate for flush glazing without projecting stops.

E. Entrance Door Frames: Reinforce as required to support loads imposed by door operation and for installing entrance door hardware.

F. Entrance Doors: Reinforce doors as required for installing entrance door hardware.

ALUMINUM-FRAMED ENTRANCES AND STOREFRONTS 084113 - 6 Melrose Place Limited Melrose Place New Republic Architecture - Project No. 19-078 Cincinnati, Ohio

G. Entrance Door Hardware Installation: Factory install entrance door hardware to the greatest extent possible. Cut, drill, and tap for factory-installed entrance door hardware before applying finishes.

H. After fabrication, clearly mark components to identify their locations in Project according to Shop Drawings.

2.8 ALUMINUM FINISHES

A. Color Anodic Finish: AAMA 611, AA-M12C22A42/A44, Class I, 0.018 mm or thicker.

1. Color: Black.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 INSTALLATION

A. General:

1. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions. 2. Do not install damaged components. 3. Fit joints to produce hairline joints free of burrs and distortion. 4. Rigidly secure nonmovement joints. 5. Install anchors with separators and isolators to prevent metal corrosion and electrolytic deterioration and to prevent impeding movement of moving joints. 6. Seal perimeter and other joints watertight unless otherwise indicated.

B. Metal Protection:

1. Where aluminum is in contact with dissimilar metals, protect against galvanic action by painting contact surfaces with materials recommended by manufacturer for this purpose or by installing nonconductive spacers. 2. Where aluminum is in contact with concrete or masonry, protect against corrosion by painting contact surfaces with bituminous paint.

C. Set continuous sill members and flashing in full sealant bed as specified in Section 079200 "Joint Sealants" to produce weathertight installation.

D. Install components plumb and true in alignment with established lines and grades.

E. Install glazing as specified in Section 088000 "Glazing."

F. Entrance Doors: Install doors to produce smooth operation and tight fit at contact points.

1. Exterior Doors: Install to produce weathertight enclosure and tight fit at weather stripping. 2. Field-Installed Entrance Door Hardware: Install surface-mounted entrance door hardware according to entrance door hardware manufacturers' written instructions using concealed fasteners to greatest extent possible.

END OF SECTION 084113

ALUMINUM-FRAMED ENTRANCES AND STOREFRONTS 084113 - 7 Melrose Place Limited Melrose Place New Republic Architecture - Project No. 19-078 Cincinnati, Ohio

SECTION 085313 - VINYL WINDOWS

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SECTION REQUIREMENTS

A. Submittals: Product Data, Shop Drawings, and color Samples.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 MANUFACTURERS

A. Silver Line V1 Series Windows

2.2 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS

A. Product Standard: AAMA/WDMA/CSA 101/I.S.2/A440.

1. Window Certification: WDMA certified with label attached to each window. 2. Performance Class: R.

B. Thermal Transmittance: NFRC 100 maximum whole-window U-factor of 0.30 Btu/sq. ft. x h x deg F.

C. Solar Heat-Gain Coefficient (SHGC): NFRC 200 maximum whole-window SHGC of 0.29.

2.3 VINYL WINDOWS

A. Window Types: The following types, as indicated on Drawings: 1. Double hung. 2. Fixed.

B. Window Color: As selected by the Architect from manufacturer’s standard colors.

C. Trim: Provide indicated trim, matching material and finish of frame members.

D. Equip units with mesh insect screens at operable sashes.

E. Glaze units with clear, low-E-coated, sealed insulating glass, complying with Section 088000 "Glazing."

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 INSTALLATION

A. Set units level, plumb, and true to line, without warp or rack of frames and panels. Provide proper support and anchor securely in place.

VINYL WINDOWS 085313 - 1 Melrose Place Limited Melrose Place New Republic Architecture - Project No. 19-078 Cincinnati, Ohio

B. For installation procedures and requirements not addressed in manufacturer's written instructions, comply with installation requirements in ASTM E 2112.

C. Set sill members in bed of sealant or with gaskets, as indicated, to provide weathertight construction.

D. Adjust operating panels, screens, and hardware to provide a tight fit at contact points and weather stripping for smooth operation and weathertight closure. Lubricate hardware and moving parts.

E. Clean glass and vinyl surfaces immediately after installing windows. Remove nonpermanent labels from glass surfaces.

END OF SECTION 085313

VINYL WINDOWS 085313 - 2 Melrose Place Limited Melrose Place New Republic Architecture - Project No. 19-078 Cincinnati, Ohio

SECTION 087100 - DOOR HARDWARE

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY

A. This Section includes the following:

1. Commercial door hardware. 2. Cylinders for doors specified in other Sections.

B. Refer to Section 018113 "Sustainable Design Requirements" for applicable LEED requirements.

1.2 PREINSTALLATION MEETINGS

A. Keying Conference: Conduct conference at Project site. Incorporate keying conference decisions into final keying schedule.

B. Pre-Installation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site.

1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS

A. Product Data: For each product indicated.

B. Shop Drawings: Include details of electrified door hardware and wiring diagrams.

C. Samples: For each exposed finish.

D. Door Hardware Schedule: Organized into door hardware sets indicating type, style, function, size, label, hand, manufacturer, fasteners, location, and finish of each door hardware item. Include description of each electrified door hardware function, including sequence of operation.

E. Keying Schedule: Detail Owner's final keying instructions for locks.

F. Keys: Deliver keys to Owner by registered mail.

G. Product certificates.

1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Supplier Qualifications: Person who is or employs a qualified DHI Architectural Hardware Consultant.

B. Source Limitations: Obtain electrified door hardware from same manufacturer as mechanical door hardware, unless otherwise indicated. Manufacturers that are listed to perform electrical modifications, by a testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, are acceptable.

C. Templates: Obtain and distribute templates for doors, frames, and other work specified to be factory prepared for installing door hardware.

DOOR HARDWARE 087100 - 1 Melrose Place Limited Melrose Place New Republic Architecture - Project No. 19-078 Cincinnati, Ohio

D. Standards: 1. Unless noted otherwise, comply with BHMA A156 series standards, Grade 1. 2. At Dwelling Unit Entries and doors within Dwelling Units, comply with BHMA A156 series standards, Grade 2.

E. Certified Products: Provide door hardware that is listed in BHMA directory of certified products.

1.5 WARRANTY

A. Special Warranty: Manufacturer's standard form in which manufacturer agrees to repair or replace components of door hardware that fails in materials or workmanship within warranty period from date of Substantial Completion.

1. Warranty Period for Manual Closers: 10 years. 2. All other hardware one year.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 MANUFACTURERS

A. Aceptable Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by the following or comparable substitutions approved by Architect.

1. Hinges: Ives, Hager, Stanley. 2. Bi-Pass Sets: Hager, Stanley. 3. Locksets: As indicated in hardware schedule on Drawings. 4. Closers: LCN, Sargent, Norton. 5. Push/Pulls, Stops: Ives, Hager, Rockwood. 6. Thresholds/Seals: National Guard, Hager, Pemko, Zero. 7. Key Cabinet: Lund, Telkee.

2.2 DOOR HARDWARE

A. Scheduled Door Hardware: Provide door hardware according to Door Hardware Sets on Drawings.

2.3 HINGES

A. General: Except for hinges and pivots to be installed entirely (both leaves) into wood doors and frames, provide only template-produced units.

B. Hinge Base Metal: Unless otherwise indicated, provide the following:

1. Exterior Hinges: Stainless steel, with stainless-steel pin. 2. Interior Hinges: Steel, with steel pin. 3. Hinges for Fire-Rated Assemblies: Steel, with steel pin.

C. Non-removable Pins: Provide set screw in hinge barrel that prevents removal of pin while door is closed; for out-swinging exterior doors.

DOOR HARDWARE 087100 - 2 Melrose Place Limited Melrose Place New Republic Architecture - Project No. 19-078 Cincinnati, Ohio

D. Screws: Phillips flat-head screws; screw heads finished to match surface of hinges.

E. Metal Doors and Frames: Machine screws (drilled and tapped holes).

2.4 MECHANICAL LOCKS AND LATCHES

A. Cylindrical Locks:

1. Locks shall be ANSI A156.2, Series 4000 Grade 1 UL Listed for 3-hour doors. Manufactured from heavy gauge cold rolled steel mechanisms that are corrosion treated for normal conditions. 2. Locks to have standard 2-3/4 inch backset with a full 1/2 inch reversible dead latch. Thru-bolted mounting post for positive interlock to the door with concealed mounting screws. 3. Lever trim shall be pressure cast zinc to match finishes. The design specified, with 3-7/16 inch diameter roses. Trim shall be applied by “no exposed screws”.

2.5 CLOSERS

A. Surface-Mounted Closers:

B. Spring power shall be continuously adjustable over the full range of closer sizes, and allow for reduced opening force for the physically handicapped. Hydraulic regulation shall be by tamper-proof, non-critical valves. Closers shall have separate adjustment for latch speed, general speed, and back check.

C. All closers will not be seen on the public side or hallway side of the door. The appropriate drop plate or mounting plates will be used as conditions dictate.

2.6 STOPS

A. Stops: Provide floor stops for doors, unless wall or other type stops are scheduled or indicated. Do not mount floor stops where they will impede traffic. Where floor or wall stops are not appropriate, provide overhead holders.

B. Silencers for Door Frames: Neoprene or rubber; fabricated for drilled-in application to frame.

2.7 DOOR GASKETING AND THRESHOLDS

A. Door Gasketing: Provide continuous weather-strip gasketing on exterior doors, including sweeps and provide smoke, light, or sound gasketing on interior doors where indicated or scheduled. Provide non-corrosive fasteners for exterior applications and elsewhere as indicated.

2.8 CYLINDERS, KEYING, AND STRIKES

A. Cylinders: Tumbler type, constructed from brass or bronze, stainless steel, or nickel silver.

B. Keying System: Factory-registered keying system; grand master key system.

DOOR HARDWARE 087100 - 3 Melrose Place Limited Melrose Place New Republic Architecture - Project No. 19-078 Cincinnati, Ohio

2.9 FABRICATION

A. Base Metals: Furnish metals of a quality equal to or greater than that of specified door hardware units and BHMA A156.18 for finishes. Do not furnish manufacturer's standard materials if different from specified standard.

B. Fasteners: Phillips flat-head screws with finished heads to match surface of door hardware, unless otherwise indicated. Provide steel machine or wood screws or steel through bolts for fire-rated applications.

C. Spacers or Sex Bolts: For through bolting of hollow metal doors.

D. Fasteners for Wood Doors: Comply with requirements of DHI WDHS.2, "Recommended Fasteners for Wood Doors."

E. Finishes: As indicated on Drawings, complying with BHMA A156.18.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 INSTALLATION

A. Examine doors and frames for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances, labeled fire door assembly construction, wall and floor construction, and other conditions affecting performance. Examine roughing-in for electrical power systems to verify actual locations of wiring connections before electrified door hardware installation.

B. Steel Door and Frame Preparation: Comply with DHI A115 series. Drill and tap doors and frames for surface- applied hardware according to SDI 107.

C. Wood Door Preparation: Comply with DHI A115-W series.

D. Mounting Heights: Comply with the following requirements, unless otherwise indicated:

1. Standard Steel Doors and Frames: DHI's "Recommended Locations for Architectural Hardware for Standard Steel Doors and Frames." 2. Wood Doors: DHI WDHS.3, "Recommended Locations for Architectural Hardware for Wood Flush Doors."

E. Adjust and reinforce attachment substrates as necessary for proper installation and operation. Drill and countersink units that are not factory prepared for anchorage fasteners. Space fasteners and anchors according to industry standards.

1. Thresholds: Set thresholds for exterior and acoustical doors in full bed of sealant complying with requirements specified in Section 079200 "Joint Sealants."

F. Adjust door control devices to compensate for final operation of heating and ventilating equipment and to comply with accessibility requirements.

1. Door Closers: Adjust sweep period so that from an open position of 70 degrees, the door will take at least three seconds to move to a point 3 inches from the latch, measured to the leading edge of the door.

DOOR HARDWARE 087100 - 4 Melrose Place Limited Melrose Place New Republic Architecture - Project No. 19-078 Cincinnati, Ohio

3.2 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL

A. Inspections: Owner will engage a qualified independent Architectural Hardware Consultant to perform inspections and to prepare inspection reports.

3.3 DOOR HARDWARE SETS

A. See Drawings for door hardware sets.

END OF SECTION 087100

DOOR HARDWARE 087100 - 5 Melrose Place Limited Melrose Place New Republic Architecture - Project No. 19-078 Cincinnati, Ohio

SECTION 088000 - GLAZING

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY

A. Section includes:

1. Glazing for the following products and applications, including those specified in other Sections where glazing requirements are specified by reference to this Section:

a. Doors. b. Glazed entrances. c. Storefront framing (exterior and interior). d. Point supported glass awning. e. Mirrored glass.

B. Refer to Section 018113 "Sustainable Design Requirements" for applicable LEED requirements.

1.2 SUBMITTALS

A. Product Data: For each glass product and glazing material indicated.

B. Glazing Schedule: List glass types and thicknesses for each size opening and location. Use same designations indicated on Drawings.

A. Delegated-Design Submittal: For glass indicated to comply with performance requirements and design criteria, including analysis data signed and sealed by the qualified professional engineer responsible for their preparation.

B. Product Test Reports: For each type of glass product.

C. Closeout Submittals:

1. Warranties: Special warranties specified in this Section.

1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Manufacturer Qualifications for Insulating-Glass Units with Sputter-Coated, Low-E Coatings: A qualified insulating-glass manufacturer who is approved by coated-glass manufacturer.

B. Source Limitations for Glass: Obtain glass from single source from single manufacturer for each glass type.

C. Safety Glazing Labeling: Where safety-glazing labeling is indicated, permanently mark glazing with certification label of the SGCC or another certification agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. Label shall indicate manufacturer's name, type of glass, thickness, and safety glazing standard with which glass complies.

GLAZING 088000 - 1 Melrose Place Limited Melrose Place New Republic Architecture - Project No. 19-078 Cincinnati, Ohio

D. Insulating-Glass Certification Program: Permanently marked either on spacers or on at least one component lite of units with appropriate certification label of IGCC.

1.4 PROJECT CONDITIONS

A. Environmental Limitations: Do not proceed with glazing when ambient and substrate temperature conditions are outside limits permitted by glazing material manufacturers and when glazing channel substrates are wet from rain, frost, condensation, or other causes.

1.5 WARRANTY

A. Manufacturer's Special Warranty for Coated-Glass Products: Manufacturer's standard form in which coated- glass manufacturer agrees to replace coated-glass units that deteriorate within specified warranty period. Deterioration of coated glass is defined as defects developed from normal use that are not attributed to glass breakage or to maintaining and cleaning coated glass contrary to manufacturer's written instructions. Defects include peeling, cracking, and other indications of deterioration in coating.

1. Warranty Period: 10 years from date of Substantial Completion.

B. Manufacturer's Special Warranty on Laminated Glass: Manufacturer's standard form in which laminated- glass manufacturer agrees to replace laminated-glass units that deteriorate within specified warranty period. Deterioration of laminated glass is defined as defects developed from normal use that are not attributed to glass breakage or to maintaining and cleaning laminated glass contrary to manufacturer's written instructions. Defects include edge separation, delamination materially obstructing vision through glass, and blemishes exceeding those allowed by referenced laminated-glass standard.

1. Warranty Period: Five years from date of Substantial Completion.

C. Manufacturer's Special Warranty on Insulating Glass: Manufacturer's standard form in which insulating-glass manufacturer agrees to replace insulating-glass units that deteriorate within specified warranty period. Deterioration of insulating glass is defined as failure of hermetic seal under normal use that is not attributed to glass breakage or to maintaining and cleaning insulating glass contrary to manufacturer's written instructions. Evidence of failure is the obstruction of vision by dust, moisture, or film on interior surfaces of glass.

1. Warranty Period: 10 years from date of Substantial Completion.

D. Manufacturer's Special Warranty on Mirrored Glass: Manufacturer's standard form in which mirrored glass manufacturer agrees to replace mirrored glass units that deteriorate within specified warranty period. Deterioration of mirrors includes defects developed from normal use that are attributable to the manufacturing process and not to causes other than glass breakage and practices for maintaining and cleaning mirrors contrary to mirror manufacturer's written instructions. Defects include discoloration, black spots, and clouding of the silver film.

1. Warranty Period: Five years from date of Substantial Completion.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 MANUFACTURER

GLAZING 088000 - 2 Melrose Place Limited Melrose Place New Republic Architecture - Project No. 19-078 Cincinnati, Ohio

A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following unless otherwise specified in other Part 2 Articles:

1. AFG Industries, Inc. 2. Guardian Industries Corp. 3. Pilkington North America 4. Vitro, S.A.B. de C.V. (PPG Industries, Inc.)

2.2 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS

A. General: Installed glazing systems shall withstand normal thermal movement and wind and impact loads (where applicable) without failure, including loss or glass breakage attributable to the following: defective manufacture, fabrication, or installation; failure of sealants or gaskets to remain watertight and airtight; deterioration of glazing materials; or other defects in construction.

B. Delegated Design: Design glass, including comprehensive engineering analysis according to ICC's 2009 International Building Code by a qualified professional engineer, using the following design criteria:

1. Design Wind Pressures: As indicated on Drawings. 2. Design glass to resist design wind pressure based on glass type factors for short-duration load. 3. Differential Shading: Design glass to resist thermal stresses induced by differential shading within individual glass lites.

C. Thermal Movements: Allow for thermal movements from ambient and surface temperature changes acting on glass framing members and glazing components.

1. Temperature Change: 120 deg F, ambient; 180 deg F, material surfaces

2.3 GLASS PRODUCTS, GENERAL

A. Thickness: Provide glass lites in thicknesses as needed to comply with performance requirements indicated unless otherwise noted but no less than indicated in Part 2 of this Section.

B. Strength: Where float glass is indicated, provide annealed float glass, Kind HS heat-treated float glass, or Kind FT heat-treated float glass as needed to comply with "Performance Requirements" Article. Where heat- strengthened glass is indicated, provide Kind HS heat-treated float glass or Kind FT heat-treated float glass as needed to comply with "Performance Requirements" Article. Where fully tempered glass is indicated, provide Kind FT heat-treated float glass.

1. Heat-Treated Float Glass: ASTM C 1048; Type I; Quality-Q3; Class I (clear) unless otherwise indicated; of kind and condition indicated.

2.4 MONOLITHIC GLAZING

A. Float Glass: ASTM C 1036, Type I Quality-Q3.

1. Glass A: Clear Annealed Float Glass: Class 1 (clear).

a. Provide 1/4 inch thick fully tempered glass for single pane interior glass.

GLAZING 088000 - 3 Melrose Place Limited Melrose Place New Republic Architecture - Project No. 19-078 Cincinnati, Ohio

2. Glass B: Coated Clear Low-E Annealed Float Glass: Class 1 (clear) glass lites with pyrolytic or sputtered on second or third surface.

2.5 LAMINATED GLAZING

A. Laminated Glass: ASTM C 1172 for kinds of laminated glass indicated and other requirements specified

1. LG-1: Laminated Glass: Total thickness, nominal 9/16 inch.

a. Inner Lite: Glass A: Uncoated clear annealed float glass, fully tempered.

1) Thickness: 1/4 inch (6 mm) thick.

b. Outer Lite: Glass A: Uncoated clear heat strengthened annealed float glass, fully tempered.

1) Thickness: 1/4 inch (6 mm) thick.

c. Plastic Interlayer: Polyvinyl butyral (PVB) sheet interlayer material, clear or in colors, and of thickness indicated with a proven record of no tendency to bubble, discolor, or lose physical and mechanical properties after laminating glass lites and installation.

1) Thickness: 0.060 inch.

2.6 INSULATING GLAZING

A. Insulating-Glass Units, General: Factory-assembled units consisting of sealed lites of glass separated by a dehydrated interspace, qualified according to ASTM E 2190, and complying with other requirements specified.

1. Sealing System: Dual seal, with manufacturer's standard primary and secondary seal and desiccant. 2. Spacer: Aluminum with mill or clear anodic finish. 3. Tempered Insulating Glass Units: Provide tempered glass for both lites.

B. Insulating-Glass Units

1. IG-1: Clear Solar Low-E Insulating Glass:

a. Basis-of-Design Product: Vitro, S.A.B. de C.V. (formerly PPG Industries); Solarban 60 b. Overall Unit Thickness: 1 inch thick. c. Interspace Content: Argon. d. Outdoor Lite: Glass B, 1/4 inchthick.

1) Low-E Coating: Sputtered on second surface.

e. Indoor Lite: Glass A, 1/4 inchthick. f. Visible Light Transmittance: 70 percent minimum. g. Winter Nighttime U-Factor: 0.24 maximum. h. Summer Daytime U-Factor: 0.27 maximum. i. Solar Heat Gain Coefficient: 0.39 maximum.

GLAZING 088000 - 4 Melrose Place Limited Melrose Place New Republic Architecture - Project No. 19-078 Cincinnati, Ohio

2.7 MIRRORED GLASS

A. Clear Glass Mirrors: ASTM C 1503, Mirror Select Quality, 1/4 inch thick.

1. MG-1: Annealed Mirror Glass

a. Glass Type: Glass A b. Mirrored Glass Edge Treatment: Rounded polished edge. c. Seal edges of silvered mirrored glass after edge treatment to prevent chemical or atmospheric penetration of glass coating. d. Require mirrored glass manufacturer to perform edge treatment and sealing in factory immediately after cutting to final sizes.

2.8 GLAZING GASKETS

A. Dense Compression Gaskets: Manufacturer’s standard molded or extruded gaskets complying with ASTM C864 for neoprene and EPDM and ASTM C1115 for silicone and thermoplastic polyolefin rubber of profile and hardness required to maintain watertight seal:

B. Soft Compression Gaskets: Manufacturer’s standard extruded or molded, closed-cell, integral-skinned gaskets complying with ASTM C 509, Type II, black; and of profile and hardness required to maintain watertight seal.

2.9 GLAZING SEALANTS

A. Compatibility: Provide glazing sealants that are compatible with one another and with other materials they will contact, including glass products, seals of insulating-glass units, and glazing channel substrates, under conditions of service and application, as demonstrated by sealant manufacturer based on testing and field experience.

B. Suitability: Comply with sealant and glass manufacturers' written instructions for selecting glazing sealants suitable for applications indicated and for conditions existing at time of installation.

2.10 MISCELLANEOUS GLAZING MATERIALS

A. General: Provide products of material, size, and shape complying with referenced glazing standard, requirements of manufacturers of glass and other glazing materials for application indicated, and with a proven record of compatibility with surfaces contacted in installation.

B. Setting Blocks: Elastomeric material with a Shore, Type A durometer hardness of 85, plus or minus 5.

C. Spacers: Elastomeric blocks or continuous extrusions with a Shore, Type A durometer hardness required by glass manufacturer to maintain glass lites in place for installation indicated.

D. Edge Blocks: Elastomeric material of hardness needed to limit glass lateral movement (side walking).

GLAZING 088000 - 5 Melrose Place Limited Melrose Place New Republic Architecture - Project No. 19-078 Cincinnati, Ohio

2.11 MIRROR HARDWARE

A. Mirror Top and Bottom Clips: Upper clips spring-loaded flanges which allow them to expand during installation. Lower clips are not spring-loaded, and are designed to carry the mirror's weight.

1. Basis-of-Design Product: C.R. Laurence Co., Inc.; EZ Mount Mirror Clips. 2. Size: 7/8 inches wide by 1-1/16 inches high. 3. Finish: Nickel plated.

B. Fasteners: Fabricated of same basic metal and alloy as fastened metal and matching it in finished color and texture where fasteners are exposed.

2.12 MISCELLANEOUS MIRROR MATERIALS

A. Edge Sealer: Coating compatible with glass coating and approved by mirrored glass manufacturer for use in protecting against silver deterioration at mirrored glass edges.

B. Anchors and Inserts: Provide devices as required for mirror hardware installation. Provide toothed or lead- shield expansion-bolt devices for drilled-in-place anchors. Provide galvanized anchors and inserts for applications on inside face of exterior walls and where indicated

2.13 FABRICATION OF GLAZING UNITS

A. Fabricate glazing units in sizes required to glaze openings indicated for Project, with edge and face clearances, edge and surface conditions, and bite complying with written instructions of product manufacturer and referenced glazing publications, to comply with system performance requirements.

B. Clean-cut or flat-grind vertical edges of butt-glazed monolithic lites in a manner that produces square edges with slight kerfs at junctions with outdoor and indoor faces.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 EXAMINATION

A. Examine framing glazing, with Installer present, for compliance with the following:

1. Manufacturing and installation tolerances, including those for size, squareness, and offsets at corners. 2. Presence and functioning of weep system. 3. Minimum required face or edge clearances. 4. Effective sealing between joints of glass-framing members.

B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.

3.2 PREPARATION

A. Clean glazing channels and other framing members receiving glass immediately before glazing. Remove coatings not firmly bonded to substrates.

GLAZING 088000 - 6 Melrose Place Limited Melrose Place New Republic Architecture - Project No. 19-078 Cincinnati, Ohio

B. Examine glazing units to locate exterior and interior surfaces. Label or mark units as needed so that exterior and interior surfaces are readily identifiable. Do not use materials that will leave visible marks in the completed work.

3.3 GLAZING, GENERAL

A. Comply with combined written instructions of manufacturers of glass, sealants, gaskets, and other glazing materials, unless more stringent requirements are indicated, including those in referenced glazing publications.

B. Adjust glazing channel dimensions as required by Project conditions during installation to provide necessary bite on glass, minimum edge and face clearances, and adequate sealant thicknesses, with reasonable tolerances.

C. Protect glass edges from damage during handling and installation. Remove damaged glass from Project site and legally dispose of off Project site. Damaged glass is glass with edge damage or other imperfections that, when installed, could weaken glass and impair performance and appearance.

D. Apply primers to joint surfaces where required for adhesion of sealants, as determined by preconstruction testing.

E. Install setting blocks in sill rabbets, sized and located to comply with referenced glazing publications, unless otherwise required by glass manufacturer. Set blocks in thin course of compatible sealant suitable for heel bead.

F. Do not exceed edge pressures stipulated by glass manufacturers for installing glass lites.

G. Provide spacers for glass lites where length plus width is larger than 50 inches as follows:

1. Locate spacers directly opposite each other on both inside and outside faces of glass. Install correct size and spacing to preserve required face clearances, unless gaskets and glazing tapes are used that have demonstrated ability to maintain required face clearances and to comply with system performance requirements. 2. Provide 1/8-inch minimum bite of spacers on glass and use thickness equal to sealant width. With glazing tape, use thickness slightly less than final compressed thickness of tape.

H. Provide edge blocking where indicated or needed to prevent glass lites from moving sideways in glazing channel, as recommended in writing by glass manufacturer and according to requirements in referenced glazing publications.

I. Set glass lites in each series with uniform pattern, draw, bow, and similar characteristics.

J. Set glass lites with proper orientation so that coatings face exterior or interior as specified.

K. Square cut wedge-shaped gaskets at corners and install gaskets in a manner recommended by gasket manufacturer to prevent corners from pulling away; seal corner joints and butt joints with sealant recommended by gasket manufacturer.

L. Gasket Glazing (Dry)

1. Fabricate compression gaskets in lengths recommended by gasket manufacturer to fit openings exactly, with allowance for stretch during installation.

GLAZING 088000 - 7 Melrose Place Limited Melrose Place New Republic Architecture - Project No. 19-078 Cincinnati, Ohio

2. Insert soft compression gasket between glass and frame or fixed stop so it is securely in place with joints miter cut and bonded together at corners. 3. Center glass lites in openings on setting blocks and press firmly against soft compression gasket by inserting dense compression gaskets formed and installed to lock in place against faces of removable stops. Start gasket applications at corners and work toward centers of openings. Compress gaskets to produce a weathertight seal without developing bending stresses in glass. Seal gasket joints with sealant recommended by gasket manufacturer. 4. Install gaskets so they protrude past face of glazing stops.

3.4 MIRROR INSTALLATION:

A. General: Install mirrored glass units to comply with written instructions of mirrored glass manufacturer and with referenced GANA and NAAMM publications. Mount mirrored glass accurately in place in a manner that avoids distorting reflected images.

B. Provide space for air circulation between back of mirrored glass units and face of mounting surface.

C. For wall-mounted mirrored glass units, install permanent means of support at bottom and top edges with bottom support designed to withstand mirrored glass weight and top support designed to prevent mirrored glass from coming away from wall along top edges.

1. Attach mirror hardware securely to mounting surfaces with mechanical fasteners installed with anchors or inserts as applicable. Install fasteners so heads do not impose point loads on backs of mirrored glass units.

3.5 CLEANING AND PROTECTION

A. Protect exterior glass from damage immediately after installation by attaching crossed streamers to framing held away from glass. Do not apply markers to glass surface. Remove nonpermanent labels, and clean surfaces.

B. Protect glass from contact with contaminating substances resulting from construction operations, including weld splatter. If, despite such protection, contaminating substances do come into contact with glass, remove substances immediately as recommended by glass manufacturer.

C. Examine glass surfaces adjacent to or below exterior concrete and other masonry surfaces at frequent intervals during construction, but not less than once a month, for buildup of dirt, scum, alkaline deposits, or stains; remove as recommended in writing by glass manufacturer.

D. Remove and replace glass that is broken, chipped, cracked, or abraded or that is damaged from natural causes, accidents, and vandalism, during construction period.

END OF SECTION 088000

GLAZING 088000 - 8 Melrose Place Limited Melrose Place New Republic Architecture - Project No. 19-078 Cincinnati, Ohio

SECTION 092900 - GYPSUM BOARD

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY

A. Section Includes:

1. Interior gypsum board.

B. Refer to Section 018113 "Sustainable Design Requirements" for applicable LEED requirements.

1.2 ACTION SUBMITTALS

A. Product Data: For each type of product.

1.3 FIELD CONDITIONS

A. Environmental Limitations: Comply with ASTM C 840 requirements or gypsum board manufacturer's written recommendations, whichever are more stringent.

B. Do not install paper-faced gypsum panels until installation areas are enclosed and conditioned.

C. Do not install panels that are wet, those that are moisture damaged, and those that are mold damaged.

1. Indications that panels are wet or moisture damaged include, but are not limited to, discoloration, sagging, or irregular shape. 2. Indications that panels are mold damaged include, but are not limited to, fuzzy or splotchy surface contamination and discoloration.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS

A. Fire-Resistance-Rated Assemblies: For fire-resistance-rated assemblies, provide materials and construction identical to those tested in assembly indicated according to ASTM E 119 by an independent testing agency.

B. STC-Rated Assemblies: For STC-rated assemblies, provide materials and construction identical to those tested in assembly indicated according to ASTM E 90 and classified according to ASTM E 413 by an independent testing agency.

2.2 GYPSUM BOARD, GENERAL

A. Size: Provide maximum lengths and widths available that will minimize joints in each area and that correspond with support system indicated.

GYPSUM BOARD 092900 - 1 Melrose Place Limited Melrose Place New Republic Architecture - Project No. 19-078 Cincinnati, Ohio

2.3 INTERIOR GYPSUM BOARD

A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide the products listed in Part 2 by one of the following:

1. CertainTeed Corp. 2. Georgia-Pacific Gypsum LLC. 3. Continental Building Products, Inc. 4. Lafarge North America Inc. 5. National Gypsum Company. 6. USG Corporation.

B. Gypsum Board, Type X: ASTM C 1396/C 1396M.

1. Product:

a. CertainTeed Corp.; ProRoc Type X b. Georgia-Pacific Gypsum LLC; Fireguard. c. Continental Building Products, Inc.; Firecheck Type X d. National Gypsum Company; Gold Bond BRAND Fire-Shield e. USG Corporation; SHEETROCK Brand Firecode.

2. Thickness: 5/8 inch. 3. Long Edges: Tapered.

C. Moisture- and Mold-Resistant Gypsum Board (Private and public toilets rooms and where indicated): ASTM C 1396/C 1396M. With moisture- and mold-resistant core and paper surfaces.

1. Product

a. Certainteed Corp.; ProRoc Moisture and Mold Resistant. b. G-P Gypsum Corp.; Mold-Guard. c. Continental Building Products, Inc.; Mold Defense. d. National Gypsum Company; Gold Bond BRAND XP. e. United States Gypsum Co.; SHEETROCK Brand Mold Tough.

2. Core: 5/8 inch, Type X. 3. Long Edges: Tapered. 4. Mold Resistance: ASTM D 3273, score of 10 as rated according to ASTM D 3274.

2.4 SPECIALTY GYPSUM BOARD

A. Gypsum Board, Type C: ASTM C 1396/C 1396M. Manufactured to have increased fire-resistive capability.

1. Products:

a. Certainteed Corp.; ProRoc Type C. b. Georgia-Pacific Gypsum, LLC; Fireguard C c. Continental Building Products, Inc.; Firecheck Type C d. National Gypsum Company; Gold Bond Fire-Shield C. e. United States Gypsum Co.; Firecode C Core

2. Thickness: As required by fire-resistance-rated assembly indicated on Drawings.

GYPSUM BOARD 092900 - 2 Melrose Place Limited Melrose Place New Republic Architecture - Project No. 19-078 Cincinnati, Ohio

3. Long Edges: Tapered.

2.5 TRIM ACCESSORIES

A. Interior Trim: ASTM C 1047.

1. Material: Galvanized or aluminum-coated steel sheet, rolled zinc, or plastic. 2. Shapes: Cornerbead and as indicated.

2.6 JOINT TREATMENT MATERIALS

A. General: Comply with ASTM C 475/C 475M.

B. Joint Tape: Paper.

C. Joint Compound: For each coat use formulation that is compatible with other compounds applied on previous or for successive coats.

1. For applications using mold-resistant gypsum board products use joint treatment products designed for this use. 2. Use either setting-type taping or drying-type, all-purpose compound except as follows:

a. Prefilling: At open joints and damaged surface areas, use setting-type taping compound. b. Installation of Paper-Faced Metal Trim Accessories: Use setting-type compound.

2.7 AUXILIARY MATERIALS

A. General: Provide auxiliary materials that comply with referenced installation standards and manufacturer's written recommendations.

B. Steel Drill Screws: ASTM C 1002, unless otherwise indicated.

1. For fastening cementitious backer units, use screws of type and size recommended by panel manufacturer.

C. Thermal Insulation: As specified in Section 072100 "Thermal Insulation."

D. Vapor Retarder: As specified in Section 072100 "Thermal Insulation."

2.8 ACOUSTICAL ACCESSORIES

A. Sound Attenuation Blankets: ASTM C 665, Type I (blankets without membrane facing) produced by combining thermosetting resins with mineral fibers manufactured from glass, slag wool, or rock wool.

1. Fire-Resistance-Rated Assemblies: Comply with mineral-fiber requirements of assembly.

B. Hat-Shaped, Rigid Furring Channels: ASTM C 645.

1. a. Minimum Base-Metal Thickness: 25 gage, 0.021 inch. 2. b. Depth: 7/8 inch.

GYPSUM BOARD 092900 - 3 Melrose Place Limited Melrose Place New Republic Architecture - Project No. 19-078 Cincinnati, Ohio

C. Resilient Furring Channels: 1/2-inch-deep, steel sheet members designed to reduce sound transmission.

1. Products:

a. Philips Manufacturing; RC-1 b. Deitrich; RCSD RC Deluxe

2. Configuration: Asymmetrical.

D. Acoustical Joint Sealant: As specified in Division 07 Section "Joint Sealants."

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 EXAMINATION

A. Examine areas and substrates including welded hollow-metal frames and framing, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements and other conditions affecting performance.

B. Examine panels before installation. Reject panels that are wet, moisture damaged, and mold damaged.

C. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.

3.2 APPLYING AND FINISHING PANELS, GENERAL

A. Comply with ASTM C 840.

B. Install ceiling panels across framing to minimize the number of abutting end joints and to avoid abutting end joints in central area of each ceiling. Stagger abutting end joints of adjacent panels not less than one framing member.

C. Install panels with face side out. Butt panels together for a light contact at edges and ends with not more than 1/16 inch of open space between panels. Do not force into place.

D. Locate edge and end joints over supports, except in ceiling applications where intermediate supports or gypsum board back-blocking is provided behind end joints. Do not place tapered edges against cut edges or ends. Stagger vertical joints on opposite sides of partitions. Do not make joints other than control joints at corners of framed openings.

E. Form control and expansion joints with space between edges of adjoining gypsum panels.

F. Cover both faces of support framing with gypsum panels in concealed spaces (above ceilings, etc.), except in chases braced internally.

1. Unless concealed application is indicated or required for sound, fire, air, or smoke ratings, coverage may be accomplished with scraps of not less than 8 sq. ft. in area. 2. Fit gypsum panels around ducts, pipes, and conduits. 3. Where partitions intersect structural members projecting below underside of floor/roof slabs and decks, cut gypsum panels to fit profile formed by structural members; allow 1/4- to 3/8-inch-wide joints to install sealant.

GYPSUM BOARD 092900 - 4 Melrose Place Limited Melrose Place New Republic Architecture - Project No. 19-078 Cincinnati, Ohio

G. Isolate perimeter of gypsum board applied to non-load-bearing partitions at structural abutments, except floors. Provide 1/4- to 1/2-inch-wide spaces at these locations and trim edges with edge trim where edges of panels are exposed. Seal joints between edges and abutting structural surfaces with acoustical sealant.

H. Wood Framing: Install gypsum panels over wood framing, with floating internal corner construction. Do not attach gypsum panels across the flat grain of wide-dimension lumber, including floor joists and headers. Float gypsum panels over these members or provide control joints to counteract wood shrinkage.

I. STC-Rated Assemblies: Seal construction at perimeters, behind control joints, and at openings and penetrations with a continuous bead of acoustical sealant. Install acoustical sealant at both faces of partitions at perimeters and through penetrations. Comply with ASTM C 919 and with manufacturer's written recommendations for locating edge trim and closing off sound-flanking paths around or through assemblies, including sealing partitions above acoustical ceilings.

J. Install sound attenuation blankets before installing gypsum panels unless blankets are readily installed after panels have been installed on one side.

3.3 APPLYING INTERIOR GYPSUM BOARD

A. Install interior gypsum board in the locations as indicated on Drawings:

B. Single-Layer Application:

1. On ceilings, apply gypsum panels before wall/partition board application to greatest extent possible and at right angles to framing unless otherwise indicated. 2. On partitions/walls, apply gypsum panels vertically (parallel to framing) or horizontally (perpendicular to framing) unless otherwise indicated or required by fire-resistance-rated assembly, and minimize end joints.

a. Stagger abutting end joints not less than one framing member in alternate courses of panels. b. At stairwells and other high walls, install panels horizontally unless otherwise indicated or required by fire-resistance-rated assembly.

3. Fastening Methods: Apply gypsum panels to supports with steel drill screws.

3.4 INSTALLING TRIM ACCESSORIES

A. General: For trim with back flanges intended for fasteners, attach to framing with same fasteners used for panels. Otherwise, attach trim according to manufacturer's written instructions.

B. Control Joints: Install control joints at locations indicated on Drawings or if not indicated, according to ASTM C 840 and in specific locations approved by Architect for visual effect.

C. Interior Trim: Install in the following locations:

1. Cornerbead: Use at outside corners unless otherwise indicated. 2. LC, L, and U-Bead: Use at exposed panel edges where indicated.

GYPSUM BOARD 092900 - 5 Melrose Place Limited Melrose Place New Republic Architecture - Project No. 19-078 Cincinnati, Ohio

3.5 FINISHING GYPSUM BOARD

A. General: Treat gypsum board joints, interior angles, edge trim, control joints, penetrations, fastener heads, surface defects, and elsewhere as required to prepare gypsum board surfaces for decoration. Promptly remove residual joint compound from adjacent surfaces.

B. Prefill open joints and damaged surface areas.

C. Apply joint tape over gypsum board joints, except for trim products specifically indicated as not intended to receive tape.

D. Gypsum Board Finish Levels: Finish panels to levels indicated below and according to ASTM C 840:

1. Level 1: Ceiling plenum areas, concealed areas, and where indicated. 2. Level 2: Panels that are substrate for tile, panels that are substrate for acoustical tile, or where indicated on Drawings. 3. Level 3: Surfaces receiving medium- or heavy-textured finishes before painting. 4. Level 4: At panel surfaces that will be exposed to view unless otherwise indicated.

3.6 PROTECTION

A. Protect adjacent surfaces from drywall compound and promptly remove from floors and other non-drywall surfaces. Repair surfaces stained, marred, or otherwise damaged during drywall application.

B. Protect installed products from damage from weather, condensation, direct sunlight, construction, and other causes during remainder of the construction period.

C. Remove and replace panels that are wet, moisture damaged, and mold damaged.

1. Indications that panels are wet or moisture damaged include, but are not limited to, discoloration, sagging, or irregular shape. 2. Indications that panels are mold damaged include, but are not limited to, fuzzy or splotchy surface contamination and discoloration.

END OF SECTION 092900

GYPSUM BOARD 092900 - 6 Melrose Place Limited Melrose Place New Republic Architecture - Project No. 19-078 Cincinnati, Ohio

SECTION 099100 - PAINTING

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY

A. Section includes surface preparation and the application of paint systems on interior substrates.

B. Refer to Section 018113 "Sustainable Design Requirements" for applicable LEED requirements.

1.2 ACTION SUBMITTALS

A. Product Data: For each type of product. Include preparation requirements and application instructions.

B. Samples: For each type of topcoat product.

C. Product List: For each product indicated, include the following:

1. Cross-reference to paint system and locations of application areas. Use same designations indicated on Drawings and in schedules. 2. VOC content.

1.3 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING

A. Store materials not in use in tightly covered containers in well-ventilated areas with ambient temperatures continuously maintained at not less than 45 deg F.

1. Maintain containers in clean condition, free of foreign materials and residue. 2. Remove rags and waste from storage areas daily.

1.4 FIELD CONDITIONS

A. Apply paints only when temperature of surfaces to be painted and ambient air temperatures are between 50 and 95 deg F.

B. Do not apply paints when relative humidity exceeds 85 percent; at temperatures less than 5 deg F above the dew point; or to damp or wet surfaces.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 MANUFACTURERS

A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide the products listed in Part 2 by one of the following or a substitution approved prior to date for receipt of Bids:

PAINTING 099100 - 1 Melrose Place Limited Melrose Place New Republic Architecture - Project No. 19-078 Cincinnati, Ohio

1. BMC Benjamin Moore & Co. 2. PPG PPG Architectural Finishes, Inc. 3. SWC Sherwin-Williams Company (The)

B. Products:

1. Painting products listed in other Part 2 Articles may or may not be used in the Project. See Part 3 Articles "Interior Painting Schedule" and "Exterior Painting Schedule for coating systems specified for the Project. 2. MPI Standards: The MPI product numbers referenced in this Section are included as a guide only:

a. Paint products listed under the MPI product number may or may not be listed by MPI as an approved product, but are the products approved for use on this Project. b. Products complying with the referenced MPI product number, but not listed in this Section, are not approved for the Project.

2.2 PAINT, GENERAL

A. Material Compatibility:

1. Provide materials for use within each paint system that are compatible with one another and substrates indicated, under conditions of service and application as demonstrated by manufacturer, based on testing and field experience. 2. For each coat in a paint system, provide products recommended in writing by manufacturers of topcoat for use in paint system and on substrate indicated.

B. VOC Content (Indicated by number in parentheses after product name): For field applications that are inside the weatherproofing system, paints and coatings shall comply with VOC content limits of authorities having jurisdiction, requirements as specified in Section 018113 "Sustainable Design Requirements," and the following VOC content limits:

1. Flat Paints and Coatings: 50 g/L. 2. Nonflat Paints and Coatings: 50 g/L. 3. Dry-Fog Coatings: 150 g/L. 4. Primers, Sealers, and Undercoaters: 100 g/L. 5. Rust-Preventive Coatings: 100 g/L. 6. Zinc-Rich Industrial Maintenance Primers: 100 g/L. 7. Pretreatment Wash Primers: 420 g/L. 8. Shellacs, Clear: 730 g/L. 9. Shellacs, Pigmented: 550 g/L.

C. Color: As indicated on Drawings or if not indicated, as selected by Architect.

1. Proprietary Names: Use of manufacturer's proprietary product names to designate colors is not intended to imply that products named are required to be used to the exclusion of the other specified equivalent manufacturer’s products.

D. Gloss Level: Provide the gloss levels below based on MPI Gloss standards that measure objective gloss and sheen levels at specific angles:

1. Flat (FL)

PAINTING 099100 - 2 Melrose Place Limited Melrose Place New Republic Architecture - Project No. 19-078 Cincinnati, Ohio

a. MPI Gloss Level 1 (Matte or Flat Finish): Not more than five units at 60 degrees and 10 units at 85 degrees, according to ASTM D 523. b. MPI Gloss Level 2 (Velvet Finish): Not more than 10 units at 60 degrees and 10 to 35 units at 85 degrees, according to ASTM D 523.

2. Low Sheen (LS)

a. MPI Gloss Level 3 (Eggshell Finish): 10 to 25 units at 60 degrees and 10 to 35 units at 85 degrees, according to ASTM D 523. b. MPI Gloss Level 4 (Satin Finish): 20 to 35 units at 60 degrees and not less than 35 units at 85 degrees, according to ASTM D 523.

3. Semi-Gloss (SC):

a. MPI Gloss Level 5 (Semi-Gloss Finish): 35 to 70 units at 60 degrees, according to ASTM D 523.

4. Gloss (GL)

a. MPI Gloss Level 6 (Gloss Finish): 70 to 85 units at 60 degrees, according to ASTM D 523. b. MPI Gloss Level 7 (High-Gloss Finish): More than 85 units at 60 degrees, according to ASTM D 523.

E. Default Gloss Levels: Paint gloss levels are indicated in the finish schedule. If not indicated on the finish schedule, the following default requirements apply:

1. Exterior

a. Masonry Walls Flat b. Fiber-Cement Panels Low Sheen c. Trim (cementitious, as applicable) Low Sheen d. Metal Semi-Gloss

2. Interior

a. Walls Low Sheen b. Toilet Room Walls Low Sheen c. Mechanical Rooms Semi-Gloss d. Storage Rooms Semi-Gloss e. Ceilings Flat f. Wood Trim (Opaque) Semi-Gloss g. Metal Doors & Frames Semi-Gloss h. Metal Handrails and Guards Semi-Gloss

2.3 BLOCK FILLERS

A. MPI #4 Block Filler, Latex, Interior/Exterior. 1. BMC Moorcraft Super Craft Latex Block Filler (45) ...... 285 2. PPG Speedhide Int/Ext Acrylic Masonry Block Filler (48) ...... 6-15 3. SWC PrepRite Int/Ext Block Filler (45) ...... B25W25

PAINTING 099100 - 3 Melrose Place Limited Melrose Place New Republic Architecture - Project No. 19-078 Cincinnati, Ohio

2.4 PRIMERS/SEALERS

A. MPI #50 Primer Sealer, Latex, Interior:

1. BMC Super Spec Green (47) ...... 785 2. PPG Speedhide Interior Latex Sealer Quick-Drying (46) ...... 6-2 3. SWC ProGreen 200 Primer (43) ...... B28W8600

B. MPI #39 Primer, Latex, for Interior Wood

1. BMC Fresh Start All-Purpose 100% Acrylic Primer (50) ...... 023 2. PPG Seal Grip Int/Ext Stain Blocking Primer (96) ...... 17-21 3. SWC PrepRite Multi-Purpose Latex Primer (96) ...... B51W8020/B51W8023

C. MPI #17 Primer, Bonding, Water Based:

1. BMC Fresh Start All-Purpose 100% Acrylic Primer (50) ...... 023 2. PPG Seal Grip Interior/Exterior Acrylic Universal Primer/Sealer (84) ...... 17-921 3. SWC PrepRite Problock Acrylic (96) ...... B51W20

D. Wood-Knot Sealer: Sealer recommended in writing by topcoat manufacturer for use in paint systems indicated.

2.5 METAL PRIMERS

A. MPI #20 Primer, Zinc Rich, Epoxy

1. BMC N/A 2. PPG PPG Amercoat 68 HS Zinc Rich Primer (288)...... AK 68HS 3. SWC Industrial & Marine Zinc Clad IV (340) ...... B69A8/B69V8

B. MPI #107 Primer, Rust-Inhibitive, Water Based:

1. BMC Super Spec HP D.T.M. Acrylic Low Lustre (148) ...... P25 2. PPG Pitt-Tech Plus Int/Ext DTM Industrial Primer, White (90) ...... 90-912 3. SWC Pro Industrial Pro-Cryl Universal (100) ...... B66W310

2.6 WATER-BASED PAINTS

A. MPI # 10 Latex, Exterior, Flat (MPI Gloss Level 1)

1. BMC Super Spec Acrylic Flat Latex House Paint (41) ...... 171 2. PPG Speedhide Exterior Acrylic Flat (50) ...... 6-610 xi 3. SWC A-100 Exterior Latex Flat (49)...... A06W00151/A06WQ8151

B. MPI # 15 Latex, Exterior, Low Sheen (MPI Gloss Level 3-4)

1. BMC Super Spec Acrylic Latex Satin House Paint (149)...... 184 2. PPG Speedhide Exterior Acrylic Satin (50) ...... 6-2045 xi 3. SWC A-100 Exterior Latex Satin (49) ...... A06W00151/A06WQ8151

PAINTING 099100 - 4 Melrose Place Limited Melrose Place New Republic Architecture - Project No. 19-078 Cincinnati, Ohio

C. MPI #53 Latex, Interior, Flat, (Gloss Level 1):

1. BMC Super Spec Green (45) ...... 780 2. PPG Speedhide (16) ...... 6-70 3. SWC ProMar 200 Zero VOC Flat (0) ...... B30-2600 Series

D. MPI #52 Latex, Interior, Eggshell, (Gloss Level 3):

1. BMC Super Spec Green (47.5) ...... 781 2. PPG Speedhide (44) ...... 6-3511 3. SWC ProMar 200 Zero VOC EgShel (0) ...... B20-2600 Series

E. MPI #54 Latex, Interior, Semi-Gloss, (Gloss Level 5):

1. BMC Super Spec Green (42) ...... 782 2. PPG Speedhide (46) ...... 6-500 3. SWC ProMar 200 Zero VOC Semi-Gloss (0) ...... B31-2600 Series

F. MPI #168 Alkyd, Water Based, (Gloss Level 4):

1. BMC Advance WB Interior Alkyd (48) ...... 792 2. PPG Speedhide Alkyd WB Satin (36) ...... 6-1410 3. SWC ProMar 200 Interior WB Acrylic alkyd Semi-Gloss (76) ...... B77W3402D

G. MPI #169 Alkyd, Water Based, Semi-Gloss, (Gloss Level 5):

1. BMC Advance WB Interior Alkyd (46) ...... 794 2. PPG Speedhide Int/Ext WB Alkyd (37) ...... 6-1510 3. SWC ProMar 200 Interior WB Acrylic alkyd Semi-Gloss (76) ...... B77W3402D

2.7 POLYURETHANE COATINGS

A. MPI #72 Polyurethane, Two-Component, Pigmented, Gloss (MPI Gloss Level 6):

1. BMC Super Spec HP Aliphatic Acrylic Urethane (224) ...... P74 2. PPG Pitthane Ultra Urethane Enamel (241) ...... 95-812/819 3. SWC Protective & Marine Acrolon 218 HS Polyurethane (340) ...... B65-600

B. MPI #105 Acrylic Polyurethane, Two component, Anti-Graffiti, Satin:

1. SWC Invisi-Shield Anti-Graffiti Clear ...... B65CJ 2000

2.8 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS

A. Sealant (Painter’s Caulk):

1. Latex Sealant: Comply with ASTM C 834, Type P or C as required, Grade NF.

a. BMC Moorlastic Siliconized Caulk #467 b. PPG Top Gun 200 Siliconized Acrylic c. SWC 950A Siliconized Acrylic Latex Caulk

PAINTING 099100 - 5 Melrose Place Limited Melrose Place New Republic Architecture - Project No. 19-078 Cincinnati, Ohio

2.9 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL

A. Testing of Paint Materials: Owner reserves the right to invoke the following procedure:

1. Owner will engage the services of a qualified testing agency to sample paint materials. Contractor will be notified in advance and may be present when samples are taken. If paint materials have already been delivered to Project site, samples may be taken at Project site. Samples will be identified, sealed, and certified by testing agency. 2. Testing agency will perform tests for compliance with product requirements. 3. Owner may direct Contractor to stop applying coatings if test results show materials being used do not comply with product requirements. Contractor shall remove noncomplying paint materials from Project site, pay for testing, and repaint surfaces painted with rejected materials. Contractor will be required to remove rejected materials from previously painted surfaces if, on repainting with complying materials, the two paints are incompatible.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 EXAMINATION

A. Examine substrates and conditions, with Applicator present, for compliance with requirements for maximum moisture content and other conditions affecting performance of the Work.

B. Maximum Moisture Content of Substrates: When measured with an electronic moisture meter as follows:

1. Fiber-Cement Board: 12 percent. 2. Masonry (CMU): 12 percent. 3. Wood: 15 percent. 4. Gypsum Board: 12 percent.

C. Gypsum Board Substrates: Verify that finishing compound is sanded smooth.

D. Spray-Textured Ceiling Substrates: Verify that surfaces are dry.

E. Verify suitability of substrates, including surface conditions and compatibility with existing finishes and primers.

F. Proceed with coating application only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.

1. Application of coating indicates acceptance of surfaces and conditions.

3.2 PREPARATION

A. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions and recommendations in "MPI Architectural Painting Specification Manual" applicable to substrates and paint systems indicated.

B. Remove hardware, covers, plates, and similar items already in place that are removable and are not to be painted. If removal is impractical or impossible because of size or weight of item, provide surface-applied protection before surface preparation and painting.

PAINTING 099100 - 6 Melrose Place Limited Melrose Place New Republic Architecture - Project No. 19-078 Cincinnati, Ohio

1. After completing painting operations, use workers skilled in the trades involved to reinstall items that were removed. Remove surface-applied protection if any.

C. Clean substrates of substances that could impair bond of paints, including dust, dirt, oil, grease, and incompatible paints and encapsulants.

1. Remove incompatible primers and reprime substrate with compatible primers or apply tie coat as required to produce paint systems indicated.

D. Masonry Substrates: Remove efflorescence and chalk. Do not paint surfaces if moisture content or alkalinity of surfaces or mortar joints exceed that permitted in manufacturer's written instructions.

E. Steel Substrates: Remove rust, loose mill scale, and shop primer, if any. Clean using methods recommended in writing by MPI and paint manufacturer.

F. Shop-Primed Steel Substrates: Clean field welds, bolted connections, and abraded areas of shop paint, and paint exposed areas with the same material as used for shop priming to comply with SSPC-PA 1 for touching up shop-primed surfaces.

G. Galvanized-Metal Substrates: Remove grease and oil residue from galvanized sheet metal fabricated from coil stock by mechanical methods to produce clean, lightly etched surfaces that promote adhesion of subsequently applied paints.

H. Wood Substrates:

1. Scrape and clean knots, and apply coat of knot sealer before applying primer. 2. Sand surfaces that will be exposed to view, and dust off. 3. Prime edges, ends, faces, undersides, and backsides of wood. 4. After priming, fill holes and imperfections in the finish surfaces with putty or plastic wood filler. Sand smooth when dried.

I. Plastic Trim Fabrication Substrates: Remove dust, dirt, and other foreign material that might impair bond of paints to substrates.

J. Gypsum Board Substrates: Do not begin paint application until finishing compound is dry and sanded smooth.

K. Cotton or Canvas Insulation Covering Substrates: Remove dust, dirt, and other foreign material that might impair bond of paints to substrates.

3.3 APPLICATION

A. Apply paints according to manufacturer's written instructions and recommendations in "MPI Architectural Painting Specification Manual."

1. Use applicators and techniques suited for paint and substrate indicated. 2. Paint surfaces behind movable equipment and furniture same as similar exposed surfaces. Before final installation, paint surfaces behind permanently fixed equipment or furniture with prime coat only. 3. Paint front and backsides of access panels, removable or hinged covers, and similar hinged items to match exposed surfaces. 4. Do not paint over labels of independent testing agencies or equipment name, identification, performance rating, or nomenclature plates.

PAINTING 099100 - 7 Melrose Place Limited Melrose Place New Republic Architecture - Project No. 19-078 Cincinnati, Ohio

5. Primers specified in painting schedules may be omitted on items that are factory primed or factory finished if acceptable to topcoat manufacturers.

a. Primer may be omitted over metal surfaces that have been shop primed and touchup painted. b. Primer may be omitted over previously painted surfaces except as required to provide compatibility between existing coating and finish coat and as required to cover bare substrate.

B. Tint each undercoat a lighter shade to facilitate identification of each coat if multiple coats of same material are to be applied. Tint undercoats to match color of topcoat, but provide sufficient difference in shade of undercoats to distinguish each separate coat.

C. If undercoats or other conditions show through topcoat, apply additional coats until cured film has a uniform paint finish, color, and appearance.

D. Apply paints to produce surface films without cloudiness, spotting, holidays, laps, brush marks, roller tracking, runs, sags, ropiness, or other surface imperfections. Cut in sharp lines and color breaks.

E. Painting Fire Suppression, Plumbing, HVAC, and Electrical Work: Paint exposed plumbing, heating, and electrical material to match the walls and ceilings of that area unless noted otherwise. This includes, but is not limited to, pipes, insulation, conduit ducts, access panels, grilles, diffusers, whether the adjacent surfaces receive paint or not. Include dampers or baffles behind grilles.

1. Paint portions of internal surfaces of metal ducts, without liner, behind air inlets and outlets that are visible from occupied spaces.

F. Surfaces and Items Not to be Painted:

1. Do not paint prefinished items, concealed surfaces, finished metal surfaces, and operating parts unless noted otherwise. 2. Do not paint over labels of independent testing agencies or equipment name, identification, performance rating, or nomenclature plates. 3. Do not paint mechanical and electrical Work in mechanical and electrical equipment rooms except as indicated in Divisions 20 through 26 or as indicated otherwise on the Drawings. 4. Communication, and Electronic Safety and Security Work: Do not paint exposed cable, conduit, raceways, trays, or racks unless indicated.

3.4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL

A. Dry Film Thickness Testing: Owner may engage the services of a qualified testing and inspecting agency to inspect and test paint for dry film thickness.

1. Contractor shall touch up and restore painted surfaces damaged by testing. 2. If test results show that dry film thickness of applied paint does not comply with paint manufacturer's written recommendations, Contractor shall pay for testing and apply additional coats as needed to provide dry film thickness that complies with paint manufacturer's written recommendations.

3.5 CLEANING AND PROTECTION

A. At end of each workday, remove rubbish, empty cans, rags, and other discarded materials from Project site.

PAINTING 099100 - 8 Melrose Place Limited Melrose Place New Republic Architecture - Project No. 19-078 Cincinnati, Ohio

B. After completing paint application, clean spattered surfaces. Remove spattered paints by washing, scraping, or other methods. Do not scratch or damage adjacent finished surfaces.

C. Protect work of other trades against damage from paint application. Correct damage to work of other trades by cleaning, repairing, replacing, and refinishing, as approved by Architect, and leave in an undamaged condition.

D. At completion of construction activities of other trades, touch up and restore damaged or defaced painted surfaces.

3.6 PAINTING SCHEDULES, GENERAL

A. Abbreviations

1. EXT Exterior 2. FL Flat 3. GL Gloss 4. INT Interior 5. LS Low Sheen 6. MPI Master Painters Institute 7. MRP Manufacturer’s Recommended Primer 8. SG Semigloss 9. WB Water Based

B. Paint System Legend:

MPI Gloss Finishing Code Level System Primer Topcoat

1. EXT 3.1A LS Latex MPI #10 MPI #10

C. MPI Paint Grade: Provide a Premium (2 topcoats) grade paint system for paint systems scheduled in Part 3 unless indicated otherwise.

3.7 EXTERIOR PAINTING SCHEDULE

A. Concrete Vertical Surfaces (Including Undersides of Balconies, Soffits, Etc.)

1. EXT 3.1P LS Acrylic Polyurethane, Clear MPI #105 MPI #105

B. Cementitious Composition Board (Trim as Required.)

1. EXT 3.3A LS Latex MPI #15 MPI #15 * Cementitious composition panel and trim is pre-finished. This paint system provided for any miscellaneous cementitious composition material that may be required.

C. Concrete Masonry Units (CMU’s) (Concrete Block and Concrete Brick)

1. EXT 4.2A FL Latex MPI #4 MPI #10

D. Structural Steel and Metal Fabrications

PAINTING 099100 - 9 Melrose Place Limited Melrose Place New Republic Architecture - Project No. 19-078 Cincinnati, Ohio

1. EXT 5.1P GL Polyurethane (over Epoxy Zinc Rich Primer) MPI #20 MPI #72

E. Hollow Metal Doors and Frames

1. EXT 5.1BB SG W.B. Alkyd MPI #107 MPI #169

F. Galvanized Metal (Not Chromate Passivated)

1. EXT 5.3L GL Polyurethane (over epoxy primer) MPI #101 MPI #72

2. EXT 6.8A LS Latex MPI #17 MPI #15

3.8 INTERIOR PAINTING SCHEDULE

A. Concrete Masonry Units (CMU’s)(Concrete Block And Concrete Brick)

1. INT 4.2A LS Latex (Over Latex Block Filler) MPI #4 MPI #52

B. Structural Steel and Metal Fabrications (Handrails, Guards, Other Non-Galvanized Steel)

1. INT 5.1S SG W.B. Alkyd (Rust Inhibitive Primer) MPI #107 MPI #169

C. Dressed Lumber (Including Doors, Door and Window Frames, Moldings, Casework, Wood Trim, Etc.)

1. INT 6.3T SG Latex (Over Latex Primer) MPI #39 MPI #54

D. Plastic (Trim, PVA, PVC, Plastic Lumber)

1. INT 6.8C LS Alkyd W.B. (WB Based Bonding Primer) MPI #17 MPI #168

E. Gypsum Board (Gypsum Wallboard & Texture Finishes, Etc.)

1. INT 9.2A FL Latex (Latex Primer/Sealer) MPI #50 MPI #53 2. INT 9.2A LS Latex (Latex Primer/Sealer) MPI #50 MPI #52 3. INT 9.2A SG Latex (Latex Primer/Sealer) MPI #50 MPI #54

F. Canvas and Cotton Coverings (Pipe and Duct Coverings, Etc.)

1. INT 10.1A FL Latex (Latex Primer/Sealer) MPI #50 MPI #53

END OF SECTION 099100

PAINTING 099100 - 10 Melrose Place Limited Melrose Place New Republic Architecture - Project No. 19-078 Cincinnati, Ohio

SECTION 101423 - CODE REQUIRED SIGNAGE

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY

A. Section includes:

1. Panel signs.

B. Refer to Section 018113 "Sustainable Design Requirements" for applicable LEED requirements.

1.2 SUBMITTALS

A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated.

B. Shop Drawings: Show fabrication and installation details for signs.

C. Samples: Show the full range of color, texture, and sign material indicated.

1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Source Limitations for Signs: Obtain each sign type indicated from one source from a single manufacturer.

B. Regulatory Requirements: Signage shall be provided to conform to the Americans with Disabilities Act Accessibility Guidelines (ADAAG) and State and Local Regulations.

1. Interior Code Required Signage: Provide signage as required by accessibility regulations and requirements of authorities having jurisdiction. These include, but are not limited to, the following:

a. Illuminated Exit Signs: Refer to Division 26. b. Fire Doors c. Room Capacity. d. Elevator Signs: Refer to Division 14. e. Stairway Identification (at each floor landing within stair enclosure) f. Live Load Capacity. g. Signs for Accessible Spaces. h. Other signage as indicated on drawings

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 MATERIALS

A. Acrylic Sheet: ASTM D 4802, Category A-1 (cell-cast sheet), Type UVA (UV absorbing).

B. Applied Vinyl: Die-cut characters from vinyl film of nominal thickness of 3 mils with pressure-sensitive adhesive backing, suitable for exterior applications.

CODE REQUIRED SIGNAGE 101423 - 1 Melrose Place Limited Melrose Place New Republic Architecture - Project No. 19-078 Cincinnati, Ohio

2.2 PANEL SIGNS

A. Interior Panel Signs: Provide smooth sign panel surfaces constructed to remain flat under installed conditions within a tolerance of plus or minus 1/16 inch measured diagonally from corner to corner, complying with the following requirements: 1. Acrylic Sheet: 0.060 inch thick. 2. Edge Condition: Square cut. 3. Corner Condition: Rounded to radius. 4. Mounting: Unframed. a. Manufacturer's standard anchors for substrates encountered.

5. Color: As selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range. 6. Tactile Characters: Characters and Grade 2 Braille raised 1/32 inch above surface with contrasting colors.

B. Tactile and Braille Sign: Manufacturer's standard process for producing text and symbols complying with ADA-ABA Accessibility Guidelines and with ICC/ANSI A117.1. Text shall be accompanied by Grade 2 Braille. Produce precisely formed characters with square-cut edges free from burrs and cut marks; Braille dots with domed or rounded shape.

1. Panel Material: Opaque acrylic sheet. 2. Raised-Copy Thickness: Not less than 1/32 inch.

2.3 ACCESSORIES

A. Anchors and Inserts: Provide nonferrous-metal or hot-dip galvanized anchors and inserts for exterior installations and elsewhere as required for corrosion resistance. Use toothed steel or lead expansion-bolt devices for drilled-in-place anchors. Furnish inserts, as required, to be set into concrete or masonry work.

2.4 ACRYLIC SHEET FINISHES

A. Colored Coatings for Acrylic Sheet: For copy and background colors, provide colored coatings, including inks, dyes, and paints, that are recommended by acrylic manufacturers for optimum adherence to acrylic surface and that are UV and water resistant for three years for application intended.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 EXAMINATION

A. Examine substrates, areas, and conditions, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of work.

B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.

3.2 INSTALLATION

A. Locate signs and accessories where indicated, using mounting methods of types described and complying with manufacturer's written instructions.

CODE REQUIRED SIGNAGE 101423 - 2 Melrose Place Limited Melrose Place New Republic Architecture - Project No. 19-078 Cincinnati, Ohio

1. Install signs level, plumb, and at heights indicated, with sign surfaces free of distortion and other defects in appearance. 2. Interior Wall Signs: Install signs on walls adjacent to latch side of door where applicable. Where not indicated or possible, such as double doors, install signs on nearest adjacent walls. Locate to allow approach within 3 inches of sign without encountering protruding objects or standing within swing of door.

B. Wall-Mounted Signs: Comply with sign manufacturer's written instructions except where more stringent requirements apply.

1. Install Wall-Mounted Signs by one of the following methods:

a. Two-Face Tape: Mount signs to smooth, nonporous surfaces. Do not use this method for vinyl-covered or rough surfaces. b. Hook-and-Loop Tapes: Mount signs to smooth, nonporous surfaces. c. Magnetic Tape: Mount signs to smooth, nonporous surfaces. d. Silicone-Adhesive Mounting: Attach signs to irregular, porous, or vinyl-covered surfaces.

3.3 CLEANING AND PROTECTION

A. After installation, clean soiled sign surfaces according to manufacturer's written instructions. Protect signs from damage until acceptance by Owner.

END OF SECTION 101423

CODE REQUIRED SIGNAGE 101423 - 3 Melrose Place Limited Melrose Place New Republic Architecture - Project No. 19-078 Cincinnati, Ohio

SECTION 123530 - RESIDENTIAL CASEWORK

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY

A. Section includes kitchen and vanity cabinets.

B. Refer to Section 018113 "Sustainable Design Requirements" for applicable LEED requirements.

1.2 ACTION SUBMITTALS

A. Product Data: For the following:

1. Cabinets. 2. Cabinet hardware.

B. Shop Drawings: Include plans, elevations, details, and attachments to other work. Show materials, finishes, filler panels, and hardware.

C. Samples: For cabinet finishes.

1.3 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS

A. Product Certificates: For casework.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS

A. Quality Standard: Provide cabinets that comply with KCMA A161.1.

1. KCMA Certification: Provide cabinets with KCMA's "Certified Cabinet" seal affixed in a semiexposed location of each unit and showing compliance with the above standard.

2.2 MANUFACTURER

A. Basis-of-Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide Smart Cabinetry, Ply-A Construction.

2.3 STYLE

1. Door Description: solid wood doors and drawer fronts; edge banded on all four sides. 2. Wood stile with ply-wood panel. 3. Plywood frame.

RESIDENTIAL CASEWORK 123530 - 1 Melrose Place Limited Melrose Place New Republic Architecture - Project No. 19-078 Cincinnati, Ohio

4. Wall Door Style: Square. 5. Door Profile: Slab. 6. Drawer Front: Slab. 7. Overlay: Full overlay. 8. Color: As selected by Architect from manufacturer’s full range.

2.4 CONSTRUCTION

A. Cabinets

1. Front Frame: 3/4 inch thick kiln dried solid hardwood. 2. End Panels: Standard: Nominal 1/2 inch thick ply-wood panel. 3. Top/Bottom Panels: Nominal 1/2 inch thick ply-wood panel with maple grained or white laminate on exterior and interior surfaces for wall cabinets and interior surface for base cabinets. 4. Hanging Rails

a. Wall Cabinets: Nominal 1/2 inch thick by 2 7/8 inch high multi-ply hardwood plywood hanging rail running full cabinet width at top and bottom. b. Base Cabinets: Nominal 1/2 inch thick ply-wood panel hanging rail running full cabinet width at top.

5. Back Panel: Nominal 1/2 inch thick ply-wood with maple grained or white interior surface. 6. Shelves: Nominal 5/8 inch thick wood based composite panel with maple grained or white laminate on both faces and matching edge-band on facing edge. Shelves are adjustable in all standard wall and base cabinets. 7. Toe Kick: Nominal 1/2 inch thick unfinished wood based composite panel captured between end panels. Toe kick is 4 inches high and recessed 4 inches. 8. Base I-Beam Braces: Two 1/2 inch thick ply-wood panel braces running full-depth front to back of cabinet, recessed down 1 inch from top. Braces are glued and stapled at top of cabinet to front frame and hang rail, and dadoed into end panel.

B. Drawers

1. Drawers: Nominal 1/2 inch thick solid hardwood front, back, and sides with dovetail construction. Drawer bottoms are nominal 1/4 inch thick multi-ply hardwood inserted and stapled into dado in front, back and sides. 2. Drawer Guides: High-quality epoxy coated steel, Cushion-Tec™, side mounted guides, self-adjusting in mounting brackets. Built-in stop, self-closing and stay-closed features with a 100 lb. rated load capacity.

2.5 CABINET MATERIALS

A. General:

1. Hardwood Lumber: Kiln dried to 7 percent moisture content. 2. Softwood Lumber: Kiln dried to 10 percent moisture content. 3. Hardwood Plywood: HPVA HP-1.

RESIDENTIAL CASEWORK 123530 - 2 Melrose Place Limited Melrose Place New Republic Architecture - Project No. 19-078 Cincinnati, Ohio

2.6 CABINET HARDWARE

A. General: Manufacturer's standard units complying with BHMA A156.9, of type, size, style, material, and finish as selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range.

B. Pulls: Back-mounted decorative pulls.

C. Hinges: Concealed European-style, self-closing hinges.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 INSTALLATION

A. Install cabinets with no variations in flushness of adjoining surfaces; use concealed shims. Where cabinets abut other finished work, scribe and cut for accurate fit. Provide filler strips, scribe strips, and moldings in finish to match cabinet face.

B. Install cabinets without distortion so doors and drawers fit the openings, are aligned, and are uniformly spaced. Complete installation of hardware and accessories as indicated.

C. Install cabinets level and plumb to a tolerance of 1/8 inch in 8 feet.

D. Fasten cabinets to adjacent units and to backing.

1. Fasten wall cabinets through back, near top and bottom, and at ends not more than 16 inches o.c. with No. 10 wafer-head screws sized for not less than 1-1/2-inch penetration into wood framing, blocking, or hanging strips.

3.2 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING

A. Adjust cabinets and hardware so doors and drawers are centered in openings and operate smoothly without warp or bind. Lubricate operating hardware as recommended by manufacturer.

END OF SECTION 123530

RESIDENTIAL CASEWORK 123530 - 3 Melrose Place Limited Melrose Place New Republic Architecture - Project No. 19-078 Cincinnati, Ohio

SECTION 123623.13 - PLASTIC-LAMINATE-CLAD COUNTERTOPS

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY

A. Section includes plastic-laminate-clad countertops.

B. Refer to Section 018113 "Sustainable Design Requirements" for applicable LEED requirements.

1.2 ACTION SUBMITTALS

A. Product Data: For each type of product.

B. Shop Drawings: For plastic-laminate-clad countertops.

C. Samples: Plastic laminates in each type, color, pattern, and surface finish required.

1.3 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS

A. Product Certificates: For the following:

1. Composite wood products. 2. High-pressure decorative laminate. 3. Adhesives.

1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Fabricator Qualifications: Shop that employs skilled workers who custom fabricate products similar to those required for this Project and whose products have a record of successful in-service performance.

1. Shop Certification: AWI's Quality Certification Program accredited participant.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 PLASTIC-LAMINATE-CLAD COUNTERTOPS

A. Quality Standard: Unless otherwise indicated, comply with the "Architectural Woodwork Standards" for grades of plastic-laminate-clad countertops indicated for construction, finishes, installation, and other requirements.

B. Grade: Custom.

C. High-Pressure Decorative Laminate: NEMA LD 3, Grade HGP.

PLASTIC-LAMINATE-CLAD COUNTERTOPS 123623.13 - 1 Melrose Place Limited Melrose Place New Republic Architecture - Project No. 19-078 Cincinnati, Ohio

1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following:

a. Abet Laminati Inc. b. Formica Corporation. c. Lamin-Art, Inc. d. Nevamar; a Panolam Industries International, Inc. brand. e. Pionite; a Panolam Industries International, Inc. brand. f. Wilsonart LLC.

D. Colors, Patterns, and Finishes: As indicated on Drawings.

E. Core Material: Particleboard or MDF.

F. Core Material at Sinks: Particleboard made with exterior glue or MDF made with exterior glue.

G. Core Thickness: 3/4 inch.

1. Build up countertop thickness to 1-1/2 inches at front, back, and ends with additional layers of core material laminated to top.

2.2 WOOD MATERIALS

A. Certified Wood: As specified in Section 018113 "Sustainable Design Requirements."

B. Wood Products: Provide materials that comply with requirements of referenced quality standard unless otherwise indicated.

C. Composite Wood Products: Provide materials that comply with requirements of referenced quality standard for each type of countertop and quality grade specified unless otherwise indicated.

1. MDF: Medium-density fiberboard, ANSI A208.2, Grade 130. 2. Particleboard: ANSI A208.1, Grade M-2 and Grade M-2-Exterior Glue.

2.3 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS

A. Adhesive for Bonding Plastic Laminate: Contact cement.

1. Adhesive for Bonding Edges: Hot-melt adhesive or adhesive specified above for faces.

B. Counter Support Brackets:

1. Basis-of-Design Product: Federal Brace Co.; Freedom Countertop Bracket 2. Material: 1008 cold rolled steel. 3. Thickness: 1/4 inch for sizes 14 by 14 inches to 16 by 16 inches. 1/2 inch for sizes 18 by 18 inches to 20 by 20 inches. 4. Width: 2 inches. 5. Finish: Electrostatic powder coat. 6. Color: Black. 7. Size: Length and spacing to be determined by countertop fabricator.

PLASTIC-LAMINATE-CLAD COUNTERTOPS 123623.13 - 2 Melrose Place Limited Melrose Place New Republic Architecture - Project No. 19-078 Cincinnati, Ohio

2.4 FABRICATION

A. Fabricate countertops to dimensions, profiles, and details indicated. Provide front and end overhang of 1 inch over base cabinets.

1. Configuration: Post-formed with No-Drip edge and coved backsplash.

B. Complete fabrication, including assembly, to maximum extent possible before shipment to Project site. Disassemble components only as necessary for shipment and installation. Where necessary for fitting at site, provide ample allowance for scribing, trimming, and fitting.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 INSTALLATION

A. Grade: Install countertops to comply with same grade as item to be installed.

B. Assemble countertops and complete fabrication at Project site to the extent that it was not completed in the shop.

1. Provide cutouts for appliances, plumbing fixtures, electrical work, and similar items. Locate openings accurately, and use templates or roughing-in diagrams to produce accurately sized and shaped openings. Sand edges of cutouts to remove splinters and burrs. 2. Seal edges of cutouts by saturating with varnish.

C. Field Jointing: Where possible, make in the same manner as shop jointing, using dowels, splines, adhesives, and fasteners recommended by manufacturer. Prepare edges to be joined in shop so Project-site processing of top and edge surfaces is not required. Locate field joints where shown on Shop Drawings.

1. Secure field joints in countertops with concealed clamping devices located within 6 inches of front and back edges and at intervals not exceeding 24 inches. Tighten according to manufacturer's written instructions to exert a constant, heavy-clamping pressure at joints.

D. Scribe and cut countertops to fit adjoining work, refinish cut surfaces, and repair damaged finish at cuts.

E. Countertop Installation: Anchor securely by screwing through corner blocks of base cabinets or other supports into underside of countertop.

1. Install countertops level and true in line. Use concealed shims as required to maintain not more than a 1/8-inch-in-96-inches variation from a straight, level plane.

F. Where countertop overhangs cabinets 12 inches or more install concealed counter support brackets.

G. Protection: Provide Kraft paper or other suitable covering over countertop surfaces, taped to underside of countertop at a minimum of 48 inches o.c. Remove protection at Substantial Completion.

END OF SECTION 123623.13

PLASTIC-LAMINATE-CLAD COUNTERTOPS 123623.13 - 3 Melrose Place Limited Melrose Place New Republic Architecture - Project No. 19-078 Cincinnati, Ohio

SECTION 142400 - HYDRAULIC ELEVATORS

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SECTION REQUIREMENTS

A. Submittals: Shop Drawings and Samples of exposed finishes.

1. Submit seismic qualification certificates for elevator equipment. 2. Submit operation and maintenance data to include in emergency, operation, and maintenance manuals.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 MANUFACTURERS

A. ThyssenKrupp Elevator; Endura MRL Hydraulic Elevator or comparable product approved by Architect.

2.2 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS

A. Regulatory Requirements: Comply with ASME A17.1/CSA B44.

B. Accessibility Requirements: Comply with Section 407 in the U.S. Architectural & Transportation Barriers Compliance Board's ADA-ABA Accessibility Guidelines and with ICC A117.1.

2.3 ELEVATORS

A. Holeless, hydraulic plunger-cylinder units.

B. Rated Load: 3500 lb.

C. Rated Speed: 150 fpm.

D. Operation System: Single automatic.

E. Auxiliary Operations: In addition to primary operation control, provide standby power operation.

2.4 SYSTEMS AND COMPONENTS

A. Furnish required concrete and masonry inserts. Installation is specified in other Specification Sections.

B. Provide protective PVC or HDPE pipe casings complying with ASME A17.1/CSA B44 for in-ground cylinders.

C. Door Reopening Devices, Infrared Array: Uniform array of 36 or more microprocessor-controlled, infrared light beams projecting across car entrance. Interruption of one or more of the light beams causes doors to stop and reopen.

HYDRAULIC ELEVATORS 142400 - 1 Melrose Place Limited Melrose Place New Republic Architecture - Project No. 19-078 Cincinnati, Ohio

2.5 CAR ENCLOSURES AND ENTRANCES

A. Car Enclosures: Provide enameled-steel car enclosures to receive removable wall panels, with car roof, access doors, power door operators, and ventilation. Provide standard railings complying with ASME A17.1/CSA B44 on car tops where required by ASME A17.1/CSA B44.

B. Hoistway Entrances: Manufacturer's standard hollow-metal, sliding, door-and-frame entrances.

1. Where gypsum board wall construction is indicated, provide self-supporting frames with reinforced head sections. 2. Frames: Matching car doors. 3. Doors Faces: Matching car doors. 4. Sills: Matching car sills.

2.6 SIGNAL EQUIPMENT

A. Illuminated hall-call and car-call buttons.

B. Except for buttons and illuminated elements, fabricate car and hall fixtures from satin stainless-steel, No. 4 finish.

C. Manufacturer's standard car control station in each car. Mount in return panel adjacent to car door unless otherwise indicated.

1. Mount controls to comply with ICC A117.1.

D. Emergency Communication System: Two-way voice communication system, with visible signal, which dials preprogrammed number of monitoring station and does not require handset use. System is contained in flush- mounted cabinet, with identification, instructions for use, and battery backup power supply.

E. Car position indicator above the car door or above the car control station. Also provide audible signal to indicate that car is either stopping at or passing the floor. Include direction arrows if not provided in car control station.

F. Hall Push-Button Stations: Provide one hall push-button station at each landing.

G. Hall lanterns with illuminated arrows.

1. Manufacturer's standard wall-mounted units, for mounting above entrance frames. 2. Units mounted in both jambs of entrance frame. 3. Units mounted in both car door jambs.

H. Hall Annunciator: With each lantern, provide audible signals. At manufacturer's option, audible signal may be placed on car.

I. Hall position indicator above each hoistway entrance at ground floor.

J. Corridor Call Station Pictograph Signs: Provide signs with text and graphics as required by authorities having jurisdiction, indicating that in case of fire elevators are out of service and exits should be used instead. Provide one sign at each hall push-button station unless otherwise indicated.

HYDRAULIC ELEVATORS 142400 - 2 Melrose Place Limited Melrose Place New Republic Architecture - Project No. 19-078 Cincinnati, Ohio

2.7 FINISH MATERIALS

A. Steel Sheet: Cold-rolled steel sheet, ASTM A 1008/A 1008M, exposed, matte finish, except that hot-rolled steel sheet, ASTM A 1011/A 1011M may be used for door frames.

B. Stainless-Steel Sheet: ASTM A 240/A 240M, Type 304.

C. Stainless-Steel Bars: ASTM A 276, Type 304.

D. Stainless-Steel Tubing: ASTM A 554, Grade MT 304.

E. Bronze Plate and Sheet: ASTM B 36/B 36M, Alloy UNS No. C28000 (muntz metal).

F. Bronze Extrusions: ASTM B 455, Alloy UNS No. C38500 (architectural bronze).

G. Bronze Tubing: ASTM B 135 (ASTM B 135M), Alloy UNS No. C23000 (red brass, 85 percent copper).

H. Aluminum Extrusions: ASTM B 221 (ASTM B 221M), Alloy 6063.

I. Plastic Laminate: High-pressure type complying with NEMA LD 3.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 INSTALLATION

A. Drill well hole in elevator pit to accommodate installation of cylinder.

1. Provide well casings as necessary to retain walls of well hole.

B. Install cylinders in protective casings within well holes or casings after removing water and debris.

C. Install cylinder plumb and accurately centered for elevator car position and travel. Anchor securely in place, supported at pit floor. Seal between well casing and pit floor with 4 inches (100 mm) of nonshrink, nonmetallic grout.

D. Install cylinder plumb and accurately centered for elevator car position and travel. Anchor securely in place, supported at pit floor and braced at intervals as needed to maintain alignment. Anchor cylinder guides at spacing needed to maintain alignment and avoid overstressing guides.

E. Install piping above the floor, where possible. Where not possible, install underground piping in Schedule 40 PVC pipe casing assembled with solvent-cemented fittings.

F. Adjust elevators for 1/4-inch (6-mm) leveling tolerance.

G. Set sills flush with finished floor. Fill space under sills solidly with nonshrink, nonmetallic grout.

H. On completion of elevator installation and before permitting use (either temporary or permanent) of elevators, perform acceptance tests as required and recommended by ASME A17.1/CSA B44 and by governing regulations and agencies.

HYDRAULIC ELEVATORS 142400 - 3 Melrose Place Limited Melrose Place New Republic Architecture - Project No. 19-078 Cincinnati, Ohio

3.2 MAINTENANCE

A. Initial Maintenance Service: Beginning at Substantial Completion, provide one year's full maintenance service. Include monthly preventive maintenance, repair, or replacement of worn or defective components, lubrication, cleaning, and adjusting.

END OF SECTION 142400

HYDRAULIC ELEVATORS 142400 - 4